UNI
8124

i

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

LIBRARY

OF THE

Museum of Comparative Zoology

f

BULLETIN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

Vol. XXX November 1, 1929 .- No. 17

Science Bulletin

(Continuation of Kansas University Quarterly)

Vol. XIX Nos. 1-7

, (Comprising Part One)

Part I

LAWRENCE, KANSAS

Published Semimonthly from January to June and Monthly from July to
December, inclusive, by the University of Kansas.

PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT

B. P. WALKER, STATK PRINTER

TOPEKA 1930

13-2083

Entered as second -class matter December 29, 1910, at the post ofiBce at Lawrence, Kansas,

mder the act of July 16, 1894.

NOTICE TO EXCHANGES

The attention of learned societies and other institutions which
exchange scientific publications with the University of Kansas is
called to the list of publications of this University on the third and
fourth pages of the cover of this issue.

Those marked "Supply exhausted" cannot be furnished at all; as
far as the supply permits the remaining numbers will gladly be fur-
nished to any of our exchanges who may need them to complete their
files.

Back numbers of the Kansas University Quarterly, as far as pos-
sible, will be sent to those of our newer correspondents who are able
and wiHing to reciprocate.

ANNOUNCEMENT

The Kansas University Science Bulletin (continuation of the
Kansas University Quarterly) is issued in parts at irregular inter-
vals. Each volume contains from 300 to 400 pages of reading mat-
ter, with necessary illustrations. Exchanges with other institutions
and learned societies everywhere are solicited. All exchanges should
be addressed to the Library of the University of Kansas.

The Kansas University Science Bulletin,
Library of the University of Kansas,

Lawrence, Kan.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Raymond C. Moore, Chairman. E. N. Manchesteb.

H. B. HuNGERFOHD, Secretary. A. J. Mix.

DiNSMORE Alter. Asa A. Schaffeb.

Abthub W. Dawson. O. O. Stoland.

'""- J 1 mo

■ THE

kansas univeksity
Science Bulletin

DEVOTED TO

THE PUBLICATION OF THE RESULTS OF

RESEARCH BY MEMBERS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

Vol. XIX

(Whole Series, Vol. XXX)
In Two Parts

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY,

LAWRENCE, KANSAS.'

1929

PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT

B. P. WALKER. STATE PRINTER

TOPEKA 1930

13-2083

rh-u

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XIX.
Part I.

PAGE

1. Derivation of Certain Relations Involving Sums of Determi-

nants. E. B. Stouffer and R. G. Smith 5

2. A Reduced System of Differential Equations for the Invariants

of Ternarj^ Forms. Florence Black 17

3. On the Geometry Associated with Certain Determinants with

Linear Elements. Wealthy Babcock 27

4. An Irreversible Hvdrocarbon Cell. H. P. Cady and Sehna

Gottlieb ". 43

5. A Revised Checklist of the Snakes of Kansas. Edward H.

Taylor 53

6. List of Reptiles and Batrachians of Morton County, Kansas,

Reporting Species New to the State Fauna. Edward H.
Taylor 63

7. A Species of Lizard New to the Fauna of the United States:

Eumeces callicephalus Bocourt. Edward H. Taylor 67

(3)

THE UNIVERSITY OE KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] November, 192-9 [No. 1

Derivation of Certain Relations Involving
Sums of Determinants

E. B. STOUFFER and R. G. SMITH
Dapartment of Mathematics, University of Kansas

IN THIS paper we prove certain theorems on sums of determinants
by means of partial derivative operators and generalized Kron-
ecker symbols. Other methods of approach have been, for the most
part, rather long and difficult. Several known theorems have been
generalized and a few new theorems discovered and proved.

In Part I we employ partial derivative operators in a manner as
first suggested in a paper by Stouffer*^' in 1925.

In Part II we employ the generalized Kronecker symbol as intro-
duced by Muraghan^-^ in the same j-ear.
«

I

The expansion of a determinant A = \ cirs \ of order n with respect
to row r takes the form

A =Z On ^4ri -|- flro Ar2 +••••+ Qm Am

where ^-irs is the cofactor of element ars- Unless otherwise specified
it will be assumed that the n- elements constituting any determinant
are mutually independent. It follows that

d " ^ . .
A=iArs, while 2 Ors A=.A.

Again it is evident that the operator 1 b^s acting on A will

replace the elements of row r bj' the elements 6,1, byo, . . . ., bm]

d

dttr

the operator I 1 — a^s I acting on A will replace the element

ars bv a zero element; and the operator I 1 — 2 «rs I acting on

(9

A will change the sign of the element in row r and column s

(5)

6 The University Science Bulletin

To avoid the printing of a subscript to an index character, and to
condense the notation we shall indicate the element in row r^ and col-
umn Si by flrsdt ; the partial derivative d/^ttrsd) by Ersd)', and the

k

repeated operator (^rs(k)) • • • {Ers(2)) iEvsd)) hy R Ers(m)-

m=l

If M is the minor of order k of the determinant A, in which the
rows r^, To,. . . .i\ and columns Sj, s.,,. . . .Sy, are represented, then the
algebraic complement of M will be denoted by A^sd. 2, • • • •, k)- If,
however, the rows and columns are definitely prescribed, as for in-
stance rows 2, 5, 6, 8, columns 1, 3, 4, 8, then we shall represent

the corresponding algebraic complement by the usual notation
4

"^2568, 1348'

Theorem I. Let A = \ a^s \ be a determinant of order n and D be
a determinant of the same order formed from A by substituting zero
elements for the k elements Orsd), ' ' ' , Ors(k), no two of which are in
the same row or column; then

JJ ^:=: A 2, flrs(i) ^4.rs(i) "T ^ ^rs(i) C(rs(2) ^rs(i, 2)

I i J-.' ^rs(i) ■ ■ ■ C(rs(k) -irsd, 2, • • • -k) V-L j

\\nere 2, Clrsd) <j'rs{2l ' ' ' <3i-s(m) -4^rsd,2, • • • •,m)

represents the sum of (m) terms, each of which is formed by taking
the product of m of the k deleted elements into the algebraic com-
plement of the minor in which the m rows and ni columns containing
these 771 elements are represented.

By hypothesis the k indices )\ }\ are all distinct, the indices

Si, . . . . Sk are all distinct; and ksn.

The operator (1 — a^sd) £'rsd)) when applied to A replaces the
element Orsd^ by zero, and the repeated operator

k

R (1 — Ors(m) Ej-sfmy) wlieu appHcd to A replaces the elements

m = l

«rs(2)," ■ ■, ars(k) by zeros. Therefore

D= [ ^(1 — a.s(n.)^rs(n.))]A. (2)

Upon expanding the right-hand member of (2) the equality takes
the form

-U ^^ [-'- ^ ^rs(i) -C/rsd) ~r 5 ^rsd) Qrs(2) -^rsCi) •C'rs(2)

-f (— l)'^asrd) • • ■ ars(k) £^rsd) • " •-Ers(k)]A (3)

which is equivalent to the equality (1) given in the theorem.

Stouffer and Smith: Sums of Determinants 7

If the k elements are chosen as the first k elements of the main
diagonal, this theorem becomes the following corollary proved by
Stetson<3> in 1904.

Corollary I. If D is the determinant of order n formed by sub-
stituting zero elements for the first k elements of the main diagonal
in A, then

+ (— l)Xi- • -akk^i-.-k. i-.-k. (4)

If in addition to the above conditions we assume k = n, a second

form results which is identical with the original theorem on this type

of expansion proved by Muir'^^ in 1898.
Corollary II. If D is the invertebrate determinant of order n

formed by substituting zero elements for the main diagonal elements

in A, then

D = A — 2 Oj, .4ii + 2 «n tt22-4i2.i2 — • • •

+ ( — IVa^^ fl22 ■ • ■ Qmi. (5)
Theorem II. Let determinants A and D be as defined in Theorem
I; then

■LJ ^ A ^rs(]) I -^rsd) lo ^TS(2) 1 -^rs(2) |o '

C(is(k) 1 -'4rs(10 I 0> \^'

where |i4,.s(n,)|o represents the determinant formed from Ars(m) by
substituting zeros for the elements cf,sfm + i), • " " ,ars(k).
The right-hand member of equation (2) may be written as

k

(1 — flrsd) £^,s(i)) [ R (1 — Orsd) £^rs(i)) A], siucc thc clemcnts of

i = 2

A are mutually independent. If we now add

k
«rs(i) -£^rs(i)[ R (1 — «rs(l) ^rs(i)) A] thc rCSUlt is
i = 2

k

[ R (1 — a,.s(i) Ers(i)) Al. From k — 1 similar additions will re-

i=2

suit (1 — ars(k) ^rs(k)) A which, if the term a.^^x, ^.■s(k) A be added,
will equal A. That is,

k

[ R (1 — a,.,(i) -£^rs(i))] A

i = l

k-i k

-f 2 [ars(m) -E^rscm) R (1 "rs ( i ) ^rs ( i ) ) ] -"i (7) •

mrrl i = m+l

-\- Qrsik) ■£'rs(k) A =: A

8 The University Science Bulletin

Upon substituting D for the first term of the equality and trans-
posing the rest of the left-hand member we have

k-i k

D = A 2 [«rs(m) •E'rs(m) -^ '1 Ors ( i J -^.-s ( i ) ) ] --i

m=:l i=:m+l

Qrs(k) ■6'rs(k) ^, (o)

which equation is equivalent to (6).

We can at once state two important corollaries of this theorem.

Corollary I. If D be the determinant of order n formed from A
by substituting zero elements for the first k elements of the main
diagonal, then

D = A — a,^\A^^\^ — a22U422lo — • ' • — flkk ^4uk. (9)

Corollary II. If D be the determinant of order n formed from .4
by substituting zero elements for the n elements of the main diag-
onal, then

D = A — a^^\A^^\^ — a.,._\A._o\^ — - ■ •— a„„.4nn. (10)

This last corollary was stated as a theorem by Horta^^^ in 1890.

Theorem III. Let A = \ars\ be a determinant of order n and A
be a determinant formed from A by deleting k elements
Orsd), • • • ,ars(k), no two of which are in the same row or column,
and substituting respectively the elements b,-s.(in' ' ' > t>,.s(k) where
brs = «rs — .i'ls," then

A := A -]- ^ Xysu) ■^rsi 1) ~r -^ -^"isi 1 I •^"rsi ji '^rs(i, 2) I '

~r -^"rsdi ' ■ " •^'rs(k) A,.s(^, 2, • • -.k)' l-l-J-,)

where 2 .Trsdi • ■ • -T,s(m) Ar^^^.o. . .,k) represents the sum of (m) term
each consisting of the product of m of the k elements
•'^'rsd),- • •, .^Vsck), into the algebraic complement of the minor in
which the rows r^, • • • , ?•„, and columns Sj, • • • , s^, are represented.
The elements x^s are any k variables which are mutually independ-
ent of the elements Ors-

The single operator (1 + .r,,,i, E'rsci)) applied to A will substitute
the element Orsd) for b^sd) ; and the repeated operator

k

R (1 + .rrs(m) 2rs(m)) applied to A will substitute "a" elements for

m = l

the respective "6" elements hence:

.A=[ R (l + .r,sc.r„ ^rs,m,;i] A. (12)

m=l

Stouffer and Smith: Sums of Determinants 9

Upon expanding, the right-hand member of (12) takes the form

LI r 2 3^rs(i) -^rs(i) ~r ^ ^rs(i) •'i'rs(2) -^rs(ii -CtsCs) I" ' * '

~r "^rsCi) ■ ■ ■ •'l'rs(k) -C^rsd) " " ' -t^rs(k)J A (lo)

which is identically the right-hand member of the equality (11) .

Theorem IV. If A and D are defined as in the preceding
theorems, then

A = JJ -f- 2, (Xrsd) J^rs(i) I -^ f^rs(i) <3rs(2) -^rs(i. 2) "T ' " ,!

~r <7rs(i) ■ ■ ■ C!rs(k) "i-sd, 2, • • -.k) (14)

This theorem follows at once if we consider the limiting form of
Theorem III when the variables x^sm^ approach as limits the respec-
tive elements ars(m).

Stetson'^\ in proving a generalization of Muir's Expansion
Theorem (Th. 1., Cor. I.), obtained zero elements in his determi-
nants by employing a compound element similar to 6,s-

Corollary I. If D be the determinant of order n formed from A by
substituting zero elements for the first k elements of the main diag-
onal, then .4 =r D -f 2 Oji D^^ + 2 f'n fi-.-2 A2. 12

4- • • •4-aii- • • fluk^io- • -k.ri- • -k- (15)

Corollary II. If D be the determinant of order 71 formed from A
by substituting zero elements for the n elements of the main diag-
onal, then

A = D 4- SttiiDii + 2 fliiO,, A2.12 + ■ • • + «ii • • • ttnn. (16)

Corollary II was first stated as a theorem by Cay ley <*^* in 1848
and is known as Cayley's Expansion Theorem. Corollary I, which is
more general than Corollary II, was first stated as a theorem by
Muir<'') in 1896.

Theorem V. Let A =^ \ a^s \ be a determinant of order n and 8 be a
determinant of the same order formed from A by changing the signs
of the k elements cirsd), c(ts(2)) ' " ' > c(rs(k), no two of which are in
the same row or column; then

O =^ A Z2, ftrsd) -^rsd) ~r ""^ C^TSd) ^Ts(2) ^^rsd, 2) '

H~ ( 2) ' Orsci) ■ ■ ■ ^rs(k) ^rsd, 2, • • • , k) (1« )

where the terms in the expansion are as defined in the first theorem.

10 The University Science Bulletin

The single operator (1 — 2 Orsd) -E^rsdi) when applied to A changes

k

the sign of OrscD ! ^^^d the repeated operator R (1 — 2 ars(m) -E'rstm))

m = l

when applied to A changes the signs of the k elements
Hence

8= [ R (1 — 2ars(n,)^rs(m))]^4. (18)

Upon expanding the right-hand member of (18) the equality takes
the form

O ^^= L-l -^ 2 Qrs(i) -tifrsd) ~r -^ 2 Qrs(i) Qrs(2) -^rsd) -^18(2)

— ■ • • • (19)

I I -') ^rsd) ttrs(2l ' " " flrs(ki -t^rsd) ■^rs(2) ' ' " -^rs(k)J -^

which is equivalent to the equality of (17).

II.

The ordinary Kronecker symbol is denoted by 8^ and has the value
zero or unity according as r and s are different or identical. The two
indices r and s assume independently any integral values within the
range 1, 2, • • ■ n.

The general Kronecker symbol as introduced by Murnaghan*-^
may be denoted by

^1^2 • • ■ • ''m J

where the indices ri, Si assume independently any integral values
within the range 1, 2, • • • n; and m^n.

This generalized symbol is characterized by the following postu-
lates or definitions:

(1) If the elements Vi are not all distinct, or if the elements Si are
not all distinct, the generalized symbol is taken to be zero.

(2) If, neglecting order, the set of elements Vi is in any way differ-
ent from the set of elements Si then the generalized symbol is again
taken to be zero.

(3) If the elements ri are all distinct, and if the set of elements Si
is identical with the set of elements rj, then the symbol is taken to be
plus one or minus according as the two sets become identical in order
after an even or an odd number of inversions within either set.

We shall adopt the common convention that whenever a Greek

Stouffer and Smith: Sums of Determinants 11

letter index appears twice in a term that term is to be summed for all
values of the index within the range 1, 2, • • ■ n.

The determinant A may now be defined in several equivalent
forms:

[^1 ^2 ' ' ' ' ^n I
Pi P2' ' ■ />nj

^ps(i) ^ps(2) ■ ■ ■ (Ips(n)

'Pfffll "/)(T(2) ' " ' Op(X(„)

— r o"i 0-2 • • • cr„ 1

n \ L PlP2' ' Pn }

The algebraic complement Arad.o,. . . -k) is identically

[o-i a^ • • • • cr„ 1

Theorem VI. If yl is a determinant of order n and B, C, ■ ■ • , L
are p other determinants of the same order, the sum of the
(n) (n — 1) ■ ■ • (n — p -j- 1) determinants composed of ti — p rows
from A and one row from each of the p determinants B, C, ■ ■ ■ , L
is equal to that of the same number of determinants composed of
n — p columns from A and one column from each of the p determi-
nants B, C, • • ■ , L. The columns and rows are to occupy the same
places in the new determinants as in the originals, and p^n — 1.

First we recognize

[ai cTo • • • • CTn 1
^1 ^2 • • • • ^n J

^rcroi Cr(T(2) ' ' ' 'rcrtpi CIi(T(p+i) " " ' Q

r<T(n)

to be a determinant composed of n — p rows from A and one row
from each of the p determinants B, C, ■ ■ ■ , L. Furthermore

r 0"l 0"2 ■ ■ ■ " o-n 1 , ,

— p) ! L P1P2 ■ Pu A

(n — p)

(20)

represents the sum of the n{n — 1) • • ■ {n — p + 1) determinants
composed of n ^ — p rows from A and one row from each of the p de-
terminants B, C, ■ •• , L.
Again we recognize

[^1 ^2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ^n 1
Pi P2 ■ • ■ ■ PnJ

OpsCi) Cps(2) ■ ■ ■ tpsip) <^ps(p+i) ■ ■ ■ Ctpsdi)

to be a determinant composed of n — p columns from A and one
column from each of the p determinants. Furthermore

12- The University Science Bulletin

[Or^ O-.j • • • • CTn "I , j

Pi Pi' ■ ■ Pn A

{n — p) !

(21)

represents the sum of the n(n — 1) • • • (n — p + 1) determinants
composed of n — p cokmms from .4 and one cohimn from each of
the p determinants. It is identical with (20).

An interesting example of the theorem occurs when p -\- 1 =^ n, in
which case one row is taken from each of the n given determinants

A, B, C, ■ ■ ■ , L for the construction of each new one.

Another example of interest is obtained if p =: 1, in which instance
one row is taken from B and the remaining rows from A in the con-
struction of each new determinant. This example was stated as a
theorem by Muir*^' in 1888.

If B =^ C ^ D = ■ ■ ■ ^ L the theorem reduces at once to:

Corollary I. If A and B are two determinants of order n, the

sum of the (p) determinants of the same order composed of n- — p

rows from A and of p rows from B is equal to that of the (p) deter-
minants composed of n — p columns from A and of p columns
from B.

This corollary was given as a lemma by J. Deruyts'"^ in 1883.

A second corollary is obtained if certain groups of the determi-
nants are identical. Suppose that fci determinants are identical with

B, k., determinants are identical with C, and so on, where :S ki ^n.

Corollary II. li A, B, C, • ■ ■ , L are p -\- 1 determinants of

n{n — 1) • • • (n- — p + 1)

order n the sum of the determinants

{k,l){k,l) ■ ■ ■ (fcp!)

each composed of k^ rows from B, k., rows from C, ■ ■ ■ , kp rows
from L, and the remaining n — 2 A'i rows from A, is equal to the sum
of the same number of determinants each composed of k^ columns
from B, k., columns from C, ■ ■ • , A"p columns from L, and the re-
maining n — 2 A'i columns from .4. The columns and rows are to
occupy the same places in the new determinants as in the originals
and ^ki^n.

Theorem VII. If 8k. = jarhl, r — 1,2, • ■ ■ n, h = ki, ki + 1,

• • • , 71, 71 + 1, 1, 2, • • ■ , ki — 2, and if k,. k.,, ■ ■ ■ , kp are p dis-
tinct positive integers each different from unity and less than n -{- 1;

then the sum of the p\ (") determinants of order n, composed of

Stouffer and Smith: Sums of Determinants 13

fi — p rows from .4 = | Ors | and one row from each of the p determi-
nants 8k , 8k , ■ • • , Sk is equal to ( — l)-^pl A^^^^^^^^^ where A^ de-
notes the determinant obtained by deleting the r the column of the
nhy n-\-l array | |ars| | r = l,2,- ■ ■ n, s = l,2,- ■ ■ n + 1. If the
number n -{- 1 -\- p — 2 A; is not between 1 and ?i + 1, inclusive, then
a convenient multiple of n + 1 is to be added to it.

By Theorem VI the above sum of p\ (p) determinants is equal to
the sum of the same number of determinants composed of n ■ — p
columns from A and one column from each of the j) determinants
8k. . Most of these determinants are zero due to duplicate columns.

In the determinant 8k. the elements in column Si have for second

index Sj + fc; — 1. If Si + /ti — 1 is not between 1 and ?i + 1, in-
clusive, then n + 1 is to be subtracted from it. Now Si -{- ki — 1
cannot equal Si since by hypothesis ki ^1. Hence to construct a
nonvanishing determinant comi:)osed of ?? — /) columns from
A = lorsl and one column, with index S;, from each of the p deter-
minants 8k. , we must take s^-{-k^ — l = n -\-l. Note again that

the elements in cohnnn s, have then the second index equal to
^1 + ^\ — 1- Having fixed s^ we must next take
s.,-\-k._—l = s^ = n-{-2—ki, Ss-\-k^—l = s. = n-{'3 — k^ — ko, etc.
For each arrangement of the p numbers ki there is a correspond-
ing set of indices Si and one nonvanishing determinant. Since the p
numbers ki can be permuted in p\ ways there are just p! nonvanish-
ing determinants. All of these determinants are characterized by
the absence of elements with the second index equal to

n -{- p -{- 1 — 2/c.
Hence each determinant is equal to A ^ ^, except for the sign

■■■ n+p+l-Zk

which is ( — 1)-''.

If in the statement of the theorem we assume k^=: ko^= ■ ■ • = kv
a corollary follows at once.

Corollary I. The sum of the (p) determinants of order n com-
posed of n — p from .4 and of p rows from 8k is equal to ( — 1)^''

^n+p+i-pk-

This theorem ^^^ and corollary ^^^^ were theorems of Deruyts pub-
lished in 1883 and 1881. Le Paige^^i' proved the corollary for the
special case p = 1, k ^2 in 1880.

Theorem VIII. If A = ] ttrs | is a determinant of order n, and if
from A a new determinant be formed by altering the order of the

14

The University Science Bulletin

elements in the first row, a second determinant by making the same
alteration in the elements of the second row, and so on, the sum of
the n determinants thus derived is w times the original, where m is
the number of elements of a row that after the change of order
occupy the same positions as before.

To prove this theorem first construct a new determinant B from A
by altering the order of the columns then apply Theorem VI. The
sum of the n determinants each composed of one row from B and the
remaining rows from A is equal to the sum of the n determinants
each composed of one column from B and the remaining columns
from A. But all the n determinants composed of one column from B
and the remaining columns from A are zero due to duplicate columns
except for those m determinants in which the column taken from B
is identical with the one it replaces in A.

This theorem is equivalent to a theorem given by Deruyts'^-^ in
1885.

a^s I is a determinant of order n and

AnClin-i

Theorem IX. If A

B =

Xittm

AaOai

^■3^12
3 ****

Aj^Qiin AoCtni A3flris • • • • AnQnn-i

where A^, A,, ■ • ■ An are n arbitrary multipliers different from zero,

then the sum of the (p) determinants, each composed of p rows from
B and n — p rows from A, is equal to zero. The rows are to occupy
the same positions in the new determinants as in the originals, and
V <n.

Applying the statement of Theorem VI, Corollary I, it is evident
that the determinants obtained by inserting columns from B into A
are all zero due to duplicate columns.

This theorem was stated as a theorem for the special case of
p r= 1, n = 4 by Hammond'^^> in 1881.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Stouffer, E. B. "A simple derivation of Kronecker's relations among the
minors of a symmetric determinant." Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, vol. XII, No. 1, pp. 63-64; 1926.

2. MuRNAGHAN, F. D. "The generalized Kronecker symbol and its ajiplica-
tion to the theory of determinants." American Mathematical Monthly, vol.
XXXII, pp. 233-241 ; 1925.

3. Stetson, 0. S. "Note on the expansion of devertebrate determinants."
American Mathematical Monthly, vol. XI, pp. 166-168; 1904.

Stouffer and Smith: Sums of Determinants 15

4. MuiR, T. "The relations between the coaxial minors of a determinant of
the fourth order." Transactions of the Roval Society of Edinburgh, vol.
XXXIX, pp. 323-339; 1898.

5. HoRT.'V, F. Da P. "Nota sobre os determinantes." Jorn. de Sci. Math.
Phys. e Nat., (2) vol. V, pp. 67-73; 1890.

6. Cayley, a. "Sur les determinants Gauches." Collected Works, vol. I,
p. 410; 1848.

7. MuiR, T. "The expression of any bordered skew determinant as a sum
of products of Pfaffians." Royal Society of Edinburgh, Proceedings, vol. XXI,
pp. 342-359 ; 1896.

8. MuiR, T. "On vanishing aggregates of determinants." Royal Society of
Edinburgh Proceedings, vol. XV, pp. 98-105; 1888.

9. Derxiyts, J. "Sur certaines sommes de determinants." Memories de la
Societe des Sciences de Liege, (2) vol. X, No. 4; 1883.

10. Deruyts, J. "Note sur quelques proprieties des determinants multiples."
M. S. D. Liege, (2) vol. IX, No. 7; 1881.

11. Paige, C. Le. "Sur quelques points de la theorie des formes algebrique."
M. S. D. Liege (2) vol. IX, No. 4; 1880.

12. Deruyts, J. "Sur L'analyse combinatoire des determinants." M. S. D.
Liege, (2) vol. XI; 1885.

13. Hammoxd, J. Mathematics from Educational Times, vol. XXXIV,
p. 56; 1881.

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] November, 1929 [No. 2

A Reduced System of Differential Equations for the
Invariants of Ternary Forms

FLOREN'CE BLACK
Department of Mathematics, University of Kansas

1. Introduction. Let Cn represent a general ternary form of
order n in the variables i\, x.^, x^, and let T denote the general linear
transformation

r .I'l = a,i ^1 + ai2 ^2 + ai3 ^Sf
T = J Xo = a,! ^1 -\- aoo $2 + ^23 ^3 )

[_ .Tg = ttai ^\ + a.^.j ^., -\- a33 ^3 , | aik | ^ 0.

It is well known that the necessary and sufficient condition that a
homogeneous function F of the coefficients of Cn be invariant under
T, is that F be a solution of a certain system of nine linear partial
differential equations of the first order, each coefficient of T giving
rise to an equation of the system.

By the use of the special transformation

.Ti = ^\ + a,, $., + ai3 ^3 ,

X, = ^2

•i-3 = ^3 ,

Junker* found solutions for two of the nine equations and by the in-
troduction of these solutions as new variables reduced the number of
equations in the complete system to seven.

It is the purpose of this work to reduce the number of equations in
the system to six. We use the special transformation

(1) T,=

and define a seminvariant of the ternary form as any homogeneous
function of the coefficients which is invariant under T^ . "

•'•1

—

i^

+

"12

1^2

+

^'^IS t3 J

.r.

=

^^

+

^23 V3>

.T3

—

^^3.

* Math. Annalen, vol. 64, pp. .328-343.

(17)
2—2083

18

The University Science Bulletin

2. Calculation of the Seminvariants. The general ternary
ji-ic, C\ may be written as a determinant* with linear elements in

the form

(2) Cn:

•^ I r" Onn -12 ~r ^nn ''3

fl-ni •'2 ~P ^111 '^3

'\Mien expanded Cn may be written

(3) /"°.T°+7"-i'^Tr.r, + /"-!■ i.r""\r3+ ' ' • •

I Tji- 1 J .k

"l" J. »V -J •t' ■> ♦C' o •

where 7"°= 1 and /''"(r<n) is the sum of all principal minors of
order n — r of the determinant

'11

A =

At,

and /""^ (r -\- s ^n) is the sum of all possible determinants obtained
by replacing s columns at a time in each of the principal minors of
Z™ by the same columns from the corresponding minors of

B =

For example P" =z A, and P^ is the sum of the n determinants of the
form

^11 ^12 '^IS

6oi Ooo • •

'in

^111 "112

Wnn

+

«11 ^12 f'l
21 22

3 ' ^'in

O^ni "n2

Or

_!_....

The coefficients Z""^ may be obtained from A = P^- by means of two
differential operatorsf

Z).

n ^ n n Q

2 and Z)ab =2 2 b^

i=;l

da-ii

1=1 j=i

dan

•Dickson, Transactions of the American Math. Soc, voh 22, pp. 167-179; Stouffer, ibid.,
vol. 26, No. 3, pp. 356-368.

t cf., Stouffer, loo. cit., p. 363.

Black: Invariants of Ternary Forms ]9

In general for the ternary form

D^I''= (r + lj /-!•%
and

If we represent the result of A: successive applications of Da upon
F' by dI P' and of Dab on P' by D^u P' we have

r\

and

dL /- - -^^±^ /-^^
si

In terms of F^ the differential equations* satisfied by the invari-
ants of a ternary n-ic may be written in the following form. The
summations extend over the coefficients of Cn-

Of

Of

^.. = 5 2 (i + 1) /'^^'"^-^ — ^ = 0,

E, = 2 2 (/c + 1) /'-^••^^i -^ = 0,

Of

dp''

Of

1) 7i,k.i_^L^

dP^

Of
^8 = 5 2 (n — 1 — 2fc) 7"^ — ~ = 0,

E, = ^-S, (n — 2i—k) P^-^ = 0.

dP^

E. B. Elliott, Algebra of Quantics, p. 379.

20 The University Science Bulletin

After transformation (1) has been applied to Cn in form (2) the
finite transformations of the elements a and b may be built, and from
these their infinitesimal transformations calculated. The resulting
infinitesimal transformations of a and b .

86ij = i^osUii) 8t (i^ j),

are found to have the same form as the infinitesimal transformations
obtained by Stouffer* when working on an entirely different prob-
lem, that of seminvariants and invariants of a system of linear
homogeneous differential equations.

The differential equations considered by Stouffer are of the form

y"-\- 2 (2piK]/ +f/n<!/k)=0 {i = l,2,- ■ -,71),

i k^l k

where the primes indicate differentiation with respect to the inde-
pendent variable .r, and Pik and Qi^ are functions of x. A function of
the coefficients and their derivatives which is unchanged by the gen-
eral transformation of the dependent variables

(5) y^= i a ix)ri {k = l,2,- • ■ ,n),

A — 1 k\ A

is defined as a seminvariant, and if this function is also invariant
under the general transformation of the independent variable
4- = ^ ix), it is called an invariant of the system. The seminva-
riants of the system' or the invariants under the group formed by
transformations (5), are solutions of the system of partial differen-
tial equations obtained by equating to zero the most general infini-
tesimal transformation of the group.

Determinants having the same form as our coefficients in (3) are
shown to be seminvariants, the infinitesimal transformations of which
are identical in form with the infinitesimal, transformations of our
coefficients /'■^ AYith certain minor changes in constants the semin-
variants of our problem are the same functions of the coefficients r^
as the invariants of Stouffer's problem are of his seminvariants.
Consequently, by the use of Stouffer's results we know that the fol-
lowing functions are seminvariants of our ternary n - ic, facts wdiich
may also be verified directly by means of equations (4) .

* Stouffer, Proceedings of the London Math. Soc, Sec. 2, vol. 15, Part 3, and Sec. 2.
vol. 17, Part 5.

Black: Invariants of Ternary Forms 21

a — 1 ]^

(6) Aa= (/"-l-°)« — a! 2 (/'^-^■«)«-'^l

/"-"•'^ (/nO) a-l (a=2,B, ...,n),

(n—l){n — 2) ... (n — a+1)

(7) AaP = 2^4, -Dab Aa, /3-i a ^a, ^.^ Dab ^2

(a = 3,4, ■ • ■ ,7i;^ = l,2, ■ ■ ■ ,a),

3n
(8) B = 4 AJJ"--''^- /"--•- 7"^4.,— (Dab .4 J 2.

n — 1

The seminvariants .4a, ^o;3, and B are independent, for if they are
arranged in the order Aa, B, and Aa^, and according to ascending
values of a, and y8, each contains a coefficient Z""^ not in those which
precede.

3. The Differential Equations in Terms of the Seminvari-
ants. The expressions Aa, Aap, B, and /"", .42 ^ 0, may be intro-
duced as new variables into the set of nine differential equations (4) ,
and the new coefficients expressed in terms of these seminvariants.
Equations E^, E.., and £'5 are satisfied identically by the new vari-
ables and thus the number of equations in the set will be reduced by
three. In order to introduce* the new variables 7"°, .4a, Aa^, and B,
into any other of the partial differential equations Ei = 0,.we oper-
ate with Ej_ on Aa, Aap, B, and /"". Equation Ei = 0, in terms of
the new variables, will read

df df Of

2 E, (Aa) -^ + E, {Aa^) ^— + E, (B) ^

dAa dAap dB

QJno

where by Ei (F) we represent the results obtained by operating on
F by Eu ^

After having operated with Ei upon the seminvariants, we may as a
matter of simplification set /"-i-" ■= /"-!• 1 —I"--- ^ z=z 0. This may be
done without loss of generality since by choosing in transforma-
tion (1)

/n-1,0

2p-i'i 7°-2.o /n-2,1 jrn-1.0

(n — 1) .4,

nI^-2.1 /no _ (^ _ 1) /n-l.O /n-1.1

(n — 1) A,

* Horn, Einfuhrung in die Theorie der partiel'en differential-gleichungen.

22 The University Science Bulletin

the three transformed coefficients 1"-^-^, /'^-ii and /"--i of the result-
ing n-ic, will be reduced to zero without having changed the value
of the seminvariants.

We shall consider in detail onlv

df

j^3 = 2 2 (n — i + 1 — A:) /'^i-"^ —!- = 0.

If we operate upon the seminvariants with E^ and simplify, we have:
E, (/"") = 0,
^ , , . a{n — 1) ^ ^ {n — a) ^

Es {Aa) = — A^ Aa-1 + — — ^a.l ,

n n

^ ^ {n — 2)A^. 3(n — 2)^3^
E, {B) = ^— ^ + ^. '-^— ,

QnA^ 2nA2

{n — 2}A^Aap a {n — 2) Aa.p^^A^^
(9) E, (Aap) = —

n A^ Sn Ao

+ 2A,E,[D,,Aa,p.,).

li /3 =^ 1 m (9) the last term may also be expressed directly in terms
of the new variables and we have

{n — 2)^3^01 ain — l)A.,Aa-i,i
E, (Aa,) = +

nAo n

a{n — a) Aa+1,1 «(^ — 2)i4a-43i

n(a + 1) dnAz

U ft = 2 we have

(2 — 2«)(n — 2) ^i^ai 2(n — 2)^^ao
E, [A,,] = +

SnA^ nAo

a{n — 2)^3^aB (a — 1) (n — a) ^a + 1,2

2nA. n(a + l)

(n — a).4a+iB a{n — l)Aa-l,2A2

n n

ain — 1) Aa-i AoB a{n — 2) A:^.Aa

n 0)71 A 2

In the general case it is necessary to prove that E^ (Dab ^4a,/3-i)
may for any particular value of ft be expressed in terms of the new
variables. The proof of this fact may be given in three parts.

(I) We shall first show that Dab [Aa^) may be expressed as a

function of .4a, Dab Aa, ■ ■ ■ Dab ^a- If we can find a value of y

Black: Invariants of Ternary Forms 23

such that A is a function of (10) .4a, Dab Aa ■ ■ ■ Dal Aa, A,,

ay

Dab A2, Da"b A.,, (a>2) then from (7) it follows that A .^ is a func-
tion of (10) and Dll^Aa. But we may write .4a:; in the form

Aa2 = 2^4. Dab (2^2 Dab Aa a.4aDabA2)

— a {2A2 Dab Aa — aAa Dab ^2) Dab Ao.

It now follows that .4a3, Aa^, ■ • ■ and finally .4a^ may be expressed
as a function of (10). Thus (I) follows immediately.
(II) We shall next show that

q (a + 1 — g)(n — a) q

E^ [Dab (Aa) ] — Dab Aa,x

n(a + l)
_a(n— D^^^^q^^^^^ (9 = 1,2- ••, a).

n

By direct operation with Dab upon (6) we obtain

Dab(Aa)=a(/"-l-°)-l/"-l'^

<i— 2 (a — i)

_„! 2 — — (/n-1.0)a-i-l/n-l,1^4j

' = 2 (a — Z)!i
-Dab(Ai)-

i=2(^_i)U- !

a-2 ( rn-l. o ja-i
— a! 2- Dab(Ai)— a7"-ll.4a-l

a !n°-l/n-a.l (/nO)a-l
— a/'^-^^Dab Aa-1

(n— l)(n — 2)...(n — a + 1)
A second operation gives us Dab (Aa) = — 2a 7""^- ^ Dab ^a-i

- a 7"-l' ° Dfb Aa-l ^

(n.— l)(n_2)...(n — a + 1)
+ ( . . . a series of terms of second or higher degree in 7""^'^ and 7°"^-^) .

By induction we may show that Dab (Aa) = — Qa I"'^- ^ Dab ^a-i

g!„!^a-l/n-a,q (7nO)a-l

— a 7"-i' ° Dab Aa-1 '

(n— l)(n — 2) ... (n — a + 1)

+ (. . . terms of second or higher degree in 7"-i'^ and 7"-^'^l. If we
operate on the above by E^ and set 7"-^" = 7"-ii = 7"-2.i := 0. we
have (II).

(III.) We shall show finally that Dab (Aa) (q = 1,2, . . ..a) . may

24 The University Science Bulletin

be expressed as a function of the seminvariants Aa, Aap, and B. If
we apply the operator i)ab to Aa and Aap and set

Ja-l.O ^ Jn-1.1 ^ Jn-2.1 ^ Q, We huVe

B

£>a'b (^4 j = ,

2Ao

Dab {A.^ = 0,

Aal
D^^ {Aa} = ■ [a = S, . . .,n),

2 A.

(11 j £»;, (.laj = lAa2 + 2 (a — 1) Aal D,,, A,

+ a < a — 2 L4a (Dab Aj - + 2a A. Aa DI^ .4,] .
Dab (Aap) =l^lhL [13=1, ..., (a— ll].

2.4,

If we can find a value for r such that Dab (Aa) may be expressed as
a function of

(12) Ao, Aa, Aai, Aao ■ . ■ Aar, Dab -4., Dab ^4,, thcn by means of the

above results Da'^b^ (^a) (r = l,2 a — 1), may in turn be ex-
pressed as a function of .4.,, .-la, Aap, and B. In (11) we have

Dfb (Aa) defined in terms of functions (12). Thus by induction
(III) follows.

By (I), (II), and (III), it now follows that E^ (Dab ^a js-i) may
be expressed in terms of the seminvariants, thus completing the proof
that E^ (Aa^) may be expressed in terms of the seminvariants as new
variables.

The method of introduction of .4a, Aa^, B, and /'"' into the remain-
ing differential equations of set (4), parallels very closely that used
for E^.

As a result we have the following six partial differential equations
which for A.,^ Q must be satisfied by the invariants of a ternary
n-ic. The summations extend over all subscripts a and ji.
'a{n — 1) n — a 1 Of

^3=2

[ain — 1) n — a ~\ ^J
.4., .4a-l -| Aa*l I
n ?i -* ()Aa

[(n — 2)^32 3(n — 2)^43^-1 df
6nA^ .4., -* OB

Black: Invariants of Ternary Forms 25

[{n — 2) A^Aa.p a{n — 2) Aap-iA^^^

n A. ^n A

nAz 3/1^2

+ 2A,E,{D,^Aap_,)\
V{n — a)Aa,^,^l df [{n — 2)A

^4 + 2 +

^9n (n-i-^) A.-^ f)An *- ^2nA^

Of

dAa^

2n (a + 1) Ao-* dAa ' ^ 12nA2

+

= 0,

3{n — 2)A,,Bl df

4cn A'i J OB

[{n — 2) A^^Aap a{n — 2-) A^-, Aa p.^^
: — _
(\n A^ ^9nA^

2

a{n — 2) A.B Aa B-, 1 Of

1 ^/

+ 2Ao E, (Dab Aa p.,) = 0,

-* dAae

4:71 Al ' ^ OAap

( ^ai \ Of

= ^\ ) h 2 2 Dab (^a^)

^2.4/ dA^

bi di , ^ Oi

E. — nl^'' h2a(n — 1) .4a \- (4n — 6) B

cy/"" dAa OB

Of

OAap

. Aa, \ Of Of

OAaff

+ 22 [2in — l) Aa^ + 2A,E, (D.^.Aap.,)]- = 0,

()Aaa

E^ = 2a Aa — ^ +22 [2^a;3

oi_

dAa

Of

+ 2A, E, (Dab ^a,0-i)]— ^ = 0'

OAap
Of r.. 5/ , .. .„^ n ^/

^9 = 2 (2a — an) A,-^ n7"0— ^+ (6 — 4n) B

*\ 4 i\ Tun

dAa d/"" dB

Of_

laj3

+ 22 [(4 — 2n) Aap^-2A.E, (Dab ^a./S-.)] = 0.

f9.4a8

THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX]

November, 1929

[No. 3

On the Geometry Associated with Certain Determinants

with Linear Elements

WEALTHY BABCOCK
Department of Mathematics, University of Kansas

1. Introduction. The types of forms expressible as determinants
with linear elements have been determined by Dickson* whose re-
sults are given by the following theorem: "In the field of all com-
plex numbers every binary form, every ternary form, every quater-
nary quadratic form and a sufficiently general quaternary cubic form
can be expressed in determinantal form. No furtlier general form
has this property."

Similar results were obtained by Stoufferf by entirely different
methods.

Let the determinantal form of the nth order in k variables

/= I i

flnia^i + feniX., + a,,,a\ + b,„,.r., +

be changed by the transfoiTnation

^ x' 4- t- x' -4-

%lk

X —

i'k

^kl ^'l -|- ^k2 ^ 2 H~

--- Vlk

c X w

fkl

%lk

%kk

9^0

F =

into the determinantal form

^11 ^'i + -Bii x'., + A,„ x\ + B^n -r'., +-

in such a way that each element a^ .<"i + bu x., + is transformed

into the element A^^ x\ -\- Ba x'., -{- Under the conditions of the

transformation if any changes are made in the rows and columns of /

* Transactions of the American Mathematical Society, \'oI. 22, (1921), pp. 1G7-179.
t Ibid., Vol. 26, pp. 356-368.

(27)

28 The University Science Bulletin

similar changes must be made in the rows and columns of F. A

function of the coefficients aij, 5ij, Cjj, of / which is equal to the

same function of the coefficients ^u, Bij, Cij, of F multiplied by

a factor which is a power of the modulus '^ shall in this paper be
called an invariant of /. Similarly we shall define a covariant of f

to be a function of the coefficients ai],6ij, and the variables

.Tj, x^, .Tk of / which is equal to the same function of the co-
efficients ^ij, 5ij, and variables .r'l, x'.,, .T'k of F, except for a

factor which is a power of the modulus A.

If the elements of the determinantal form / be regarded as a set of
n- simultaneous linear forms in k variables, the following theorems
concerning the invariants and covariants of / may be stated at once
since they are true of simultaneous linear forms:*

1. The resultant of any k elements of / is an invariant of /.

II. Every rational integral invariant of / is a homogeneous poly-
nomial in the resultants of the nr linear elements taken k at a time.
. III. Any element of / is a covariant of /.

IV. Every integral covariant of / is expressible in terms of the
elements of / and the invariants of /.

There are an infinite number of different sets of linear elements for
a given determinantal form. However, with a given set of linear ele-
ments there is only one determinant. It is the purpose of this paper
to discuss the geometry of the lines obtained by equating to zero the
linear elements of the determinantal forms of the second and third
order in three variables. There is associated with the lines a plane
curve, in the one case a conic, and in the other a cubic. We shall
study the geometry of the lines by placing restrictions on the func-
tions which we have called the invariants and covariants of /.

The covariants will be represented by

Zij r=aij.Ti + 6ij.r2 + Cij:r3 (f, j = 1, 2, 3)

and the invariant

t'pq "pq ^ pq

Oij 6ij Cij

"'is ^is Crs

by [pq, ij, rs]. The point of intersection of two lines, for example,
/pq = 0 and ^ii r=: 0 will be indicated by the symbol (/pq, la).

2. Second Order Forms. The equation

(1)

^21 '22

= 0

* Clebsch, Crelle's Journal. Band 59, pp. 1-15.

Babcock: Determinants With Linear Elements 29

represents a conic which is associated with the four lines of the
determinantal form. The proofs of two well-known theorems follow
immediately from this form of the equation of a conic.

Theorem I. Every conic may he generated by two projective
pencils of lines.

In order to prove this let us note that equation (1) may be written
in the form

1 Jl. Jcl 1

C/oi I ''■'''22 22

(2)

= 0

from which it is clear that every point which is a point of intersec-
tion of corresponding lines of the two pencils /^ + kl.^^ =: 0 and
hi + ^'^22 = 0 satisfies the equation of the conic. Conversely, every
point on the conic is the intersection of a corresponding pair of lines
of the two pencils, a fact which is shown by the equations,

^11 ^21 ;,

■ ■ " — ri,

t*jo too

Theorem II. Any point on the conic may he a vertex of one of the
two pencils of lines generating the conic.

This theorem- is readily proved by addition of the rows and
columns of the determinantal form (1).

We shall consider only those restrictions on the invariants and
covariants of the linear elements, which do not make the associated
conic degenerate. The restrictions to be placed on the covariants
may be divided into two main classes:

1. No covariant identically zero, and all covariants distinct.

2. No covariant identically zero, and two covariants, either Z^^
and loo, or Z^, f^nd loi, identical.

There are four invariants under the conditions of the first class.
If any two of these invariants are zero, the lines pass through a point
and the conic is degenerate. Hence we shall consider this class when,
(a) no invariant is zero, and (h) only one invariant is zero.

In case (a), the four lines meet in six points, of which four, two on
each line, lie on the associated conic.

In case (h) , the four lines meet in four points, three of which are
points on the associated conic. When [22, 21, 12] = 0, the line
La = 0 is tangent to the conic at (Li, It,o). To show this let us solve
Z.,o = 0 for one variable, say a\, and substitute into equation (1).
Then (1) takes the form,

axo + hx^ cXo + dXo ^

eXo + /.I'a 0

30

The University Science Bulletin

The line ex^ -\- fx^^^ 0 lies on the point {Ij^^, L^) for it is the line of
the pencil Z,! + ^^22 ^= 0 foi' which k ^= ■ — a2i/a.^n; also the line
cXo + dx^ =z 0 must be on the point [l^^o, I21) for a similar reason.
Since the lines ex., -\- fx^^= 0 and cXo -\- dx^ ^ 0 lie also on the point
(1, 0, 0), the equations differ at most by a numerical factor. There-
fore loo = 0 meets the conic in two coincident points at {Li, l^o) and
is a tangent to the conic.

In the second class, let Z^., ^ ^^i- Then the line /^^ = 0 is tangent
to the associated conic at {l^^, l^^o) and the line l.,o := 0 is tangent

at ( ^12; ^22/ •

3. Third Order Forms. In the study of the lines which result
from equating to zero the linear elements of a third order determi-
nant, we shall, as in the case of the second order consider only those
arrangements of lines which do not make the associated cubic de-
generate.

Every such determinantal form which has been equated to zero
may by a combination of rows and columns be reduced to the form.

(3)

11

21

0 I'

13

0

l"
l\

0

0.

32 "' 33

To prove this statement let A be a point on the cubic curve whose
equation is

^11 M2 ns

(4) L^ loo ^3 =0-

^1 '32 '33
Evidently it is possible to determine numbers k^, ko, k^, such that

the lines k^ /^i + ^"2 ^22 + ^'3 ^23 =0 ^nd k-^ /n + ^"2 ^12 + ^-3 ^13 = 0
pass through A. The equation of the cubic can be written in the
form

'11 '12 ^'1 ^n ~h ^"2 '12 ~\~ ^'3 hs

(o I t.,^ Loo /vj ^21 ~r k'i ^22 r "^3 '23 ~~ ^

'31 ^32 "^1 ^31 ~r "^2 '32 I "^3 ^3

from which we see that if A is chosen on the cubic in such a way that
it is not on the conic

'n H2

21 22

it lies on the line k^ l.^^ + k., l^o + ^"3 ^33 = 0- Consequently there
exist two numbers in h and r such that /i(A\ /^i + k., /j, + ^-3 ^13^ +
1' (^\ 1-31 -\- ^2 ^32 + ^'3 ^33) = ^1 ^21 + ^"2 ^22 + ^'3 ^33- Then the deter-

= 0

Babcock: Determinants With Linear Elements 31

minantal form (4) may by a combination of rows and columns be re-
duced to the form

r I' r

''11 ''12 ''13

I',, V,, 0 =0

v v r

''31 ''32 ''33

By a repetition of this process the determinantal form (4) can be re-
duced to the form (3).

Two well-known methods of generating a cubic curve result readily
from a consideration of the determinantal form of the equation of a

•cubic curve.

Theorem III. A non-degenerate cubic curve is generated by three
projective nets of lines.

By a method analogous to that used previously in showing that a
conic is generated by two projective pencils of lines it may be shown
that a cubic curve is generated by the three projective nets of lines

^'i 'ii ~r ^^"2 '12 I ^3 '13 ^ 0

(6) k, L, + k, I,., + /C3 L3 = 0

^"1 '31 ~r ^^'2 '32 ~r "^3 '33 ^== 0

■or by the set obtained by adding the columns of the determinant.

This method of generating a cubic has been developed* by estab-
lishing a polarity in the jilane such that to every point in the plane
there correspond three polars, the intersections of which are points
on the cubic curve. A similar development has been effected by em-
ploying skew reciprocity.f

Corollary. Every non-degenerate cubic curve is generated by three
■pencils of lines which are related in the follouring way:

A\ i^j -|- K'g (j3 = 0

(7) k, L^ + k, L, = 0

"^2 ^32 1 "^3 ^33 — ^ ^

This corollary follows from the fact that if the cubic (4) is written
in the form (3), equations (6) reduce to equations (7).

Theorem. IV. Every non-degenerate cubic curve is generated by a
pencil of lines and a projective pencil of conics.%

In order to prove this we shall use the form of the equation of the

* Schroeter, Ebenen Curven Dritter Ordnung, § 2, p. 4.

t White, Plane Cubic Curves, pp. 98-100.

t Chasles, Rapport Sur Ees Progres de la Geometrie, p. 224.

32

The University Science Bulletin

cubic in which one element of the determinant is zero. This equa-
tion may be written in the form

which may be expanded into

13

23

33

0

(8) (^32 + ^33)

I. I

13

21

to.

~l

33

^11

^12

+ k

^21

22

11

h'.

21

I

28

= 0.

It is clear from the form of equation (8) that every point of inter-
section of a line of the pencil of lines l^n + kl^^ = 0 with the corre-
sponding conic of the pencil of conies

^11

21

12
^22

+ k

^IS

I

'21 ^23

0

is a point on the cubic curve. Conversely, every point on the cubic
is a point of intersection of a line of this pencil with the correspond-
ing line from the pencil of conies; for, from the equations of the two
pencils, w^e have the equations

I

32

11

21

^1.

toe

^33

^11
21

''13
^23

k

which makes it evident that every point on the cubic curve deter-
mines a value of k.

We shall study the geometry of the lines obtained by equating to
zero the elements of the determinantal form (3) in which three co-
variants were identically zero. All covariants which are not sub-
jected to restrictions are assumed to be distinct. The covariants
which are said to be identical may differ by a numerical factor so
that the equation of the cubic is changed although the lines remain
the same. Consequently there is associated with any one arrange-
ment of lines a system of cubic curves, i. e., all the cubic curves
through the nine points of intersection of the six lines. The restric-
tions which may be placed on the remaining covariants fall into the
following five classes:*

I. The six covariants distinct.

II. Two covariants, not in the same row or column, identical.

Salmon, Higher Plane Curves, 2d edition, pp. 127-130.

Babcock: Determinants With Linear Elements 33

III. Three covariants, no two in the same row or column, iden-
tical.

IV. Two sets of two identical covariants, no identical covariants
in the same row or column.

V. Two sets of identical covariants, one set containing two co-
variants, and the other three covariants, but no covariants in the
same row or column identical.

In the determinantal form (3) there are twenty invariants which
are not necessarily zero. They may be grouped in the following way:
the one invariant a = [11, 22, 23] , the one invariant f3 = [12, 21, 23],
the nine invariants [u,jj,mn], and the nine invariants [77in,pq,ii].
In the last two groups ii and jj mean any pair of subscripts of /n,
^22) or ^33 and mn and pq mean any pair of subscripts of /,3, ioi, or /32.
In what follows we shall have occasion to consider various sets of in-
variants. In a given set, a pair of letters which appears in the sym-
bol for one invariant represents the same pair of subscripts in all
other invariants. This statement has no meaning with respect to the
invariants a and /?.

If an invariant involving one set of subscrii)ts from a (or ^) and
two from f3 (or a) is equated to zero, the line in whose equation ap-
pears the set from a (or /?) is tangent to the associated cubic curve at
the point in which the three lines meet, provided the three lines only
meet in this point; e. g., if [ii, jj, 7tm] = 0 then l^n = 0 is tangent to
the cubic curve at (^n, ^jj). This, and similar statements made in
what follows, may be proved by the methods used in the second part
of this paper.

If two lines in whose equations appear subscripts from a (or /?) co-
incide, then all lines in whose equations appear subscripts from /S (or
a) are tangents to the cubic curve at their intersections with the coin-
cident lines, provided the two lines only meet in this point. If a line in
whose equation appear subscripts from a (or /?) passes through the
intersection of the three lines in whose equations appear subscripts
from ^ (or a) then the line is a tangent to the associated cubic curve
at a point of inflection. If three lines in whose equations appear sub-
scripts from a (or /3) coincide then all lines in whose equations ap-
pear subscripts from /? (or a) are inflection tangents at their inter-
sections with this line. If two lines in whose eciuations appear sub-
scripts from a (or /?) pass through the intersection of two, or three,
lines (whether distinct or coincident) in whose equations appear
subscripts from /3 (or a) the point of intersection is a double point.

3—2083

34

The University Science Bulletin

In the accompanying table the information obtained concerning
the different cases which arise under the five classes is listed as
follows:

1. The invariants which are set equal to zero.

2'. The number of distinct points of intersection of the line.

3. The number of intersections of the lines which are also points
on the associated cubic curve.

4. The number of intersections of the lines which are also points
of tangency on the associated cubic curve.

5. The number of intersections of the lines which are points of in-
flection on the cubic curve.

6. The equations of the tangents at the double points and the
equation in k whose roots are the values of the parameter k which
make the lines tangents. The double point will be a crunode, cusp,
or acnode according as the roots of the equation in A- are real and un-
equal, real and equal, or imaginary.

(References to articles discussing special cubic curves are given at the end of the table.)

Class I. /^o ^ 0, ^03 ^ 0, Z31 ^ 0.

1

3 4

6

(i)None

15

9

a or B

13

9

[ii, jj, pq] or [ mn, pq, ii]

13

8

1

a and B H

9

a and [mn, pq. ii]
or B and [ii, jj, mn]

11

8

1

[ii, jj, pq] and [tt, mn, rs] ;

or [ii, jj, pq] and any one of

[ii,mn,rs],'ijj,mn,rs],or [mn, pq,tt] ;

or [ii, jj, pq] and eitlier [ii, tt, mn]

or [jj, tt, mn];

or [mn, pq, ii] and either [pq, rs, jj]

or [mn, rs, jj]

11

7

2

Babcock: Determinants With Linear Elements 35

1

a and [ii, jj, pq] I 10
or S ^^d [mn, pq, ii] I

7

1

10
[ii, jj, pq] and [mn, ii, pq]

6

lmn + kljj =0; k2 [jj, rs, pq] +
k ([mn, rs, pq] + [jj, ii, tt]) +

[mn, ii, tt] =0

a, [mn, pq. ii] and [pq, rs, jj]
or B- fii- jj, pq] and [ii, tt, rs]

9

7

2

[ii, jj, pq], [ii, mn, rs] and any one of

[tt, mn, pql. [tt, pq, rs], [tt, jj, mn],

or [tt, jj, rs]; or [ii, jj, pq],

[jj, mn, rs], and any one of

[tt, pq, mn] ; [tt, pq, rs], [tt, ii, mn],

or [tt, ii, rs] ; or [ii, jj, mn],

[ii. tt, pq], and [jj, tt, rs] ; or

[mn, pq, ii], [pq, rs, jj] and

[mn, rs, tt]

9

6

3

a, [mn, pq, ii] and [pq, rs, ii]
or B, [ii, jj, pq] and [ii. tt, rs]

8

7

1

[ii, jj, pq]. [tt, mn. rs] and

[tt, mn, pq] ; or [ii, mn, pq],

[jj. tt, rs] and [jj, tt, ii]

8

6

1

1

[ii, jj, pq], [ii, jj, mn] and any one of

[tt, rs, ii], [(t, rs, jj], [tt, rs, pq],

[tt, rs, mn]

8

5

1

lmn + kljj =0; k- [jj, rs, pq] +
k([mn, rs, pq] + [jj, ii, tt]) +

[mn, ii, tt] =0

a, [jj, jj, pq] and [ii, jj, mn] 6
or B, [ii, pq, mn] and [jj, pq, mn]

4

Ipq = 0 and Inm = 0. (For first set)
lii =0 and Ijj =0. (For second set)

[pq. mn, rs] [ii, jj, pq] [jj, tt, mn]
[tt, ii, rs]

7

6

3

(-)[ii, jj, pq] [ii, tt, mn] [rs, mn, jj]
[pq, rs, tt]

7

5

4

36

The University Science Bulletin

Class II. l^^ ^ 0, L^ ^ 0, ?3i ^ 0, and L-. ^ hz-

1

2

3

4

5

6

(3) None

10

6

3

B

8

1
6 1 3

[11. pq, rs]

8

5 4

■ [11. 33. pql

8

5

2

1

[33, pq. mn]

8

5

1

Imn + kiss = 0 ; k2 [rs, 33. pq] +
k [rs, mn, pq] + [11, 33. mn] =0

B and [11. 33, pq]

1
6 1 5

1
2 1 1

1

[11, 33, pq] and [mn. r.?, 11]

6

4

3 1 1

[pq, mn, 33] and eitlier [rs, pq, 11] or
[rs, mn, 11]

6

4 2

Imn + kl33 = 0 ; k2 [rs, 33, pq] +
k [rs, mn, pq] + [11> 33, mn] := 0

[33, mn, pq] and [11, 33, rs]

6

4

1

lmn + kl33 = 0; k2[rs. 33. pq] +
k [rs, mn, pq] + [11, 33. mn] =0

B and [11. mn, pq]

5

4 3 i 1 1

S and [33. mn, pq]

5

4

l33 = 0; [11, 33, mn] =:0 or

k = 00 in Imn + kiss = 0

[11, 33, pq] and [11. mn, pq] 5 3

1

Ipq =:: 0 and Imn = 0.

Babcock: Determinants With Linear Elements 37

Class III. Zj, ^ 0, L, ^ 0, l^^ ^ 0 and Z^^ ^ l.,^ ^ h

1 2 3 4 15

1

6

(3) None

6

3

3

B

4

3

3

[11, mn, pq]

4

2

1

Ipq =: 0 and Imn = 0

Class I\ . l^^ — 0, hz — 0, l^^ — ■- 0 and ^^ — io, and /jg ^^ l.i_.

1

2

3 4 5

6

(3)None 6

4

2

l2i + kl22 = 0; k2[32, 21. 11] +

[33, 21, 11] =0

[11, 32, 33J or [21, 32, 33] 4

3

1

1

l.,i + kl-. = 0; k2[32. 21, 11] +

. [33, 21. 11] =0

[11. 21. 33] or [11. 21. 321 4

3

1

1-1=0.

Class V. l^o — 0, U^ — 0, l^^ — 0, l^^ — Uo and /^ — I... -^^ l^^-

1

2

3 4 5 6

(4)None

3

2

1

I21 = 0.

(1) Salmon, loc. cit.

(2) Wehr, Monatschefte fiir Mathematik und Physik, Band IV, (1893), p. 154.

(3) Salmon, loc. cit.

(4) Durege, Mathematische Annalen, Band I, (1869), pp. 509-512.

38

The University Science Bulletin

-t^

CO

03

-O

S-.

O

S

TS

O

r-i

»— 1

O)

o

-l->

X

^^

o

G

O)

s

J2

>.

<»

03

^

^

<i:)

C^

•^-»

f-^

o

^

^

r^

?5.

.— H

-y}

e

1— <

'TS

-+-j

!^

u-H

^

O

CO

H-:>

.g

r-H

03

<— *i

^~^

O

-c

•■^^J

r^

^H

o

GJ

lij

o

'Jj

a.

5-t-l

<V

r^

-o

c

.,-<

■^

* "— '

r-*

(»

r^

s

HO

^

-^

• i-H

5j

. 1— (

iij

o

s

-o

>.

Si

S3

o

a;

Q

rv-

X

a;

^3

w

;-i

t— <

c;

ffi

«<-(

n

te

o

CO

>

o

ft3

o

C
c3

o

CO

03

K, I ^

o ^

I-

o

^ o

^5 eo M
'« « ?^

-o

C5
+

+

-o

+

+

03

+

Ci

o

-1-3

03

cr
a

^

M CO

-**

H-i

H '~i

«

f-^

c c

3

(7^

-o -c.

>d

•+^

+

o

GJ

O

o

GJ

■o" -o'

+ +

^ c ^ -o

-Q

Oi

o

.1—1

c3

+

CI

+

+

-S h'

(D

1

+ +

+

o o

o

c

• r-l

d

q;
03

o

Babcock: Determinants With Linear Elements

39

-i£

+

-o

-o

d
a

Q
C

+

H

m

z>

II

r

-1

CO CO

H

-H 1M

* r-(

^O rO

1

'.n

^^ ^5

GJ

H «

C

^^ CO !o
H H «

C 13 C
•H « " . .
►O rO -O

a
1

.o

CO M to

H « H

-o -o

H

+

I I

H

"V

5^

B
S

+

a
p

+

rt

+

+

o
o

o

o

>

n

o

5

• p— t

II

o

t<-l

0

^—^

o

cc

t-i

H

• »-^

a;

o

rSS

o

o

+

o

■t^

r»

>

o

H

J

1

+

o

^

>

H

o

a

"^

-4J

03

-ii

P

^3

+

2

c3

cc
5->

I— 1

(D

1

O

s

M

;-i

N—.

o

>

s

;-!

o

3

o

CS

fcdO

;3

c

cr

O)

-O

fl

o

O

s

02

^

$1

o

;->

tj-H

o

O)

o

^

o

-^J

^

-l-J

d

,13

o

-+3

!->

*w—k

Ph

J5

«-i

o -o

f^

H

CD

Hi

O)

c

■0 CO

>

«~i <-i

i^

'1 M

3

1 1

■0 o

• • ^i

-1 ri

<1>

o

O
-*^

■ )— t

o

Ch

'"-O

"* -c^ ••

h

;-i

^

a>

+

>-

'. o

5-

2 'S

1 ca

S i-H

c

o :o

►C

O

5-i

1

+ i

o

+ 3

> G

tH o

c -^

c -^

o S

C3 -1-3

40

The University Science Bulletin

o

II

?i.

3.

CO

•■Ti

c

HO

c

O

rO

05

O

a a

M CI

C

CO • .

?i.

7 H

C3

'^

^

-^

1

+

1

CO

- 'S

?:

CO

05

i-t
1

,^

»r*

M

. ^

}S

o

1

1

?^

c

: f".o

1

« yi

O

^

Ti

'^ "§

I 1

+

^ .

i-V

+

— = ^ ^

M

«J CO

■■"N -"V

5^

e

O

o

o ••

•• « «

f^ »o

1

5^

r-l

1

1-1

V

■'

CO

tH

1

c

z: • •

• • f-

■^

1

^-i

rv

so

+

r-h-

«

*—

•i:)

+

j-i

•

-o

_^ ^

•• O'

^-^

?W

• • o

CO

1

i_

'^

CO C

1

5^

+ + +

1 +

n

H

c

a

CO

n

CO

-0 .^'

c

o

o

CI

1

01

1

1

+ e=

+

"o"

^

~d'

,0"'

H +

CO

M

ca

-t->

r-{

/

^^

Si

.1— 1

a;

• r- 1

7\

•

•

0

.s

Xi

ri

<u

^'

s

+

13

c

c3

Cm

_

Si

h"

<-5

0 •

.. 0 0

oT

iH

g

^

o

+

>.

<ii

««^

• «— <

c3

^

o

-1-3

03

s

q:>

00

3

--H

-<

J,.

cr

^

e-<

H

S3

|i^

<o

Babcock: Determinants With Linear Elements

41

o

'2

C

o

+

^J'

r"

y^

n CO

M CO

I I

«

-i2
+

n
H

to

CA

M

-0

CO

^

"Y"

CO

H

.0

-o

+

CO

H

« H

CO „

n

c c

H

pO ^

c

c
>

a:

.£

cr
o

o
a

p

o

X

-o

+

«

>

o

C

C
O

;h
O

O

>

03
02

c

C

_

__

^

^

T,

^'

0

"■^-i

^

-=

«

0

H

H

>

tK

;-i

OJ

1

>

c

q * *

* ' s«^

0

;-i

^

:3

-0

^

03

0

Vl-l

.

~

0

:

•

0

0

'^

ro

-+^

fi

'-*«.i

H ••

•• 0

c

C<

• l-H

C

^i2

0

0
^

+ •

0

C

CO

>

0

CO

n

H

0

5s

H

IM

-

C4-1

M

M

1

r^

<N

C

C

fj

0

m

1

M

^

-0

>

.

.

•

0
0

0

^
»-*^

•• C

5*-l

o
o

>

13
o

-4-3

C3
O
-+^
CI

• rH

o
p.

03
en

42

The University Science Bulletin

H H

-O -C>

2 M

5^

-O

« H

-o -o

H

~= H

^^.

H

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] November, 1929 [No. 4

An Irreversible Hydrocarbon Cell

H. p. CADY and SELMA GOTTLIEB*
Department of Chemistry, University of Kansas

INTRODUCTION AND STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM

SINCE the advent of Arrhenius' theory of electrolytic dissociation
and the subsequent tendency to explain all possible phenomena
as ionic, the whole subject of voltaic cells has become hopelessly in-
volved with reactions among ions. Contemporary textbooks of elec-
trochemistry contain, for example, such statements as these:

1. Allmand: Principles of Applied Electrochemistry, p. 87.

Edward Arnold, London, 1920.

"For a chemical reaction to be carried out electrochemically, it
must be of an oxidation-reduction nature, the substances taking part
must be capable of ionization, and must be spatially separated, but
in electrical connection."

2. LeBlanc: A Textbook of Electrochemistry, j). 261.

Macmillan, New York, 1907.

"It has been seen that in all galvanic cells a reduction and oxida-
tion take place; that is, at one electrode ions come into existence, and
at the other ions disappear. (And in italics) ... a chemical re-
action between two substances can only be used as a source of elec-
trical energy when electricity is produced or disappears during the
reaction {i. e., by changes in the charges of ions) , and also when the
two substances separated from each other are still capable of under-
going this reaction."

3. Creighton and Fink : Electrochemistry, Vol. I, p. 160.

Wiley and Sons, New York, 1924.

"If a voltaic cell is to produce a continuous current it is essential
that positive ions enter solution, and simultaneously, an equivalent
quantity of negative ions leave solution."

* From a thesis submitted by Selma Gottlieb to the Faculty of the Graduate School of the
University of Kansas in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy.

(43)

44 The University Science Bulletin

Our ordinary conception of reactions at the electrodes accords with
these statements, and is that at the anode, for example, we may
have: (1) discharge of an anion, (2) formation of a cation, (3) in-
crease of positive charges on a cation, (4) decrease of negative
charges on an anion, (5) or formation of a complex anion. We may,
nevertheless, define voltaic cells as devices for the conversion of free
chemical energy into electrical, made up of spontaneously and simul-
taneously occurring oxidation and reduction reactions which are cap-
able of taking place at two different points and with a decrease in
free energy. In the light of this definition it is apparent that the
chemical phenomena capable of producing potential differences in a
voltaic cell need not be limited to ionic reactions. A difference of
potential is produced whenever an electrode takes up or gives off
electrons, regardless of the cause. The transfer of electrons may be
due to ionic reactions, but it may also be due to any other chemical
reaction involving electron change, whether it concerns ions or not.
We have, for instance, the entire field of organic chemistry with such
reactions occurring among compounds which we certainly cannot
consider as ionizing in the usual sense of the word. From theoretical
considerations there is no reason why these organic oxidations and re-
ductions cannot be made to fulfill the general conditions for a voltaic
cell as stated above, since, after all, the essential feature of all oxida-
tion-reduction reactions is electron change. In such a cell, oxidation
and reduction at the electrodes would involve only electronic changes
not directly concerned with the formation, discharge, or change of
valence of an ion.

For such a purpose, easily oxidizable or easily reducible com-
pounds would naturally be considered first. In this class come the
unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons, which are particularly advan-
tageous because of their active double and triple bonds and because
of the gaseous nature of the lower members of both the acetylene
and olefine series. In this work, therefore, acetylene and ethylene
were used, in a cell constructed much like the usual hydrogen gas
cell.

EXPERIMENTAL WORK

The ethylene used was the commercial gas obtained in metal
cylinders, but the acetylene was prepared as needed by dropping
lumps of commercial calcium carbide into water, thus reversing the
usual process. This was accomplished by using a ten liter bottle
which was closed at the top with a rubber stopper carrying a glass
stopcock, and which had at the bottom another vent similarly closed.

Cady and Gottlieb: Irreversible Hydrocarbon Cell 45

The bottle was completely filled with water and tilted in a sink at
an angle of about thirty degrees with the vertical. The stopper at
the bottom was then carefully removed without allowing air to enter,
lumps of calcium carbide about 1.5 cm. in diameter were dropped
into the bottle at a convenient rate, and the displaced water was
allowed to escape, also through the lower opening.

The electrolyte used was a molar solution of potassium chloride
made by dissolved the carefully dried salt in freshly boiled and
cooled distilled water. A normal calomel electrode was used rather
than a saturated one in order to avoid errors due to liquid junction
potentials.

H H-

A

Fig. 1. Acetylene side of liydrofarbon cell.

Figure 1 shows the acetylene side of the cell; the ethylene side
differed only in that the source of gas supply was a metal cylinder.
The acetylene was stored in the tubulated bottle, A, and forced
through the cell by displacing it with water flowing from a similar
bottle, A , placed on an elevated shelf. The first of the scrubbers, B,
contained acid dichromate solution, the next two, 10% sodium hy-
droxide solution, and the last, distilled water. The electrode vessel,
E, carrying the electrode, D, was supported in one neck of the Woulff
bottle, F, from the other neck of which the salt bridge, /, passed to
the small beaker, G. The calomel electrode vessel, J , and the salt
bridge from the ethylene side of the cell also dipped into this same
beaker. The beaker, C, served as a water trap. Connection with the
electrical measuring part of the apparatus was made at H and W .

46

The University Science Bulletin

In this cell, one Woulff bottle would have served to hold both elec-
trodes, but it seemed desirable to avoid, in as far as possible, diffu-
sion of gases from one electrode to the other. Because of this, each
electrode had its own Woulff bottle, and the two electrodes were
further separated by a small beaker of potassium chloride solution
placed between the two Woulff bottles. Connection was made bj''
salt bridges of the form shown in the figure; the electrolyte was
drawn into them and held by pinchcocks on the rubber tubing. When
a calomel half-cell was used, it was arranged to dip into the small
beaker, G, and was thus presumably not contaminated by diffusion
of gases from either electrode.

This apparatus was at best not air-tight although air could not
pass into the electrode jacket. When the openings were sealed any
differences in gas pressure between the two sides forced electrolyte
from one Woulff bottle into the other, sometimes even separating one
of the electrodes from contact with the electrolyte. The water traps
were used to prevent diffusion of air through the gas escapement
tubes.

£■

▲

l/o/f/nefer

Ga/yginometer

K

Fl'j. 2. Diagram of testing circuits.

Cady and Gottlieb: Irreversible Hydrocarbon Cell 47

Since the reproducibility of the measurements did not justify the
use of a potentiometer, a simpler type of apparatus was subsituted.
As shown in figure 2, the slide, S, on the resistance coil, R, was moved
until the galvanometer, G, gave no deflection when the key, K, was
depressed, showing that the electromotive force being produced in
the arm containing the unknown cell, C, was just equal to that being
shunted off the pair of dry cells, E, in the upper arm of the circuit.
The voltage was then read directly on the voltmeter, V. While this
is essential a potentiometric method, it does not, of course, possess
the accuracy and refinement of the more delicate and more compli-
cated apparatus.

MEASUREMENTS WITH NICKEL ELECTRODES

In the choice of electrodes, attention was naturally directed to
those metals which have been found particularly useful in reactions
among gases. The first work was therefore done with nickel elec-
trodes, which always gave an electromotive force, though unfor-
tunately not a reproducible one. It was later noted that the nickel
was being slowly attacked by the potassium chloride used as electro-
lyte, so slowly that the effects were not visible during the time occu-
pied by a single set of measurements, but when the electrodes were
allowed to remain overnight in the electrolyte, a greenish gelatinous
precipitate was present next morning. It seems rather unlikely, how-
ever, that this corrosion could have been responsible for all the dif-
ference of potential observed. A one to ten ratio of nickel ion con-
centrations on the two sides would account for a difference of poten-
tial of only 0.029 volt, and it seems almost inconceivable that the
two gases could have been influenced the rates of attack by the po-
tassium chloride solution to such an extent that the ratio of nickel
ion concentrations on the two sides could have approached 1 to
1 X 10^°, as would be necessaiy to account for the difference of po-
tential observed.

The nickel electrodes were made by wrapping nickel gauze around
a wire of the same metal to make a roll about four cm. long and one
cm. in diameter, and bending an end of the ware up to hold the gauze
in place. The gauze rolls were corroded by dipping them into con-
centrated nitric acid for a moment; the green coating of nickel nitrate
thus produced was converted into the oxide by heating to redness in
a Bunsen flame. The oxide was then reduced by heating in a stream
of hydrogen gas, and the reduced electrodes were cooled in a stream
of natural gas to prevent, in as far as possible, the adsorption of

48 The University Science Bulletin

hydrogen. Since this treatment was repeated for each determination,
there was always present a coating of freshly reduced nickel with a
fairly large surface. With these electrodes, the readings on fifteen
determinations ranged between 0.07 and 0.24 volt, with six of the
fifteen values lying between 0.22 and 0.24 volt. The acetylene elec-
trode was in every case positive to the ethylene electrode.

MEASUREMENTS WITH MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRODES

Before proceeding to a discussion of the results with platinum elec-
trodes, it may be well to mention the work done with a variety of
other substances as electrodes.

Copper electrodes were prepared by heating to redness coils of
copper gauze attached to a copper wire, plunging them immediately
into alcohol, and washing them in water. When these were used in
the ethylene-acetylene cell, the electromotive force produced was so
small that the galvanometer gave no noticeable deflection until the
cell was short-circuited through it. If the electromotive force pro-
duced with nickel electrodes is to be considered due to reactions be-
tween the gases and the metal, a difference of potential should cer-
tainly be expected in the case of the copper electrodes, due to the
formation of small amounts of copper acetylide.

No electromotive force was produced when the electrodes were of
gold foil with a surface freshly plated from a gold cyanide solution.
This inertness of the gold electrodes is of interest in connection with
the later work in which platinum black was deposited on a piece of
platinum foil freshly coated electrolytically with a layer of gold.

Electrodes of tungsten, iron, tin, zinc, lead, cadmium, silver and
carbon were inert or practically so in this cell. Aluminum electrodes
gave potentials ranging from 0.13 to 0.20 volt, but the metal was
apparently being attacked by the electrolyte.

Palladium was used both in the massive form and as palladium
black plated electrolytically on the smooth surface. The massive
form gave an electromotive force of 0.10 volt, with the acetylene
positive, but the rise to this value was veiy slow. The palladium
black gave values ranging from 0.15 to 0.30 volt, with the acetylene
positive as before.

MEASUREMENTS WITH PLATINUM ELECTRODES

Platinum black electrodes were used in a large series of experi-
ments whose results, although not satisfactorily reproducible, are
more reliable than those made with nickel, in that the platinum may
safely be considered as inert. These experiments may be divided

Cady and Gottlieb: Irreversible Hydrocarbon Cell 49

into two groups: those made with the platinum black deposited di-
rectly on platinum foil electrodes in the usual manner, and those in
which a layer of gold was interposed between the foil and the de-
posit. With the ordinary type of platinum black electrode, equilib-
rium is delayed by the fact that it must be established throughout
the whole mass of platinum, including the supporting foil. With the
interposition of the layer of gold, the attainment of equilibrium is
hastened, since the gold serves only as an electrical conductor and
does not otherwise enter into the reaction.

The gold deposit, when used, was plated from a solution contain-
ing one gram of AuClg and two grams of KCN in 65 cc. of water. A
good gold deposit was obtained only when the voltage and current
density were very low; otherw'ise there appeared a coppery film
which was not adherent.

In the first experiments, the piece of platinum foil, about 1 cm.
square, was welded to a short platinum wire, which was then sealed
into a piece of glass tubing. Electrical connection was made by
means of a copper wire dipping into mercury in the tube. It was
later considered advisable to remove any suspicion of mercury con-
tamination of the electrodes by welding the platinum wire directly
to the copper wire, thus making it possible to omit the mercury from
the connection. The glass tube was of course retained for protection.

When the layer of gold was not used in preparing the platinum
black electrodes, the potentials showed a marked tendency to drift,
equilibrium was reached only ^'cry slowly, and attainment of the
true maximum value was very uncertain. The potentials on six de-
terminations varied from 0.19 to 0.285 volt, with the ethylene elec-
trode positive. These values were reached in from 32 to 107 minutes.

Even when the layer of gold was interposed between the platinum
foil and the coating of platinum black it was not possible to dupli-
cate results satisfactorily, but the attainment of equilibrium was
usually much more rapid. In a total of thirty-two determinations,
the potentials varied from 0.20 volt with the acetylene positive to
0.52 volt with the acetylene negative. However, the ethylene was
positive in twenty-four of the measurements, or 75%, and the other
25% included most of the occasions when difficulty was experienced
in getting a satisfactory coating of platinum black on the electrodes.

Believing the fault to lie with the electrodes, they were introduced
into the following cell,

(-) (+)

Hg,

Pt black

0.1 M-HCl

M-KCl

on Au

H^

HgCl

50 The University Science Bulletin

for which Lewis, Brighton and Sebastian* give a vahie of 0.3182
volt at 20° C. with a pressure of one atmosphere, using iridium
electrodes instead of platinum. Since the iridium is here an inert
electrode, the same value should be obtained with the inert platinum
electrodes used in this work, if they were functioning properly. On
eight trials, very good agreement was found with this value, using
both platinum electrodes in each trial. When used in the ethylene-
acetylene cell immediately after these satisfactory measurements,
the electrodes gave no better results than on other occasions. Of
course it is entirely conceivable that the electrodes, although in con-
dition to catalyze the reaction, Ho • — -2 (-) = or -^ 2H^, might still
not be active for the reactions in which the ethylene and acetylene
were involved.

In the ordinary type of voltaic cell, such as the Daniell cell, the
products of the reactions are present at the start. In the case of the
gas cell, the products were not known, and since they were being
formed only in minute quantities during the brief time when the cir-
cuit was closed, it was impossible to determine what they were.
"Without any clues as to their nature, a few empirical attempts were
made to find them by noting the results of adding various organic
compounds to the potassium chloride electrolyte.

If we could assume that at the cathode, acetylene was being re-
duced to ethylene, and that at the anode, ethylene was being oxi-
dized to acetylene, the process would be that of a concentration cell.
With this thought in mind, in spite of the fact that the sign of the
potential difference in 75% of the cases did not support this view,
mixtures were made of one volume of ethylene to nine of acetylene
and vice versa. Using these mixtures instead of the pure gases, the
difference of potential was 0.05 volt, with the positive pole that con-
centrated with respect to the ethylene. This value, although by no
means proof of the nature of the cell, is of the order of magnitude
which a concentration cell would give with these concentration
ratios.

An electrolyte was prepared which was molar with respect to both
potassium chloride and ethyl alcohol. (It was necessary to introduce
the test substance into both sides of the cell in order to avoid dis-
crepancies on that score.) The cell in which this electrolyte was
used gave an electromotive force of only 0.04 volt on one trial, but
on a later attempt yielded 0.40 volt after the passage of five hours,
with the acetylene positive. Still a third measurement gave only

* Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, 39, 2245 (19:7).

Cady and Gottlieb: Irreversible Hydrocarbon Cell 51

0.10 volt with the acetylene positive again. Results were no more
satisfactory when the electrolyte was saturated with ether.

As routinely prepared, the electrodes were cleaned immediately
before use by running them as cathodes in dilute sulfuric acid, and
as a consequence were saturated with hydrogen. There was always
then the possibility that one of the gases being passed over the
platinum black displaced hydrogen from it to a greater extent than
did the other, and that, as a result, the measurements actually rep-
resented a hydrogen gas concentration cell. In refutation of this, it
can be stated that experiment showed the ethylene-acetylene cell to
have so small a temperature coefficient that the potential was not ap-
preciably changed even when the system was brought from room
temperature to nearly 0° C. In an attempt to minimize the inter-
ference of adsorbed hydrogen, determinations were made with elec-
trodes which had been prepared as usual but, before use, boiled in
water at about 40° C. under reduced pressure to remove as much of
the hydrogen as possible. Ethylene or acetylene was passed around
the electrode during the process to saturate the platinum black with
the gas with which it was to be used. When the electrodes were
allowed to stand overnight after the dehydrogenation, the difference
of potential resulting on two occasions was 0.075 and 0.115 volt with
the ethylene positive. When used immediately after the dehydro-
genation, the value was 0.11 volt with the ethylene negative.

Since oxygen is adsorbed by platinum black to a much less extent
than is hydrogen, it seemed desirable to take advantage of the pos-
sible greater case with which the oxygen could be removed from the
electrodes, by running them as anodes instead of cathodes in the
dilute sulfuric acid. When used immediately after degassing, the
cell gave a reading of 0.28 volt after two hours, with the ethylene
positive. A second determination gave the same value, but the time
was three and on^-half hours. When boiled under atmospheric pres-
sure in degassing, the cell gave only 0.075 volt, with the ethylene
positive; when previously saturated with hydrogen and boiled under
atmospheric pressure, the reading was 0.09 volt. Later determina-
tions were made with the potassium chloride solutions made up sep-
arately for the two sides of the cell, one from boiled distilled water
saturated with ethylene while cooling, and the other solution from
water similarly treated with acetylene. The electrodes were pre-
pared by running them as anodes in dilute sulfuric acid and de-
gassing as described; the readings were 0.20, 0.41, and 0.33 volt, with
the ethylene positive. Of these, the second value, 0.41 volt, seems

52 The University Science Bulletin

unreliable because in this case the electromotive force of the acety-
lene-calomel cell fell to zero and then gave a reading of 0.01 volt in
the opposite direction from the previous ones.

Obviously a reversible cell should give far more definite and more
reproducible values than these. The only conclusion possible from
a study of these data is that we are here dealing with irreversible
electrodes or with electrodes which are only partially reversible.

However, the fact that these rather considerable differences of
potential were obtained indicates that reactions of some sort were
taking place at the electrodes. What these reactions were cannot be
stated from experimental observations, since the products were being
formed only during the brief intervals when the circuit was closed by
depressing the key, and then only in very minute quantities. The ir-
reversibility of the electrodes indicates that one or more of the sub-
stances formed is a gas or a volatile liquid and is consequently lost
to the cell, or that the situation is complicated by secondary reac-
tions at the electrodes. It is entirely possible that both of these
factors play a part in the phenomena within the cell.

CONCLUSIONS

1. A voltaic cell can be made with hydrocarbons as the active
electrode agents.

2. The ethylene-acetylene cell is not of the concentration type.

3. The ethylene-acetylene cell is irreversible, or at best only par-
tially reversible.

THE TNIYEBSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] November, 1929 [No. 5

A Revised Checklist of the Snakes of Kansas

EDWARD H. TAYLOR
Department of Zoology, University of Kansas

SINCE the publication of Branson's "Snakes of Kansas,"* the
Biological Survey- of the University of Kansas has collected a
large number of snakes, among which are species not hitherto re-
corded from Kansas, and others that have been reported on doubtful
authority. In order to bring our knowledge of the ophidian fauna
up to date I am presenting here a list of the species known with cer-
tainty from the state, with notes on their distribution.^ I also com-
ment on the species excluded from the state list.

Due to recent research in the taxonomy of the snakes, and the re-
vision of several genera, the nomenclature used in Branson's paper is
so very much out of date that I am showing in a footnote the pres-
ent equivalents for the names in his list.^

• BuU. Univ. Kansas, vol. IV (Science Bulletin, vol. II (1904), pp. 353-430, June.

1. In the following annotated list the county records are based on specimens in the Kansas
University collections, except in one or two cases where the snakes have been rectntly reported
from Riley by Burt (1927) and from Franklin by Gloyd (1928). Old and doubtful records
are excluded.

2. Note:

Pityophis catenifer sayi Schlegel = Pitiiophk sayi sayi (Schlegel).

Eutcenia proximo Say = Thamnnphis saurius proximus (Say).

EutcBTiia radix Baird and Girard = Thamnophis radix radix (Baird and Girard).

Eutwnia elegans vagrans Baird and Girard = Thamnophis ordinoides vagrans

(Baird and Girard).
Eutwnia sirtaiis parietalis Say = Thamnophis sirtalis parietalis (Say)._
Eutcenia sirtalis sirtalis Linnaeus = Thamnophis sirtalis sirtalis (Linne).
Tropidoclonium lineatum Cope = Tropidoclonion lineatum (Hallowell).
Cyclophis (EStivus Linnaeus c:; Opheodrys mstivus (Linne).
Heterodon playtyrhinus Latreille = Heterodon contortrix (Linne).
Heterodon nasicus Baird and Girard = Heterodon nasicus Baird and Girard.
Natrix grahami Baird and Girard = Natrix grahamii (Baird and Girard).
Natrix rhombifera Hallowell = Natrix rhombifera (Hallowell).
Natrix fasciata sipedon Linnsus =: Natrix sipedon (Linne).

Natrix fasciata erythrogaster Shaw = Natrix erythrogaster transversa Hallowell.
Coluber spilcndes Dumeril and Bibron = ? Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta (Say) Young.
Coluber obsoletus obsoletus Say = Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta (Say).
Coluber vulpinus Baird and CJirard = Elaphe vulpina (Baird and Girard).
Coluber emoryi Baird and Girard = Elaphe IcBta (Baird and Girard).
Storeria occipitomaculata Baird and Girard = Storeria occipto-maculata (Storer).
Storeria dekayi Holbrook = Storeria dekayi (Holbrook).
Ophibolus calligaster Say = Lampropeltis calligaster (Harlan).
Ophibolus gentulus sayi Holbrook = Lampropeltis getulus holbrooki (Stejneger).
Ophibolus doliatus triangulus Cope = Lampropeltis triangulum triangulum

(Lacepede).

(53)

54 The University Science Bulletin

1. Carphophis amcena vermis (Kennicott). Worm snake.

This species is found commonly under rocks on hillsides in the
eastern part of the state. (Leavenworth, Jefferson, Douglas, Osage,
Franklin, Anderson, Montgomery, Riley, Neosho, and Crawford
counties.)

2. Diadophis punctatus arnyi (Kennicott). Ring-necked snake.

Probably more specimens of this species have been found by col-
lectors than any other in Kansas. It is surprisingly common in
habitats occupied by the worm snake during the latter part of March
and April. It is highly probable that the species is confined to the
eastern part of the state, although one specimen in the University
collection purports to come from Gove county. I strongly suspect
that this locality is erroneous. (Doniphan, Riley, Jefferson, Leaven-
worth, Wyandotte, Douglas, Osage, Franklin, Anderson, Neosho,
Montgomery and Cowley counties) .

3. Heterodon contortrix (hmne) . Spreading adder.

Locality records show the presence of this species throughout the
state. Nowhere does it appear to be common. (Wyandotte, Doug-
las, Riley, Franklin, Cowley, Ellsworth, Stafford, Sumner, Pratt, and

Morton counties.)

■

4. Heterodon nasicus Baird and Girard. Hog-nosed snake.

All the specimens that I have examined have been obtained in the
western half of the state. (Morton, Rawlins, Lane, Graham, Trego,
Riley, Washington, Russell and Stafford counties.)

5. Opheodrys cestivus (Linne) . Rough green snake.

Specimens of this species in the University collections have all
been obtained in the southeastern part of the state. (Franklin,
Miami, Anderson, Linn, Bourbon, Labette, Montgomery and Cowley
counties.)

Ophibolus doliatus doliatus Linnaeus = Lampropeltis triangulum syspila (Cope).
Ophibolus doliatus gentilis Baird and Girard = Lampropeltis triangulum gentilis

(Baird and Girard).
Rhinochilus lecontei Baird and Girard = Rhinocheilus lecontei Baird and Girard.
Carphophis amcemis Say r= Carphophis amcena vermis (Kennicott).
Diadaphis regalis Baird and Girard = Diadophis sp.?

Diadophis punctatus Linnaeus = Diadophis punctatus arnyi (Kennicott).
Liopeltis vernalis DeKay = Liopcltis vernalis (Harlan).

Zamenis flagellum flagellum Shaw — Masticophis flagellum flavigularis (Hallowell).
Zamenis constrictor Liiina-us ^ Coluber constrictor flaviventris (Say).
Tantilla gracilis Baird and Girard = Tantilla gracilis Baird and Girard.
TantUla negriceps Kennicott = Tantilla nigriceps Kennicott.
Chionactis episcopus isozonus Cope =^ Sonora semiamiulata Baird and Girard.
Ancistrodon contortrix Linnseus =: Agkistrodon mokasen Beauvois.
Ancistrodon piscivorous Lacepede =; Agkistrodon piscivorous (Lacepede).
Sistrurus catenatus Garman = Sistrurus catenatus catenatus (Rafinesque).
Crotalus horridus Linnaeus := Crotalus horridus Linne.
Crotalus confluentus Say :rr Crotalus confluentus confluentus Say.

Taylor: Snakes of Kansas 55

6. Liopeltis vernalis (Harlan) . Smooth green snake.

This snake appears to be rare in the state. H. K. Gloyd (1928j
reports a specimen collected in Franklin county. The specimen is
now in the collection of Ottawa University, Ottawa, Kan. The
locality data are undoubtedly authentic. (Franklin county.)

7. Coluber constrictor fiaviventris (Say). Blue racer.

The blue racer is one of the commonest snakes in Kansas and ap-
pears to be found with equal frequency in all parts of the state.
(Bourbon, Cherokee, Labette, Anderson, Franklin, Douglas, Leaven-
worth, Jefferson, AVyandotte. Coffey, Woodson, Greenwood, Elk,
Chautauqua, ]\Iarion, Stafford, Pratt, Barber, Clark, ]\Ieade, Lane,
Gove, Trego, Graham, Rawlins, Wallace, Riley, Hamilton and Mor-
ton counties.)

8. Masticophis flagellujyi flageUum (Shaw). Coachwhip.

The species referred to this name in Branson's paper (loc. cit.) is
now recognized under the subspecific name flnvigularis, a form con-
fined to the western half of the state. He mentions a specimen oc-
curring in Douglas county in the eastern part of the state, but makes
no mention of its differing from the western form. This specimen
is no longer extant.

There are two specimens of this species now in the collections of
the University of Kansas, one collected by Wayne B. Whitlow who
obtained it at W^ayside, Montgomery county, August, 1924. The sec-
ond specimen was caught in July, 1926, by T. E. White at Sycamore,
Montgomery county. Fanners in Montgomery and Cherokee coun-
ties state that the species is not rare. They distinguish this dark
snake from the pilot black snake by its habit of moving rapidly when
disturbed. (Montgomery county.)

9. Masticophis flagellum flavigularis (Hallowell). Western coach-
whip.

This species is not uncommon throughout the western half of Kan-
sas. It is usually found in open prairie country and along draws.
(Morton, Barber, Pratt, Graham, Trego, Gove, Lane, Logan and
Wallace counties.)

10. Elaphe IcBta {Baird and Girard) . Rat snake.

This form so frequently confused with Lampropeltis calligaster is
found only in the western third of the state. Most of the specimens
collected by the Biological Survey have been taken under rocks

56 The University Science Bulletin

along hillsides in early spring. It does not appear to be common.
(Shawnee, Osage, Douglas, Riley, Franklin, Anderson, Woodson,
Greenwood and Labette counties.)

11. Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta (Say). Pilot black snake.
Timbered areas along streams during the summer, and rocky hill-
sides in the early spring have yielded most of the specimens of the
pilot black snake. Among Kansas snakes this species is exceeded in
length by only the bull snake. It is confined to the eastern third of
the state. (Doniphan, Leavenworth, Douglas, Franklin, Osage,
Linn, Anderson, Woodson. Bourbon, Cherokee, Elk and Riley
counties.)

12. Arizona elegans elegans (Kennicott) . Faded snake.

]\Ir. C. D. Bunker, Curator of Birds and Mammals of the Univer-
sity museum collected the first specimen of this species taken in the
state. It was captured in the daytime crawling across the road near
Ashland, Clark county. The species is strictly nocturnal and the
finding of the species in the daytime is very unusual. Henry Burt,
a student in the University of Kansas, collected two specimens at
night in Morton county while trapping small mammals. A fourth
specimen was collected in the summer of 1927 in Stafford county by
the Biological Survey party. (Morton, Stafford and Clark counties.)

13. Pituophis sayi {Schlegel) . Bull snake.

The largest of our Kansas snakes has a state-wide distribution.
Specimens appear to be more numerous in the open prairie country.
(Douglas, Franklin, Anderson, Allen, Montgomery, Osage, Riley,
Cloud, Republic, Pratt, Stafford, Clark, Trego, Gove, Lane, Wash-
ington, Rawlins and Morton counties.)

14. Lampropeltis calligaster (liarlan) . King snake.

This common snake appears to be confined to the eastern third of
the state. (Shawnee, Osage, Douglas, Franklin, Anderson, Wood-
son, Washington, Greenwood, Labette, Crawford and Riley counties.)

15. Lampropeltis triangulum syspila (Cope). Painted king snake.

This brightly colored snake due to its secretive habits is rare in
the collections made in Kansas. It is somewhat difficult to certainly
differentiate this form from the subspecies L. triangulum gentilis.
(Doniphan, Douglas, Osage, Coffey, Franklin, Anderson, Linn, La-
bette and Riley counties. Specimens doubtfully referable to this
form are known from Republic, Russell and Rice counties.)

Taylor: Snakes of Kansas 57

16. Lampropeltis triangidum gentilis (Baird and Girard). Prairie
painted king snake.

I have referred to this species specimens from the western part of
the state. These are very much faded and the red is very indistinct
in life. The specimens from Morton county were taken deeply
buried under rocks. (Morton and Wallace counties.)

17. Lamipro-peltis getulus holbrooki (Stejneger). Salt-and-Pepper
king snake.

This distinct black and yellow snake ranges over the eastern two-
thirds of the state. (Leavenworth, Douglas, Osage, Coffey, Frank-
lin, Anderson, Linn, Labette, Riley, Russel, Rice and Pratt counties.)

18. Rhinocheilus lecontei Baird and Girard. Leconte's snake.

The nocturnal habits of this species is probably responsible for its
remaining rare in collections. So far as I am aware only four speci-
mens have been collected in the state. During the summer of 1928
a specimen of this species was caught near Alva, Oklahoma, only
some 14 miles from the Kansas state line by Alonzo Wilson. This is
the only recent collection of the snake in or near Kansas. The bril-
liant black, red and gold coloration of the form is equalled by no
other snake except that of the painted king snake. (Clark, Barber
and Finney counties.)

19. Sonora semiannulata Baird and Girard. Banded ground snake.
Specimens of this diminutive species have been taken only in the

southeastern corner of the state where they appear to be common.
Three color phases are present, the red and black banded forms be-
ing rarest. (Montgomery and Cherokee counties.)

20. Natrix grahamii (Baird and Girard). Graham's water snake.

This species is plentiful along streams and ponds in the eastern
part of the state. A single specimen was captured at Pratt, Kansas,
in 1928. This is, I believe, the most western record for the state.
(Douglas, Franklin, Miami, Anderson, Linn, Woodson, Pratt, Wil-
son, Riley and Montgomery counties.)

21. Natrix sipedon {hmne) . Common water snake.

This is the commonest water snake in collections. It probably
occurs throughout the state since the University collection contains
a specimen from Colorado. However, no specimens are in the col-
lections from the western fourth of the state. (Cherokee, Crawford,

58 The University Science Bulletin

Linn, Anderson, Franklin, Douglas, Doniphan, Osage, Woodson,
Riley, Chase, Greenwood, Elk, Cowley, Butler, Marion, Pratt, Staf-
ford, Rooks and Trego counties.)

22. Matrix erythrogaster transversa (Hallowell). Yellow-bellied

water snake.

The form is unquestionably specifically distinct from Matrix
si'pedon, and has practically the same range throughout the state. A
few specimens appear to be uniformly colored on the ventral surface.
(Linn, Bourbon, Cherokee, Doniphan, Douglas, Franklin, Anderson,
Allen, Labette, Montgomery, Woodson, Osage, Greenwood, Stafford,
Pratt and Clark counties.)

23. Matrix rhombifera (Hallowell). Diamond backed water snake.
This form reaches a greater size than any of the other water

snakes in Kansas. The largest specimens are usually encountered
about lakes and marshes. (Linn, Miami, Douglas, Franklin, An-
derson, Cowley, Montgomery, Osage, W^oodson and Coffey counties.)

24. Storeria occipito-77}aculata (Storer). Red-bellied Dekay snake.

Only a few specimens of this species have reached the University
collections. It seems to be confined to the extreme eastern part of
the state. Gloyd (1928) reports six specimens from Franklin county.
(Douglas, Franklin, Anderson and Cherokee counties.)

25. Storeria dekayi {HoVorook) . DeKay's snake.

This species is distinctly more common than the red-bellied
species. It appears to frequent wet localities, where earthworms are
plentiful. (Doniphan, Leavenworth, Douglas, Franklin, Anderson,
Cherokee, Montgomery, Chautauqua and Riley counties.)

26. Virginia Valeria: elegans (Kennicott). Virginia brown snake.

The first specimen of this species to be taken in the state was col-
lected by me in Anderson county, in August, 1910. H. K. Gloyd col-
lected two specimens in Franklin county in 1926. Students in my
class in herpetology obtained four specimens of this snake in Jeffer-
son county in the spring of 1929. (Franklin, Anderson, Douglas and
Jefferson counties.)

27. Tropidoclonion lineatiim CHsLWoweW) . Lined snake.

This shy, secretive form appears to be rather rare or at least diffi-
cult to find. It is confined to the eastern third of the state. (Jeffer-

Taylor: Snakes of Kansas 59

son, Leavenworth, Douglas, Osage, Franklin, Anderson, Cowley,
Dickerson and Riley counties.)

28. Thamnophis marcianus (Baird and Girard). Marcy's snake.
This species was first reported from Kansas in 1878 by Miss Moz-

ley with the following notation: "E{utcenia). Marcinana isic) B.
& G. Douglas county." This specimen is no longer present in the
Kansas University collections or if present has received other desig-
nation. This record should be disregarded. It also appears in
Cragin's (1879) list with the following notation: "Eutcenia marciana
B. & G. ; Marcy's Garter Snake. Ft. Hays (Garman) . Douglas Co.,
(Mozley)."

I collected two specimens of this species, August 19, 1926, at a
small creek fed by springs, which empties into the Cimarron river
in Morton county. Another specimen was obtained in Meade county
in 1928 by Albert Lunceford, Jr. This form appears to maintain its
identity and does not merge with Thamnophis radix radix which oc-
curs in the same immediate locality. (Morton and Meade counties.)

29. Thamnophis sauritus proximus (Say). Western ribbon snake.

This species is rarely found away from the immediate vicinity of
water. It prefers ponds and lakes to running streams. (Doniphan,
Douglas, Osage, Franklin, Miami, ^Montgomery, Riley, Stafford,
Pratt, Barber, Harper, Washington, Graham, Clark and INIeade
counties.)

30. Thamnophis radix radix (Baird and Girard). Plains garter
snake.

This form, which is especially common in western Kansas, also
occurs throughout the eastern part of the state. The specimens ex-
amined from the east differ in some respects as regards lateral and
ventral markings, and do not appear to reach as large a size as the
western examples do. (Douglas, Franklin, Coffey, Labette, Riley,
Republic, Cloud, Osborne, Russell, Stafford, Rice, Harper, Rooks,
Trego, Gove, Lane, Meade, Rawlins, Wallace and Morton counties.)

31. Thamnophis sirtalisparietalis (Say). Red-barred common gar-
ter snake.

This is the common garter snake of the eastern part of the state.
(Atchison, Jefferson, Douglas, Osage, Franklin, Coffey, Anderson,
Linn, Woodson, Montgomery, Riley, Cloud, Greenwood, Cowley,
Sumner, Pratt, Comanchee, Meade and Hamilton counties.)

60 The University Science Bulletin

32. Tantilla gracilis Baird and Girard. Graceful tantilla.

This species is relatively common. Its small size and inconspic-
uous coloring, however, causes it to escape observation unless en-
countered under a rock. (Riley. "Wabaunsee, Leavenworth, Jeffer-
son, Douglas, Montgomery and Sumner counties.)

33. Tantilla nigriceps Kennicott. Black-headed tantilla.

The only specimens of this species that have undoubtedly authen-
tic locality data, in the University collections, are from ]\Iorton
county. It has been reported from a number of counties, even as far
east as Geary and Riley counties by Branson. It may overlap the
territory occupied by Tantilla gracilis. (Morton county.)

34. Agkistrodon mokasen Beauvois. Copperhead.

The copperhead is common in the eastern part of the state, but is
either extremely rare or entirely wanting in the western third of the
state. (Doniphan, Leavenworth, Jefferson, Douglas, Anderson,
Franklin, Montgomery, Cherokee, Osage, Bourbon, Labette and
Riley counties.)

35. Sistrurus catenatus catenatus ( Rafinesque) . Pigmy rattle-
snake.

This species is rare in eastern Kansas but is relatively plentiful
throughout the central part of the state. (Franklin, Osage, Coffey,
Greenwood, Butler, Dickinson, Stafford and Pratt counties.)

36. Crotalus conjiuentus confluentus (Say). Prairie rattler.

This form has been reported as far east as Riley county. It is
probably wanting in the eastern part of the state. (Republic, Ells-
worth, Barber, Trego, Graham, Gove, Sherman, Wallace and Morton
counties.)

37. Crotalus horridiis ('Linne) . Timber rattlesnake.

This form is far from rare in certain localities in the eastern part
of the state. Gloyd (1928 ) reports finding large numbers in Franklin
county. There are many specimens in the University collections
from Douglas county. (Doniphan, Leavenworth, Jefferson, Wyan-
dotte, Franklin, Douglas, Anderson and Riley counties.)

SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE STATE LIST.

Several species reported in Branson's paper have either not been
found or tlieir place on the list is not above question. I believe it

Taylor: Snakes of Kansas 61

wiser to question some of these older records than to inchide in-
correctly species that are not positively known from the state.

1. Eutcenia elegans vagrans (Baird and Girard).

This species of Thamnophis is reported from the western part of
the state. Branson says: "The snake is quite rare in the western
part of Kansas. None have been reported in the eastern part."
Cragin states: "Eutcenia vagrans B. & G. Wandering garter snake.
Ft. Riley (Nolan). In the Cambridge Museum of Comparative
Zoology, from Kansas (Garman). I collected a specimen of Tham-
nophis ordonoides elegans (Baird and Girard) in southern Colorado
in 1928 at a distance of about 100 miles from the Kansas line. It is
not improbable that the species will be discovered or rediscovered
within the limits of the state."

2. Eutcenia sirtalis sirtalis (Linne).

Branson reports this species as common in all parts of the state
but less numerous than E. sirtalis panetalis. He reports specimens
from Douglas, Lyon, Mitchell, Wallace and Shawnee counties. One
specimen identified as this species in the National Museum purports
to come from Woodson county. None of Branson's specimens are in
the collection at the present time.

3. Coluber spiloides Dumeril and Bibron.

It is probable that a young specimen of Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta
was referred to this species.

4. Coluber vulpimis (Baird and Gira.Yd).

The fox snake is included on insufficient evidence, and must be re-
garded as of very doubtful occurrence in the state.

5. Diadophis regalis Baird and Girard.

Burt (1927) is of the opinion that this is a synonym of Diadophis
punctatus arnyi, which does occur in Riley county. This is the
locality from which Branson's specimens are reputed to come.

6. Ophibolus doliatus triangidus Cope.

Blanchard (1921) in his revision of the King snakes believes that
Lampropeltis triangulum triangidum is limited in its western distri-
bution by the ^Mississippi. Branson claims to have collected the
species in Douglas county, and examined a specimen from Franklin
county. A specimen, No. 12,524 U. S. National ]\Iuseum, purports to
come from Ft. Scott, Kan. Until future collections reveal the pres-

62 The University Science Bulletin

ence of this form in the state I believe it well to omit it from Kansas
lists.

7. Agkistrodon piscivorous Lacepede.

Branson lists this form as probably occurring in Kansas. To this
date no specimen of the poisonous water moccasin has been taken by
any collector in the limits of the state.

LITERATURE CITED

1921. Blanchard, Frank N. A Revision of the King Snakes: Genus Lamp-
ropeltis. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 114; 1-260.

1904. Branson, Edwin B. Snakes of Kansas. Kansas University Science Bull.
2; 353-430.

1927. Burt, Ch.\rles E. An Annotated List of the Amphibians and Reptiles
of Rilev county, Kansas. Occ. Paper Mus. Zool. L'niv. Michigan
189; 1-9.

1881. Cr.\gin, F. W. a Preliminary Catalogue of Kan.sas Reptiles and Batra-
chians. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 7; 114-123.

1885. Cr.\gin, F. W. Second Contribution to the Herpetology of Kansas, with
obser\'ations on the Kansas Fauna. Krans. Kan.sas Acad. Sci. 9; 136-
140.

1928. Gloyd, Howard K. The Amphibians and Reptiles of Franklin county,
Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 31; 115-141.

1878. MozLEY, Annie E. List of Kansas Snakes in the Museum of the Kansas
State Universitj-. Trans. Kansas Acd. Sci. 6; 34-35.

THE UNIYEKSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] November, 1929 [No. 6

List of Reptiles and Batrachians of Morton County,

Kansas. Reporting Species New to the

State Fauna

EDWARD H. TAYLOR
Department of Zoologj', University of Kansas

DURING the summers of 1926, 1927 and 1928. parties from the
University of Kansas Biological Survey spent some time in
Morton county for the purpose of making collections of birds, mam-
mals and reptiles.

In 1926 the party consisted of Henry Burt, Theodore White, Wal-
lace Lane and Edward Taylor. White and Taylor devoted most of
their efforts to obtaining herpetological specimens, during the stay
which lasted from August 16 to August 24.

In 1927 a party consisting of Henry Burt, Lawrence Compton,
Wallace Lane and Harry Parker spent most of the month of June in
the county. Special emphasis was placed on mammal and bird col-
lecting, and only a meager collection of reptiles and batrachians was
obtained.

In June, 1928, Edward Taylor and Albert Lunceford. Jr., visited
the county and practically all the time of the seven days' stay was
spent in searching for reptiles and batrachians. A few days were
also spent there late in August.

Morton county lies in the extreme southwestern corner of the state
of Kansas. It is crossed by the Cimarron river which here is a
veritable river of sand; and much sand is to be found along its
valley. To the north are low bluffs which show an outcropping of
hard volcanic ash.

Camps were made at the Wood Walsh ranch. The collecting for
the most part was done along the river, in the sand dunes to the
south and along the low bluffs to the north where the blocks of
weathered volcanic ash offer shelter to certain species of lizards,

(63)

64 The University Science Bulletin

snakes and batrachians. This general locality is about 12 miles
northeast of Elkhart.

The collecting parties are under greatest obligation to Mr. Wood
Walsh and his family for innumerable courtesies and valued assist-
ance.

The following species were taken :

TURTLES

1. Chelydra serpentina (Linne). One specimen taken (1926) in a small pool
in the Cimarron river.

2. Kinosternon flavescens (Agassiz). Extremely common in occasional pools
in the river bed, and in ponds and reser\'oirs. More than fifty specimens were
collected.

3. Terrapene ornata (Agassiz). Specimens of this species were plentiful
everywhere. A large series was taken.

LIZARDS

4. Holbrookia maculata maculata (Girard). Very common on both sides of
the Cimarron river.

5. Sceloporus undulatus thayerii (Baird and Girard). Very common on both
sides of the Cimarron river.

6. Phrynosoma corniitum (Harlan). More than 25 specimens were collected
which represented all that were seen. This species is much less common thaa
the two preceding species.

7. Cnemidophorus sexUneatiLS sexlineatus (Linne). Rare. No specimens
were found in 1926 or 1927. A few specimens were taken in 1928 near the ranch
house.

8. Eumeces obsoletus (Baird and Girard). Rare. Two specimens taken in
1926 and two in 1928 represent all the specimens found.

SNAKES

9. Heterodon contortrix (Linne). A single specimen taken in 1926.

10. Heterodon nasicus (Baird and Girard). A single dead specimen was
found, but not preserved (1926).

11. Coluber constrictor flaviventris (Say). Several specimens taken each of
the three years. Common.

12. Masticophis flagellum flavigularis (Hallowell). Several specimens takea
each of the three years. Common.

13. Pitiiophis sayi saiji (Schlegel). Several specimens found each of the
three years. Common.

14. Lampropeltis triangulum gentilis (Baird and Girard). Discovered by-
Albert Lunceford, Jr., in the bluffs to the north of the river. Four specimens,
taken in June, 1928.

15. Arizona elegans elegans (Kennicott). Two specimens of this rare night-
roving snake were collected by Henry Burt in 1927. He found the specimens
in the sand dunes south of the river at night while trapping small mammals.
These represent the second and third specimens known from the state. The

Taylor: Reptiles of Morton County, Kansas 65

first was collected by C. D. Bunker in Clark county. This is the first published
record of its occurrence in Kansas.

16. Thamnuphis marciainus (Baird and Girard). Taken at Spring creek, a
small rivulet fed by springs, north of the river and near the western border of
the county. TWo specimens were obtained in 1926, and one in 1928. They
seem to maintain their typical characters and do not appear to merge into
Thamnophis radix radix (Baird and Girard), which occurs in the same locality.
No specimens of this form have been taken in Kansas in recent years. The
name appears in two early lists.*

17. Thamnophis radix radix (Baird and Girard). Common along small pools
in the river, resenoirs and ponds, and along Spring creek.

18. Tantilla nigriceps (Kennicott). A few specimens were taken each year
under rocks along the bluff north of the river.

19. Crotnlus conflu.entns cnnfluentiis (Say). This form was reported as being
common but onlj' a single specimen was acquired on the three collecting trips.

AMPHIBIANS.

20. Ambystorna tigrimnn (Green). Larvae were extremely numerous in a
reservoir on a farm six miles north of the river; more than two hundred were
taken in a tank about 50 feet long by 25 feet wide. Adults were found about
midnight coming to the surface of the ground out of i^rairie dog holes in a
prairie dog town about three hundred yards north of the river and about 200
yards from a water reservoir. Only a single salamander was found in each hole.
Dunn expresses the opinion (in letter) that the Kansas form is A. mavortium.

21. Scaphiopus hammondi bombijrons (Cope). Specimens were taken on
August 18, 1926, and on June 8, 1928, after \-ery heavy rainfalls. Large num-
bers congregated at breeding jolaces. Three such groups were found in a radius
of two miles and more than fifty si^ecimens were taken on each of the two
dates.

22. Bufo debilis (Girard). I found this small toad after a heavy hail and
rainstorm on August 8, 1926. While collecting late at night the thin, feeble
piping was heard more than half a mile away. After long search two specimens
were found in icy water in a small temporary pool into which much hail had
washed. Several dead specimens killed by hail were found at a large temporary
lake six miles north of the river. In 1928, Albert Lunceford, Jr., discovered
siiecimens under rocks in the bluffs north of the river. These records are the
first authentic reports of occurrences of this species in the state.

23. Bufo woodhousii (Girard). Common. Very large adults were found in
the prairie-dog villages at night. They hide in the holes during the day.

24. Bufo cognatus (Say). Three specimens were found dead after the hail
and rainstorm August 18, 1926, six miles north of Walsh's ranch.

25. Rana pipieiis (Schreber). This species was fouiid to be very numerous
along Spring creek about 6 miles west of Walsh's ranch. Specimens appear
to approach the characters of the southern Rana sphenocephala (Cope).

* Mosley, Kansas Acad. Sci., vol. fi (1877-'78), 34-35, lists "E Marcinana (sic) B. and G
Douglas Co." which is either an error of identification or of locality. Since Thamnophis radix
radix is not listed, I strongly suspect the specimen examined was of this species since it occurs
in I3ouglas county.

Cragin, Kansas Acad. Sci., vol. 7 (1878-'80), 116, lists "Eutania marciana B. and G.
Marcy's garter snake. Ft. Hays (Garman), Douglas county (Mozley)."

5—2083

THE UNIVEBSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] November, 1929 . [No. 7

'A Species of Lizard New to the Fauna of the United
States: Eumeces caUicephalus Bocourt

EDWARD H. TAYLOR

Department of ZiMJloKy, University of Kansas

WHILE collecting with Albert Lunceford, Jr., in the Hiiachuca
mountains of southern Arizona between July 1 and July 10,
1928, 1 obtained four specimens of a small skink which differed from
the species known from the United States. At first I concluded that
it was a new species but later study has proved it identical with the
Mexican form, Eumeces caUicephalus Bocourt."

The specimens were obtained in Ash canyon at an elevation of ap-
proximately 6,000 feet. Three were captured under small stones, and
a fourth was discovered running about over the stones in the small
stream that trickles in the bottom of the canyon. We found no other
species of skinks in the Huachucas although Eumeces obsoletus
(Baird and Girard) has been reported by other collectors from the
immediate locality of Ash canyon.

Through the courtesy of Mr. Joseph Slevin, of the California
Academy of Sciences, I was permitted to examine the skinks which
he collected in the Huachuca mountains. I found in this material
two specimens of this species. By permission of Mr. Slevin I am in-
cluding data on these two specimens in this paper.

Since the type description of Eumeces caUicephalus is not gen-
erally availablef and no description appears in any American work
on herpetology, I append a color description of the form, and a table
showing variation in the principal characters.

The color of the back is brownish gray showing less brown pos-
teriorly; anteriorly this color covers 6 scale rows and 8 posteriorly.

* I am under obligation to Dr. Alexander Ruthven of the University, of Michigan for a
c^nfirmaticn of this identification.

t Bocourt, Mission Sci. Mexique: Rei.t.. p. 431, pi. XXU, D, fig. 2, and pi. XXII, E,
fig. 2.

(67)

68 The University Science Bulletin

On the side a broad blackish brown band begins back of the nostril,
and extends along the sides of the body to the hind leg where it stops
abruptly. Anteriorly the band covers three scale rows, but narrows
to a single row posteriorly. A narrow greenish to bluish white line,
beginning on the first superciliary and extending about two-thirds
the distance from axilla to groin, borders the wide lateral band
above. A second narrow line, greenish in color, beginning on the
rostral and continuing on the labials through the ear to the hind
limb, borders the lateral band below\ The head is brown with two
narrow whitish stripes which begin at the same point on the rostral
scale then separate passing gack to the nuchal scales where they re-
unite and continue back on the middorsal line some six or seven
scale lengths as a narrow light line. The labials, chin, throat and the
underside of the limbs are pure paper white. The belly is grayish to
grayish blue or ultramarine. The tail is ultramarine, slightly less
distinct on the underside.

The color pattern on the six specimens shows practically no varia-
tion and agrees with Bocourt's figure Hoc. cit.) in detail. The young-
est specimens (No. 6475) shows a slightly deeper shade of blue on
the tail, and in the largest specimen (No. 6473) the blue on the tail
has almost disappeared, and its color is similar to the color of the
back; the lines on the head are scarcely discernible.

The following table shows the variations in measurement and scale
characters:

Taylor: Eumeces Callicephalus Bocourt

69

TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS AND SCALE CnjNTS OF
EUMECES CALLICEPHALUS BOCOURT.

Number'

Snout to foreleg (mm).
Snout to anus (mm).. .
Tail.

Fore limb

Hind limb

Axilla to groin

Width of head (greatest)

Onout to end of parietal

Po.st anal width of tail

Scale rows on neck '.

Scale rows on body

Scales, occiput to above anus

Supraoculars

Superciliaries

Scales surrounding ear

Post nasals

Post mentals

Frenal?

Upper labials

Lower labials

Plates on lower eyelid

Supraoculars touch frontal

Nuchals (pairs)

Ear lobules (enlarged)

Subcaudals enlarged

Preanals somewhat enlarged

Parietals enclose interparietal

Scale rows parallel

Dorsal nuchal scale rows widened

3 pairs chinshields, median widest

Adpressed limbs touch

Nasal, divided

Frontonasal separated from frontal

and rostral

Frontonasal touches frenal

48096
C. A. S.

18
50
86
12
16
26.7

7

8.1

6
29
28
58

4

6
17

0

2

2
8
6
5
3
1
2
no
yes
yes^
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes

yes
yes (
no I

48095
C. A. S.

17.8

52.2

87

11.2

16.8

27

7.1

8

4.9
29
28
56

4

7
16

0

2

2
8
6
4-5
3
1
2
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes

yes
no

6473
K. U.

22
64.2

reg.
15
21
36

9.2
10.2

7
28
28
59

4

7
17

0

2

2

8
6
4-5
3
1
2

no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes

no
yes

yes
yes

6474
K. U.

20
56.2
104
13

17.5
32.8

8.5
10

7.2
28
23
58

4

7
16

0

2

2

8

6

5

3

I'A

2
no

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes
no

6476
K. U.

17

50

80

12

15.8

27.5

7'

8

5.7
28
27
58

4

6

16

1-0

2

2

8

6

4

3

1

2
no

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes
no

yes

yes
yes /
no '

6475
K. U.

14.5

46.5

broken

9.4
15.1
23

6

8

6
27
26
58

4

7

15

1-1

2

2

8

6

4

3

11^

no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes

yes
yes I

1-2

no

1. Numbers marked C. A. S. are from the California Academy of Science.
K. U. are in the Kansas University Museum of Birds and Mammals.

2. The parietals are separated by a small intercalated scale posteriorly.

Those marked

D

r3-2083

Publications of the University of Kansas

Recently adopted postal regulations reo.uire mailing of bulletins weighing over 8 ounces by
parcel post, with additional charge of two cents for each package. In transmitting postage
for mailing of such overweight Science Bulletins, find proper amount of postage for your zone
by weight indicated and add 2 cents.

y^j^jj^g KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY

I No. 1, postage, 6 cents. Nos. 2, 3, supply exhausted. No. 4, post-

II Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.

Ill Nos. 1, 2, supply exhausted. No. 3, postage, 8 cents. No. 4, weight

12 ounces ; parcel-post rate.

rV No. 1, weight 9 ounces; parcel-post rate. No. 2, postage, 6 cents.

Nos. 3, 4, supply exhausted.

V Nos. 1, 2, supply e.xhausted. Vol. V consists of only two numbers.

VI, A.. .Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.

VI, B...No. 1, postage, 8 cents. No. 2, postage, 6 cents. No. 3, postage, 4

cents. No. 4, postage, 6 cents.
VII, A.. .Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.
VII, B.. .Nos. 1-2, postage, 6 cents. No. 3, postage, 4 cents. No. 4, postage,

8 cents.
Vni, A.. .No. 1, weight, 9 ounces; parcel-post rate. No. 2, weight, 10 ounces;
parcel-post rate. No. 3, postage, 6 cents. No. 4, postage,
6 cents.
VIII, B...No. 1, postage, 4 cents. Publication of Series B was suspended
with this number.

IX No. 1, weight, 10 ounces; parcel post rate. No. 2, weight, 10

ounces: parcel-post rate. No. 3, weight, 9 ounces; parcel-
post rate. No. 4, postage, 6 cents.
X Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, postage each, 6 cents.

Volume SCIENCE BULLETIN

I Nos. 1-4, postage, 6 cents. Nos. 5-9, postage, 8 cents. Nos. 10-12,

weight, 10 ounces; parcel-post rate.

II Nos. 1-3, weight, 20 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 4-9, weight, 9

ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 10-1-5, weight, 20 ounces;
parcel-post rate.

Ill Nos. 1-6, weight, 33 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 7-10, weight, 25

ounces; parcel-post rate.

rV Nos. 1-6, weight 19 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 7-20, weight, 28

ounces; parcel-post rate.

V Nos. 1-11, weight, 33 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 12-21, weight,

27 ounces; parcel-post rate.

VI No. 1, weight, 27 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 2-7, weight, 19

oimces; parcel-post rate.

VII Nos. 1-17, weight, 50 ounces; parcel-post rate.

VIII Nos. 1-10, weight, 52 ounces; parcel-post rate.

IX Nos. 1-21, weight, 54 ounces; parcel-post rate.

X*. . . . .Nos. 1-15, weight, 17 ounces; parcel-post rate.

XI No. 1, weight, 20 ounces; parcel-post rate.

Xn Nos. 1-2, weight, 19 ounces; parcel-post rate.

Xni Pa. I, Nos. 1-9, postage, 6 cents. Pt. II, Nos. 10-15, weight, 9

ounces; parcel-post rate.

XIV Nos. 1-21, weight, 34 ounces; parcel-post rate.

XV Nos. 1-6, weight, 18 ounces; parcel-post rate.

XVI Nos. 1-6.

XVn Pt. I, No. 1. Pt. II, Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.

XVIII Nos. 1-13, weight, 38 ounces.

The Kansas University Quarterly and the Science Bulletin will be sent in exchange for
other publications of like character, or will be sent on receipt of the amount of postage men-
tioned above, or may be sent by express, charges collect. _ Separates of all articles in the
Science Bzdletin not out of print are available. Applications should be made to Science
Bulletin, Library of the University of Kansas,

BULLETINS OF DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY

t

"Two Grain Insects." V. L. Kellogg (with F. H. Snow).

"Common Injurious Insects of Kansas." V. L. Kellogg. ?

"The Horn Fly of Cattle." V. L. Kellogg (with F. H. Snow). |

"The More Destructive Grasshoppers of Kansas." Hunter and Snow.

"Scale Insects Injurious to Orchards." S. J. Hunter.

"Alfalfa, Grasshoppers, Bees; Their Relationships." S. J. Hunter.

"The Honey Bee and Its Food Plants in Kansas." S. J. Hunter.

"The Green Bug and Its Natural Enemies." S. J. Hunter.

"Report of Results of University Research Commission on Horse Plague."

S. J. Hunter, A. L. Skoog, W. K. Trimble. N. P. Sherwood.
"Orchard Problems and How to Solve Them." H. B. Hungerford.
"Studies in Kansas Insects." Bulletin 11.

1. Grasshoppers; Melanopli of Kansas. P. W, Claassen.

2. Grasshoppers; ffidipodinse of Kansas. R. H. Beamer.

3. Dragonflies of Kansas. C. H. Kennedy.

4. Scale Insects Injurious to Fruit and Shade Trees. P. B. Lawson.

5. Spring Cankerworm and Its Control. W. H. Wellhouse.

"Insect Pests About the House." H. B. Hungerford.

Applications should be made to the State Entomologist, University of
Kansas.

STATE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF KANSAS

Volume

1, 1896 General Stratigraphy of Eastern Kansas; exhausted.

II, 1897 General Geolog}'- of Western Kansas; exhausted.

III, 1898 Special Report on Coal; exhausted.

IV, 1898 Upper Cretaceous Palentology; exhausted.

V, 1899 Gypsum and Gypsum Cement Plasters; exhausted.

VI, 19(K) Carboniferous Invertebrates, Cretaceous Fishes; exhausted

VII, 1902 Special Report on Mineral Waters; exhausted.

VIII, 1904 Special Report on Lead and Zinc; exhausted.

IX, 1909 Special Report on Well Waters in Kansas ; exhausted.

Bulletin 1, 1913. .Special Report on Well Waters in Kansas; exhausted.

Bulletin 2, 1915. .Crystalline Rocks in Kansas; exhausted.

Bulletin 3, 1917.. Oil and Gas Resources of Kansas; exhausted.

Bulletin 4, 1918. .Environment of Camp Funston.

Bulletin 5, 1918. .Elk City Gas Field.

Bulletin 6, 1918. .Oil and Gas Resources of Kansas.

Part 1. General Geology of Oil and Gas.

1920. .Part 2. Geology of Kansas. |

Part 5. Allen and Neosho Counties. ff

Part 6. Wilson and Montgomery Counties. i"

Bulletin 7, 1921 . . Geology of El Dorado Oil and Gas Field. ;,

Bulletin 8, 1921 . . Economic Geology of the Arkansas City District. I

Bulletin 9, 1924. .Geology and Invertebrate Paleontology of the Comanchean ,;

and "Dakota" Formation of Kansas.
Bulletin 10, 1925. .Geology of Russell County, Kansas, with Special Reference

to Oil and Gas Resources. ' '

Bulletin 11, 1926. .Geologic Investigation in Western Kansas, with Special Ref- t

erence to Oil and Gas Possibilities.
Bulletin 12, 1927. .Geology of Anderson County.
Bulletin 13, 1927. .Underground Resources of Kansas.

MINERAL RESOURCES OF KANSAS

I

*■

Report for 1897, 1898, 1900-'01, 1902; exhausted. I

Report for 1899, 1903 ; postage, 4 cents each.

The report and bulletins of the State Geological Survey of Kansas and the reports on the
Mineral Resources of Kansas are for free distribution on receipt of the proper postage, or may
be sent by express, charges collect. Where weights are given consult your postmaster for
parcel-post rates. Applications should be made to the State Geologist.

''^'''' BULLETIN

OF

The University of Kansas

SCIENCE BULLETIN

(Continuation of Kansas University Quarterly)
Vol. XIX Nos. 8-14

(Comprising Part Two)

Part 2

LAWRENCE, KANSAS

Published Semimonthly from January to June and Monthly from July to
December, inclusive, by the University of Kansas.

PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT

B. P. WALKER, STATE PRINTER

TOPEKA 1930

13-5072

VOLtlME 31

June 15, 1930 ;S

No. 12

Entered as secoud-class matter December 29, 1910, at the post office at Lawrence, Kansas,

under the act of July 16, 1894.

NOTICE TO EXCHANGES

The attention of learned societies and other institutions which
exchange scientific publications with the University of Kansas is
called to the list of publications of this University on the third and
fourth pages of the cover of this issue.

Those marked "Supply exhausted" cannot be furnished at all; as
far as the supply permits the remaining numbers will gladly be fur-
nished to any of our exchanges who may need them to complete their
files.

Back numbers of the Kansas University Quarterly, as far as pos-
sible, will be sent to those of our newer correspondents who are able
and willing to reciprocate.

ANNOUNCEMENT

The Kansas University Science Bulletin (continuation of the
Kansas University Quarterly) is issued in parts at irregular inter-
vals. Each volume contains from 300 to 400 pages of reading mat-
ter, with necessary illustrations. Exchanges with other institutions
and learned societies everywhere are solicited. All exchanges should
be addressed to the Library of the University of Kansas.

The Kansas University Science Bulletin,
Library of the University of Kansas,

Lawrence, Kan.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Raymond C. Moore, Chairman. Asa A. Schaeffer.

H. B. HuNGBRFORD, Secretary. 0. O. Stoland.

C. M. Baker. J. D. Stranathan.
Arthur W. Davidson.

THE

kansas univeksity
Science Bulletin

DEVOTED TO

THE PUBLICATION OF THE RESULTS OF

RESEARCH BY MEMBERS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

Vol. XIX

(Whole Series, Vol. XXX)

In Two Parts
Part 2

ITHIISflKD BY THE UXIVERSITY

LAWRENCE, KANSAS

1930

PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT

B. P. WALKER. STATE PRINTER

TOPEKA I93I

13-5072

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XIX.

PART II.

No. PAOE

8. The Fauna of the Drum Limestone of Kansas and Western

Missouri. Albert Nelsoti Sayre 75

9. The Synthesis and Properties of the Possible Isomeric

Mono-Chloromono-Iodo-Toluenes. Henry J. Long and

F. B. Dains 205

10. The Preparation of the Di-substituted Formamidines and

the Reactions of Di-p-Xylyl-Formamidine. F. B. Daijis
and Sister Agnes Ellen Daily 215

11. Comparative Anatomy Witliin the Genus Euonymus.

George T. McNair 221

12. Metachaos granulosa m Kansas: Third Recorded Appear-

ance of Gruber's Rare Amoeba. M. Anthony Payne .... 275

13. A Skull of Nothocyon from the John Day Oligocene. E.

Raymond Hall and Handel T. Martin 283

14. An Addition to the Urodele Fauna of Kansas. L. E. Adams

and H. T. Martin 289

(73)

THE UNIYERSITY OP KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] July, 1930 [No. 8

The Fauna of the Drum Limestone of Kansas and

Western Missouri.*

ALBERT NELSON SAYRE,
Department of Geology, University of Kansas.

INTRODUCTION.

THE Drum limestone is of considerable interest paleontologically
because of the sharp contrast which its dominantly molluscan
fauna presents to the dominantly molluscoidean faunas of the pre-
ceding and succeeding limestones of the Pennsylvanian system of
Kansas. In the northern area of its outcrop the upper one-half to
two-thirds is oolitic and is like most of the oolitic limestone of
North America in that it contains a dwarfed molluscan fauna;
while in its southern outcrops, although the limestone is almost
entirely oolitic, the fauna is quite robust. This shows that the
conditions under which oolites are formed do not necessarily re-
sult in dwarfed faunas. Stratigraphically, the Drum is inter-
esting because it is oolitic, at least in part, in most places, and this
makes it easier to trace, but its very rapid changes in lithology and
in thickness make it more difficult to trace.

In this paper the writer has described and figured the entire
known fauna of the Drum and has endeavered to place the correla-
tion of the Drum in its type locality with the Drum of the Kansas
City area on a more secure basis stratigraphically and paleonto-
logically; and to explain the conditions of sedimentation which gave
rise to the oolitic portions of the Drum.

The collections made by the writer were obtained during 1923-
1924 while a member of the faculty and a graduate student at
the University of Kansas; and, under the auspices of the State

* Submitted in partial fulfillment of requirements for the degree Doctor of Philosophy, to
the Ogden Graduate School of Science, University of Chicago, 1928.

(75)

76 The University Science Bulletin.

Geological Survey of Kansas, during the summer of 1925. Determi-
nations were made and descriptions written in Walker Museum,
at the University of Chicago, during the calender years 1925-1926.
Types are deposited in the Geological Museum at the University of
Kansas. Paratypes and representative material are deposited in
Walker Museum.

acknowledgments.

It is a pleasure to acknowledge my indebtedness to Richard
Schweers for the loan of his collection of trilobites: to Dr. Carl O.
Dunbar for his determination of specimens of fusulinids; to Dr.
R. S. Bassler for the opportunity of studying the collections of
Pennsylvanian fossils in the U. S. National Museum; and to Arthur
W. Slocom for his assistance in the determination of species. My
wife has rendered valuable assistance in the preparation of the
manuscript. Especially am I under obligation to Dr. R. C. Moore,
who lent the University of Kansas collections of Drum fossils from
Kansas City and vicinity, and who arranged the means of trans-
portation which has made this work possible. A debt of deepest
gratitude is due to the late Dr. Stuart Weller for the kindly as-
sistance he has so freely given at every stage of the work, in the
identification of species, in the preparation of descriptions and
illustrations, in the comparison with type and other specimens in
the Walker Museum collections, and for access to his library and
manuscript bibliographies.

stratigraphic relations of the drum limestone
The most recent work on the stratigraphy of the Pennsylvanian
series of Missouri is that of Hinds and Greene.^ They define the
Kansas City formation as the basal formation of the Missouri group.
It is the equivalent of series II of the early Kansas survey;^ which
lies at the base of the Upper Coal Measures of Kansas. As defined,
the Kansas City formation comprises nine members, named in order
from the bottom as follows: Hertha limestone, equivalent to Ha-
worth's Bethany Falls limestone ; Ladore shale ; Bethany Falls lime-
stone, equivalent to the Mound Valley limestone of southeastern
Kansas; Galesburg shale; Winterset limestone, equivalent to the
Dennis limestone of southeastern Kansas; Cherryvale shale; Drum

limestone; Chanute shale; lola limestone.

J

1. Hinds, Henry, and Greene, F. C. : The Stratigraphy of the Pennsylvanian Series of Mis-
souri. Mo. Bur. Geol. and Mines, vol. 13, 2d ser., p. 15 ct seq. ; 1915.

2. Haworth, Erasmus: The Stratigraphy of Kansas. Univ. Geol. Surv. Kansas, vol. 9,
p. G9 et seq. ; 1908.

Sayke: Fal'na of the Drum Limestone. 77

resume of literature concerning the drum limestone

The first geological description of the Drum seems to be that of
Haworth and Piatt.^ In 1894 they described the Drum in its type
locality, just east of Independence, Kansas, and named it the Inde-
pendence limestone. They gave it fonnational rank, erroneously
correlating it with the Oswego limestone.

Later (1898) Haworth^ again described the limestone and again
used the designation "Independence limestone."

In 1900 Beede^ described and figured part (Foraminifera to Pele-
cypoda) of the more common invertebrate fossils of the Pennsyl-
vanian rocks of Kansas. These forms were largely from the north-
eastern part of the state and included a number of species from the
Drum of the Kansas City area.

Adams^ proposed the name "Drum" for the limestone occurring so
abundantly along Drum creek and in the vicinity of Independence.
He pointed out the fact that the name "Independence" was pre-
occupied by the Independence shale''' of Iowa. He also gives an
incomplete faunal list of the Drum and correlates it with the Erie
limestone.

In 1906 Schradcr and Haworth^ consider the Drum of southeastern
Kansas as a separate formation and state that at Independence it
is a single heavy limestone member, but that it divides toward the
south into three members. Again in 1908 Schrader,^ in the Inde-
pendence folio, describes the Drum and enlarges somewhat on his
previous statements.

In 1908 SiebenthaP*^ states: "The Drum limestone outcrops with
a thickness of 22 feet on the point of the ridge at the state line 3
miles southwest of Coffey villc, Kan., and extends westward adjacent
to the state line for about 4 miles to a point where it thins out and
disappears. It does not outcrop at a corresponding elevation on the
south side of Opossum creek and was not identified elsewhere."

3. Haworth, Erasmus, and Piatt, W. H. H.: Kansas Univ. Quart., vol. 2, p. 115; 1894.

4. Haworth, Erasmus: Stratigraphy of the Kansas Coal Measures. Univ. Geol. Surv.
Kansas, vol. 3, p. 48; 1898.

5. Beede, .7. W. : Carboniferous Invertebrates. Univ. Geol. Surv. Kansas, vol. 6, pp.
1-178, pi. I-XXII; 1900.

6. Adams, G. I. : Stratigraphy and Paleontologj' of Upper Carboniferous Rocks of the
Kansas Section. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 211, p. 37; 1903.

7. Calvin, Samuel: Amer. Jour. Sci. (3), vol. 15, p. 460; 1878.

8. Schrader, F. C, and Haworth, Erasmus: Economic Geology of the Independence
Quadrangle. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 296, p. 14; 1906.

9. Schrader, F. C. : Geol. Atlas of the U. S.., Independence, Kansas, Folio, No. 159, p. 2 ;
]908.

10. Siebenthal, C. E. : Mineral Resources of N. E. Oklahoma. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull.
340, p. 195; 1908.

78 The University Science Bulletin.

In the same year Haworth and Bennett^^ considered the Drum as
a separate formation and stated that although it had not been
traced in detail to Kansas City, there is little doubt but that it is
the equivalent of one of the limestones in the bluffs around Kansas
City, and, on the basis of faunal evidence supplied by Beede, it ap-
peared to be the same as the "Kansas City oolite." In the same
report Beede and Rogers^ ^ consider the Drum as a separate stage
of their Series II, and remark that this is the most strongly marked
stage in the Kansas Coal Measures, being characterized by the in-
vasion of an oolitic fauna so different in its general make-up that it
forms a distinct and important chapter in the Coal Measures his-
tory of the state. They note especially the presence of a molluscan
fauna and the apparent incongruity of the genus Pseudomonotis with
Pennsylvanian forms. A faunal list is given.

In 1915 Hinds and Greene^^ defined the Missouri group and the
Kansas City formation, and gave a series of sections purporting to
show that the Drum of the Kansas City area was traceable to the
Missouri-Iowa boundary line. They also state that the Drum of
northern Missouri may prove to be the same as the DeKalb of
Iowa, as it agrees with that member lithologically and faunally.

In the same report Girty^^ makes a faunal study of the Pennsyl-
vanian rocks of Missouri. This study includes a number of new
species and a faunal list of the Drum based on one collection from
Kansas City. He notes that the decidely molluscan fauna from
the Drum in Kansas City is a dwarf fauna, while that from the
Drum in its type locality is robust. Girty regards the Drum as
merely a member of the Kansas City formation, and not as a sepa-
rate formation.

McCourt,^^ in 1917, describes the Drum in some detail in Jack-
son county, Missouri, and gives a faunal list, prepared by Bennett,
of over one hundred species.

In 1920 Tilton^*' takes exception to the use of the term "Drum"
as applied by Hinds and Greene in the report cited above. He says
that Bain^'^ had used the term De Kalb in Iowa for a member which

11. Haworth, Erasmus, and Bennett, John: Univ. Geol. Surv. Kansas, vol. 9, p. 96.

12. Beede, J. W., and Rogers, A. F. : Coal Measures Faunal Studies. Univ. Geol. Surv.
Kansas, vol. 9, p. 340; 1908.

13. Hinds, Henry, and Greene, F. C.; op. cit., pp. 107-1G4; 1915.

14. Girty, G. H. : idem., p. 278.

15. McCourt, W. E. : The Geology of Jackson Countv. Missouri Bur. Geol. and Mines,
vol. 14, 2d sen, p. 52; 1917.

16. Tilton, J. L. : The Missouri Series in Southwestern Iowa. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 29,
pp. 230-231; 1920.

17. Bain, H. F. : Geology of Decatur County. Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 3, p. 278; 1897.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 79

is the same as the Dfum of northern Missouri six years before
Adams named the Drum limestones in southeastern Kansas, and
that the Drum limestone of northern Missouri should, therefore, be
called the De Kalb limestone.

In a tentative correlation of the formations of Oklahoma, eastern
Texas and southeastern Kansas, 1925, the U. S. Geological Survey^^
correlates the Drum of southeastern Kansas with the Dewey lime-
stone, the Nellie Bly shale and the Hogshooter limestone of Okla-
homa.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE DRUM LIMESTONE.

In its type locality, along Drum creek, just east of Independ-
ence, Kan., the Drum consists of a single member of rather pure
oolitic limestone (90 to 95 per cent calcium carbonate), and is
strongly cross-bedded and quite fossiliferous. It has a thickness of
about 80 feet just east of the Atlas Portland cement quarry, where
Rock creek enters the Verdigris river. The fresh surface of the
limestone shows a dark buff color, while the weathered surface is
nearly white. Toward the south the limestone thins rapidly and
is found five miles southwest of Coffey ville, Kan., as a very thin
limestone conglomerate, which becomes lost in the sandy formations
above and below, a few miles south of the Oklahoma-Kansas line.
Here the Drum lies well above the Hogshooter and the Nellie Bly.
It may possibly be the equivalent of the Dewey limestone, but is
certainly not the direct continuation of it, for the Dewey has none
of the oolitic character of the Drum, nor does it contain a fauna
at all similar to that of the Drum.

Northeast of Independence the Drum becomes thinner and in-
creasingly arenaceous. It forms the resistant caps of the hills in
the vicinity of Cherryvale and Morehead, where it is 5 to 12 feet
thick, the thickness being reduced somewhat by erosion in places.
East of Thayer its thickness is about 18 inches, and it is lost be-
tween the sandy layers of the Chanute and Cherryvale shales a
little southeast of Chanute.

The writer endeavored to trace the Drum northward to Kansas
City, but was unable to do so because of the poor exposures. The
Drum is not, in most places, a resistant formation, and as it is
overlain by the scarp-forming lola limestone, the Drum occupies
the gentle slopes or occurs in the valleys, and is, therefore, generally

18. U. S. Geol. Surv., Tentative Correlation of the Formations of Oklahoma, Eastern
Texas and Southeastern Kansas.

80 The University Science Bulletin.

covered by residual soil. However, outcrops of the Drum were
found at several places between Chanute, Kan., and Kansas City,
Mo. It occurs along Big creek, 4% miles west-southwest of Elsmore,
Kan., with a thickness of 8 feet, the top being covered. Again, 2
miles northeast of Elsmore, it occurs overlying 1 foot of hard,
dense, massive, blue limestone, w^hich is, in turn, underlain by a
buff-colored limy shale 15 feet in thickness. Four miles northeast of
Bronson, Kan., it outcrops in the bottom of a small creek, and is a
white, porous, oolitic limestone.

On the Marais des Cygnes river, 5 miles south-southwest of
Paola, Kan., a very strongly cross-bedded, oolitic limestone more
than 15 feet in thickness is found. This may be the Drum, but its
lack of fossils makes its identification doubtful.

From this point northward no trace of the Drum is found until
the vicinity of Kansas City is reached. It is well exposed about 1
mile south of Turner, Kan., along the Union Pacific railroad tracks
from Muncie to Kansas City, Kan., and again in the bluffs at Kan-
sas City, Mo. Here it is overlain by the Chanute shale and under-
lain by the Cherryvale shale, and consists of three members: a
lower, compact, resistant limestone, 3 to 5 feet thick, and known to
the quarrymen as the bull-ledge; an upper, oolitic limestone mem-
ber, quite fossiliferous, light gray in color, varying from 6 to 20
feet in thickness, and strongly cross-bedded; and an intervening
shale, rarely more than a few inches thick.

Southward from Kansas City, Mo., the Drum becomes thinner
and loses its oolitic character. Northward it becomes thinner and
loses much of its oolitic character. There may be some question
as to the continuation of the Drum from Kansas City to the Iowa
boundary. Its rapid variation elsewhere suggests that it does not
continue. The fauna of the De Kalb of Iowa and of the so-called
Drum of northern Missouri are said to be similar, but the fauna of
the De Kalb of Iowa is certainly quite distinct from that of the
Drum of the Kansas City area, being composed principally of
brachiopods, while even the commonest of the mollusks found in the
Drum are not listed as occurring in the De Kalb. This seems to
indicate that the De Kalb is not the equivalent of the Drum of the
Kansas City area.

THE DRUM FAUNA.

The Drum fauna in the type locality is generally robust, while
that of the Drum of the Kansas City area is essentially a dwarf
fauna, although some forms attain large size. Otherwise the faunas

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 81

of the two areas are similar, witli the exception of the gastropod
elements, which appear less abundant in the south. The collections
from the Kansas City area are the more complete and represent
more fully the life of the sea in which the Drum was laid down,
because it has been a favorite collecting ground for many years of a
number of collectors. These collections have been studied by the
present writer along with collections made by him in the field.

In the identification of species it has been thought advisable
to identify dwarf forms (especially the gastropods) with established
normal-sized forms whenever possible, even though the small size
with an equal or greater number of whorls would ordinarily con-
stitute sufficient grounds for specific separation. The fauna consists
of 70 genera and 131 species, of which 33 are described for the
first time and 4 are referred to genera without specific identification
because of their poor preservation.

The fauna is composed of the following forms: Protozoa, 1 genus
and 1 species; corals, 2 genera and 2 species; vermes, 1 genus and
1 species; crinoids, 2 genera and 2 species; echinoids, 1 genus and 1
species; bryozoans, 7 genera and 9 species; brachiopods, 12 genera
and 16 species; pelecypods, 23 genera and 40 species; gastropods,
22 genera and 47 species; cephalopods, 8 genera and 11 species; tri-
lobites, 1 genus and 1 species: This shows a ratio of molluscs to
molluscoids of more than three to one.

The following species are described for the first time : Bryozoans,
Fenestella moorei, Rhabdomeson kansasense; brachiopods, Pro-
ductus missouriensis, Dielasma ventricosa; pelecypods, Edmondia 1
kansasensis, Nucula triangidaria, Pteria welleri, Parallelodon kan-
sasensis, Pseudomonotis spinosa, Myalina ? slocomi, Schizodus
trigonalis, Lithophaga subelliptica, Pleurophorus turnerensis, P.
attcnuatvs; gastropods, Pleurotomaria bilineata, P. fisheri, P. line-
ata, P. ka?isase7isis, Ptychomphalus laudenslageri, Murchisonia ma~
theri, Phanerotrema ornatuni, Goniospira heliciformis, Microdoma
ornatus, Naticopsis minuta, Hemizyga? cancellata, Orthonema
liratum, Bulimorpha meeki, B. tumerensis, Trachydomia pustulosa,
Aclisina breva, A. parallela; cephalopods, Orthoceras kansasense,
Metacoceras cavatiforme var. angulatum.

Besides these, twenty or more species have been found in no
other Pennsylvanian limestone of Kansas except the Drum. They
are: Fenestella mimicaf, Leda bellistriata, Pseudomonotis ro-
busta, Limatula fasciculata, Biicanopsis tenuilineata, B. textili-
formis, Pleurotomaria granulostriata, P. beckwithana, P. subsinuata,

82 The University Science Bulletin

P. suhconstricta, Strophostylus peoriensis, Naticopsis pricii, N.
scintilla, Zygopleura nana, Z. teres, Z. atteniiata, Sphcerodonia
paludinoRJormis, Soleniscus typicus, Aclisina swalloviana, Ortho-
ceras occidentale, Gonioloboceras parrishi, G. goniolobum, and
Schistoceras missouriense.

The species appearing here for the first time in the Pennsylvanian
rocks of Kansas are: Tabulipora heteropora, Edmondia nebras-
censis, Yoldia glabra, Pseudomonotis hawni, P. equistriata, Monop-
teria marian, Aviculopectuen sculptilis, Streblopteria tenuilineata,
Pleurophorus subcostatiis, Cypricardinia carbonaria, Bellerophon
stevensianus, Patellostiwm marcouianum, Orestes intertexta, Pleuro-
tomaria subconstricta, Naticopsis monilijera, Sphcerodoma primi-
genius, Ephippioceras divisum, and Metacoceras cavatiforme.

Six species here make their last appearance so far as observed in
the Pennsylvanian rocks of Kansas. They are Worthenia speciosa,
Zygopleura plicata, Z. multicostata, Bulimorpha chrysalis, Sphce-
rodoma fusiformis, and Aclisina stevensiana.

Lithophaga subelliptica, Pleurophorus attenuatus, and Pteria
welleri recall some of the forms found in the oolitic limestones of the
Chester series. The Pseiidomonoti form a bond with the Permian,
four of the species of that genus appearing in the Drum limestone.

It is readily seen that every important group of the invertebrates
is represented in the Drum and, as pointed out above, the gastro-
pods and the pelecypods are much more abundant here than in any
of the other limestone members of the Pennsylvanian system of
Kansas. This abundance of mollusks, however, is probably due to
the conditions under which the limestone was formed rather than
to a distinct invasion from some other region.

CONDITIONS OF DEPOSITION.

In order to understand the conditions under which oolitic lime-
stones are formed, it is necessary to know the conditions under
which present-day oolites are forming. Vaughan,^^ in studying the
oolites of the Bahamas and Florida, states that in the shoal waters
of this region denitrifying bacteria are causing the precipitation of
great quantities of calcareous muds and oozes which are composed
almost entirely of either calcite or aragonite; and that oolites are
forming either as concentric rings about some foreign material,
such as a grain of sand, or by accretion in the muds. The newly

19. Vaughan, T. W. : Preliminarj- Remarks of the Geology of the Bahamas. Cam. Inst,
of Wash., No. 182, vol. 5, Pap. 3, pp. 49-54; 1914.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 83

formed oolites are soft and easily crushed. He states, further,
that all marine, originally calcareous oolites, whether recent or
ancient, were formed in calcareous oozes or muds precipitated by
chemical action in warm, shallow seas.

There can be no doubt that the Drum is marine and that it was
originally calcareous, for its fauna is a marine fauna, and there
is no sign of replacement of any other material, such as silica, by
calcium carbonate. Obviously the mud bottoms would be ideal for
the existence of a strongly molluscan fauna, but at the same time,
in deeper, clearer waters, a dominantly molluscoidean fauna might
exist. So that the presence of a strongly molluscan fauna does not,
necessarily, indicate the invasion of an alien fauna, as was sug-
gested by Beede.

In shallow waters the movements at the surface cause the motion
to be transmitted downward, and movement takes place in the ma-
terials at the bottom. Thus we should expect the oolitic limestone
to be more or less cross-bedded. In general, cross-bedding implies
much wearing of the shells which may be in the rock, but in the
oolite, the oolite grains are as soft or softer than the shells and,
therefore, very little wearing is shown by the shells. Only the more
fragile forms in the Drum are broken, and the ornamentation is very
distinct in many cases, showing that little wearing has taken place.

The oolites are generally composed of concentric lamellae of
calcium carbonate formed around a grain of sand, but many of them
are calcium carbonate throughout. Very often the slower moving
or sessile forms of shells are coated with calcium carbonate on the
outside, but not coated on the inside, indicating that the shell
became coated during the life of the animal. This, also, would
be expected to happen in the calcareous muds in which the oolites
were forming.

Finally, if the place of deposition of the oolites is near a low-
lying land mass, very little detritus will enter the sea and the
resulting limestone will be nearly pure calcium carbonate. If, on
the other hand, it is close to a high land mass or near the mouth of
a river, considerable detritus, will enter the sea and the resulting
limestone will be impure. Obviously the impurity will increase as
the proximity is greater to the source of land detritus, the detritus
may entirely displace the calcareous muds, and the result will be
the formation of a sandstone or shale. Thus, where the Drum is
quite pure, it seems probable that adjacent land, if present, was low-
lying during the time of its deposition; where it is impure, the adja-

84 The University Science Bulletin.

cent land mass was high or there was a stream close by. It appears
that during the deposition of tlie Drum the Kansas City area and
the Drum Creek area were close to low-lying land masses, while the
areas both north and south of these points were either close to
higher lands or marked the entrance of streams into the sea.

From the foregoing statements, it is readily seen that the condi-
tions in Kansas during the deposition of the Drum were somewhat
similar to those in Florida at the present time. The climate was
probably subtropical and, at least in places, the land was low-
lying.

Description of Species.

PROTOZOA.
Family FUSULINID.E.

Genus Triticites Girty.

Triticites irregularis (Schellwien and Staff) Emend. Dunbar

and Condra.

1912. Fusilina centralis, var. irregularis. Schellwien and Staff (in parts), Paleontographica,
vol. 59, p. 178-179; p. 17, figs. 10, 11 (not p. 16, figs. 7 or 9 or pi. 17, figs. 5 or 7, or pi. 18,
fig. 6).

1927. Triticites irregularis. Dunbar and Condra, Neb. Geol. Surv., Bull. 2, 2d ser., p.
108, pi. 8, figs. 7-10; pi. 9, figs. 1-3.

A number of fusulinids were found in the collections. All of them were
more or less incrusted with calcium carbonate, which obscured the surface
markings almost completely. These specimens and several poor sections were
sent to Dr. Carl O. Dunbar, who has identified them. He states that the
species is characterized, not only by its proportions, but also by a tendency
toward irregular growth. Instead of tapering toward the poles it frequently
undulates by radial expansion and contraction; while the antetheca and front
line of growth is usually uneven.

"This species has a considerable range, appearing in the Wayland shale
of central Texas, a zone equivalent to some part of the Kansas Marmaton
group, and running up to the Deer Creek limestone in Kansas. However, it
is never so abundant elsewhere in the Mid-continent field as in the Diiim lime-
stone and closely adjacent members of the Kansas City formation. It seems
to be rare in the oolitic phase of the Drum, but is abundant in parts of the
bed on Turkey creek, near Kansas City, Mo. Your specimens are, of course,
more or less broken and encrusted so that they do not look very typical, but
I have no doubt of their identity." 20

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

20. Dunbar, C. O. : In a letter written .\pril 2, 1928.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 85

CCELENTERATA.

Family ZAPHRENTID^.

Genus Lophophyllum Milne-Edwards and Haime.

Lophophyllum projundum (Milne-Edwards and Haime).

(PI. I, figs. .3-5.)

1916. Lophophyllum profundum. Mather, Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison University, vol. 18,
p. 91, pi. 1, figs. 11-13.*

The fossils here under consideration show considerable variation. They
have a conical shape and vary from gently cumng to nearly straight; the
long specimens expanding less abruptlj^ than do the short ones. In the long
specimens the maximum dimensions .observed are 6 cm. long by 2 cm. in
diameter, the most abrupt curvature occurring near the base. In the shorter
forms the average is about 2..5 to 3 cm. long and 8 mm. wide. Epitheca
thin, showing concentric striae and growth lines, which vary in sharpness and
regularity from specimen to specimen. These are crossed by strong, more or
less rounded longitudinal ridges which are situated opposite the interseptal
loculi and are separated by sharp depressions which are opposite the septa.
Cahce deep, circular, and provided with a columella which is compact,
prominent and flattened with the general curve of the corallum. Sections
show the columella to be connected at the bottom of the calice with one of
the septa. Septa arranged in two alternating sets of about twenty-eight
each. One set extending to, or nearly to, the columella, the other short
and extending only a short distance beyond the epitheca; the longer septa
being generally a little tortuous below the calice. Tabulae fairly numerous,
generally extending outward and downward from the columella, although in
some instances they do not reach the columella, but coalesce with adjacent
tabulae.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic and shale members, at Kan-
sas City, Mo.; Turner, Muncie, Independence (stations 12 and 23), Kan.

Family FAVOSITID^E.

Genus Michelinia De Koninck.

Michelinia eugenece White.

(PI I, figs. 1-2.)

1916. Michelinia eugenece. Mather, Bull. Sci. Lab. Dension University, vol. 18, p. 95,
pi. 1, figs. 17, 17a; pi. 2, fig. 1.

Corallum globular, or irregularly ovoid, somewhat higher than wide;
maximum dimensions: height, 5 cm.; width, 3.5 cm. Corallites diverging
from the small base and increasing interstitially so as to open on all sides.
Corallites polygonal, commonly hexagonal or pentagonal in section and vary-
ing in size with the stage of growth, the majority being between 2 mm. and
3 mm. in diameter. Walls thin, perforated at irregular intervals by minute
pores, and striated longitudinally. Lines of growth numerous and gathered

* In this paper long synonomy lists will not be given. The most recent published synonomy
list of each species is given for reference.

86 The University Science Bulletin.

at irregular intervals into low transverse ridges. Tabulse numerous, very thin,
and irregularly spaced; generally crossing the corallites from wall to wall, but
in many cases arching from the central part of the tabula to the wall of the
corallite. Base unknown.

Two specimens are referred with some question to M. eugenece White.
They are larger than typical members of that species and the tabulse are
somewhat more numerous. The thickness of the tabulse, as compared with
that of the walls, however, is about the same as is the size and distribution
of the mural pores, and the size and shape of the corallites are also quite
similar. Consequently, it seems advisable, for the present at least, to con-
sider them as members of this species.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Independence
(station 12), Kan.

CRINOIDEA.

Family POTERIOCRINID^.

Genus Hydreionocrinus De Koninck.

Hydreionocrinus sp.

A number of the spines which surround the summit of the ventral sac of
the crinoids belonging to this genus are found among the collections. Nothing
further is knowTi about the other parts of these fossils, and specific identifica-
tion cannot be made.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo., and Turner, Kan.

Genus Eupachycrinus Meek and Worthen.
Ewpachycrimis sp.

A number of rather large plates, pentagonal or hexagonal in outline and
somewhat curved, are found in collections. The outer convex side is orna-
mented with numerous rather large nodes. These plates are similar to the
plates of the crinoids referred to Eupachycrinus, with which genus these plates
are identified.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member. Turner and Muncie,
Kan., and Kansas City, Mo.

ECHINOIDEA.
Family ARCH^OCIDARIDiE.
Genus Arch^ocidaris McCoy.

Archceocidaris sp.

The echinoidea are represented in the Drum limestone by a large number
of spines and small, hexagonal plates which are equipped with a ball-and-socket
joint for the attachment of the spine. The spines are quite variable in size,
but are broken off for the most part. The specific position of these forms is
not clear, but they may be referred to the genus Archceocidaris.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, near Turner, Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 87

ANNELIDA— TUBICOLA.

Genus Serpulopsis Girty.

Serpulopsis insita (White).
(PI. xxr, fig. 1.)

1915. Serpulopsis insita. Girty, U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 544, p. 41, pi. 5, figs. 7, 8; pi. 6,
fig. 13.

A few specimens of this species are found attached to other fossils, but they
are by no means abundant in the Drum. They consist of small tubes which
are somewhat smaller at their inception than distally, but for the most part
retain about the same diameter elsewhere. Some of them are straight or only
slightly curved, while others are very much contorted and so laced together
that thej' cross one another. They appear to be partly imbedded in the shell
substance of the fossil, to which they are attached, and should, therefore, be
placed in Girty's genus Serpulopsis.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City, Mo.

BRYOZOA.

F.\MiLY fistuliporid.f:.

Genus Fistulipora McCoy.
Fistulvpora nodulifera Meek.

(PL 11, figs. 4-6.)

1903. Fistulipora nodulifera. Condra, Neb. Geol. Surv., vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 30, pi. 1,
figs. 1-5.

Zoarium usually found incnisting other objects and assuming the form of the
incrusted object. Zoarium varying from a few millimeters to about 2 cm.
iri width, with a maximum thickness of about 3 mm. Surface sometimes
smooth, but generally with irregularly distributed nodes. Zoecial apertures
subcircular; 0.24 to 0.26 mm. in diameter, averaging over the surface a little
less than their own diameter apart but more widely separated on the nodes.
Peristome in unworn specimens a prominent lip extending about one-half way
around the apertures. Zoecia short, prostrate at first, then curving rather
abruptly toward the surface, which they approach at nearly right angles.
Zoecial tubes circular in section, small at first, increasing gradually in size to
the point of most pronounced curv^ature and extending from this point to the
apertures with about the same diameter. Diaphragms wanting or only one
present near the apertures. Interzoecial spaces filled with small, thin-walled
vesicles, wider than deep, irregularly arranged about the zoecia in one to
two series.

The walls of the zoecia of many of the specimens found in the Drum lime-
stone appear quite thick due to an incrustation of calcite. In some specimens
calcite has so completely replaced the original structures that the walls of the
interzoecial vesicles cannot be distinguished from the material filling them.

This species may be distinguished from F. carbonaria Ulrich and F. car-

2—5072

88 The University Science Bulletin.

bonaria-nebrascensis Condra by its thin growth, its usual lack of diaphragms
and by the smaller, more numerous and more irregular vesicles.

Horizon and locality. Rather uncommon in the oolitic member of the
Drum limestone. Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Turner and Muncie, Kan.

Family BATOSTOMELLID.E.

Genus Tabulipora Young.
Tabulipora heterojiora ( Condra L

(PL II, figs. 2-3.)

1903. Stenopora heteropora. Condra, Neb. Geol. Surv., vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 43, pi. 4,
figs. 7, 8.

Zoarium ma&sive or incrusting; upper surface with clusters of apertures
larger than the others about 5 mm.- apart and generally elevated, but some-
times even with the general surface; lower surface concentrically wrinkled.
Apertures polygonal to rectangular, 0.24 to 0.4 mm. in diameter (average
0.26 to 0.28 mm.), with about 15 in 5 mm. arranged more or less in concentric
series about the monticules. Zoecial tubes about 3 mm. long; prostrate at
their inception, then curving quickly to the surface, which they approach at
right angles; tubes polygonal in section; walls usually not more than 0.02
mm. in thickness, but increasing in thickness near the surface to about 0.05
mm. Interspaces 0.05 to 0.06 mm. wide. Diaphragms thin, sometimes per-
forated in the center, with usually five to eight in each tube, about 0.25 mm.
apart^ in the straight portion of each tube. Acanthopores few, of medium size,
located at the cell angles. Line of division between adjacent zoecia quite dis-
tinct. Occasionally one layer of zoecia is found located on top of another.
The largest zoarium found is incomplete, but measures 5.5 cm. across and
6 mm. in thickness.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Muncie, Turner,
Independence (stations 9, 12 and 23), Kan.; Kansas City, Mo.

Family FENESTELLIDiE.

Genus Fenestella Lonsdale.
Fenestella mimica var. latirama Sayre, n. var.

(PL II, figs. 1, la.)

Zoarium a delicate foliar expansion. Branches straight, with few bifurca-
tions, slender, and uniformly about 0.28 mm. wide, with 13 to 14 in 5 mm.
Dissepiments short, about half as wide as the branches, expanded terminally,
much depressed on the obverse side, and but slightly depressed or nearly
level on the reverse side. Fenestrules quite regular in size, rectangular on
the reverse, sides slightly concave on the obverse face; about 0.16 mm.
wide and 0.30 mm. long, with 13 in 5 mm. Carina faint, slightly elevated,
with small nodes about 0.15 mm. apart. On well-preserved specimens the
nodes are elongated into small spines. Zoecia in two alternating ranges, so
arranged that one aperture occurs at the end of each dissepiment with another

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 89

at each side of the fenestrule. Apertures small, about 0.1 mm. in diameter
and about 0.12 mm. apart; 25 to 27 in 5 mm. Peristome strongly raised. On
the reverse face the branches and dissepiments are smooth or very slightly
nodose and regularly rounded.

This variety differs from F. mimica Ulrich in its slightly wider branches,
and shorter, narrower and more closely spaced fenestrules. The nodes on
the keel of the obverse face are farther apart, and the number of zoecia in a
given distance is constantly greater.

Horizon and locality. Muncie, Turner and Independence (stations 12 and
23), Kan.

Fenestella moorei Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. II, figs. 7-7a; PL 3, fig. 1.)

Zoarium a small, thin, delicate, foliar expansion. Branches slender, straight,
with a nearly uniform width of about 0.16 mm. and 15 in 5 mm.; bifurcations
few. Dissepiments rather long, about half as wide as the branches, ex-
panded terminally to receive the zoecia; depressed below the branches on
the obverse face. Fenestrules variable, generally having an hour-glass shape;
about 0.2 mm. wide, and 0.36 mm. long, with 12 in 5 mm. Carina very faint
or lacking, its position marked by a row of very small nodes separated by
about a distance equal to that between the zoecia. Zoecia in two alternating
ranges, so arranged that one lies at the end of each dissepiment and one mid-
way between; apertures oval in outline, 0.06 to 0.08 across and about 0.16
mm. apart, with 24 in 5 mm., each one projecting decidedly beyond the
margin of the branch and thus giving the branch a very irregular outline on
the obverse face. On the reverse face the branches are strongly striated and
regularly rounded. Dissepiments delicate, straight, striated also, and well
depressed below the branches. Fenestrules subrectangular and only slightly
indented at the sides.

This species may be readily distinguished from all other forms except,
possibly, F. perminuta Ulrich by its extremely thin, delicate zoarium and its
projecting apertures. It is apparently ver>' closely related to F. perminuta
Ulrich, but may be distinguished by its more regular growth, wider dissepi-
ments, smaller fenestrules, and more numerous zoecia.

Horizon and locality. Muncie, Turner and Independence (stations 9 and
12), Kan.

Genus Polypora ]\IcCoy.

Polypora elliptica Rogers.

(PI. Ill, figs. 2-4.)

]903. Polypora elliptica. Condra, Neb. Geol. Surv., vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 69, pi. 11, figs. 4-11;
pi. 12, figs. 1-13; pi. 16, fig. 3.

Zoarium a large, undulating, foliar expansion. Branches straight or slightly
flexuous, 0.4 to 0.5 mm. wide, 7 to 8 in 5 mm.; rounded and bearing numerous
nodes on the obverse side ; bifurcations few. Dissepiments short, about half as
wide as the branches and depressed below them. Fenestrules elliptical; 0.25
mm. wide, 0.45 mm. to 0.5 mm. long with 4 to 5 in 5 mm. Zoecia in 3 to 4
alternating rows; this number may be reduced to 2 just after bifurcation or

90 The University Science Bulletin.

increased to 5 just before bifurcation. Apertures large, separated by a little
more than their own diameter; 17 in 5 mm., sometimes displaying a distinct
peristome. Ranges separated by low undulating ridges and bearing distinct
nodes which are about as numerous as the apertures. On the reverse face the
branches are fiat, almost angular at the edges; sometimes striated and some-
times bearing very numerous, irregularly arranged, small nodes; dissepiments
almost as wide as the branches and nearly level with them ; f enestrules elliptical
to subcircular.

The specimens at hand show considerable variation from the original descrip-
tion of P. elliptica in the number of ranges of zoecia and the size and shape of
the fenestiTiles and branches. As Condra has shown the species to be quite
variable, there can be little doubt that the specimens at hand belong to this
species.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Muncie
and Independence (stations 9, 12 and 23), Kan.; Kansas City, Mo.

Polypora submarginata var. nodosa Saj^re, n. var.

(PL HI, figs. 5-5a; PI. IV, fig. 2.)

Zoarium a large, undulating, flabelliform expansion. Branches with numerous
bifurcations near the base; 0.9 to 1.4 mm. wide, with 6 to 8 in 10 mm.;
subpentagonal in outline, obverse face gently rounded to nearly flat, sub-
angular at the margins, sides flattened, reverse narrowly rounded. Dissepiments
short, similar to the branches in outline; 0.6 to 1.0 mm. in width; much
expanded terminally; depressed on the obverse, but nearly level with the
branches on the reverse. Fenestrules averaging 0.7 mm. wide and 1.8 mm.
long, with 3 to 4 in 10 mm.; generally elongate oval in shape. Zoecia aiTanged
in vertical and curved diagonal rows; the latter crossing in the middle of the
branch to form an irregular inverted V. Zoecia in five ranges just after
bifurcation and generally eight just before bifurcation. Apertures averaging
0.10 mm. in diameter, about 0.2 mm. apart, with 16 to 17 in 5 mm.; pro-
vided, in well-preserved specimens, with a strongly raised peristome which
tends to be better developed in the outside ranges. The majority of the
specimens show a row of low nodes alternating with the zoecia of the central
range. Some, however, bear, besides the central row, two other rows of
A-ery faint nodes alternating in position with the zoecia of the ranges on
either side of the central range. Reverse face often beautifully striated. One
specimen shows a row of nodes down the middle of each branch, four to each
fenestrule.

These specimens were at first referred to P. submarginaia Meek. More
careful consideration, however, leads the writer to believe that the differences
observed between them and Meek's species are worthy of at least varietal and
perhaps specific distinction. The principal differences are: the lack of the
submarginate character of the branches; a little greater variation in size; the
presence of two extra rows of nodes on the obverse face ; and the presence of
a row of nodes along the middle of the reverse face of the branches. This last
character is not certainly constant, as not all specimens examined show it.
The chalky character of most of the specimens would easily permit the
wearing away of these nodes except under exceptional conditions. On the

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 91

other hand, the nodes on the reverse face may be characteristic of certain
parts of the zoarium and absent in other parts.

Horizon and locality. Muncie. Turner and Independence (stations 9, 12
and 23), Kan.

Family ACANTHOCLADIID.^.

Genus Septopora Prout.
Septopora biserialis (Swallow).

(PI. IV, figs. 9-9a.)
1903. Septopora biserialis. Condra, Neb. Geol. Surv., vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 93, pi. 18, fig. 5.

Zoarium a large, irregular, strongly folded expansion. Branches nearly
parallel except near the base of the zoarium; increasing in number by inter-
polation; averaging 0.5 mm. wide, but quite variable and with 10 to 12 in 10
mm.; carinate on the obverse face, regularly rounded on the reverse. Dis-
sepiments about two-thirds as wide as the branches; slightly depressed below
the branches; usually arched, and faintly carinate on the obverse face; regularly
rounded on the reverse and depressed below the branches. Carina on both the
branches, and the dissepiments bearing a row of nodes, which are long and
prominent on some specimens and spaced 0.6 mm. apart. Fenestrules trans-
versely oblong; quadrangular or often crescentic; generally wider than the
branches; averaging 12 in 10 mm. Zoecia in two ranges, separated by the
median carina, on both the branches and the dissepiments. Apertures sub-
circular to ovate, about two-thirds their own diameter apart and with 24 to
27 in 5 mm. Dissepiments with 3 to 12 apertures. Accessory pores few in
number, on the obverse face, scattered among the zoecia; on the reverse
generally located at the junction of the branches with the dissepiments and
surrounded by a small rim. Reverse face generally striated.

This group of fossils differs from described S. biserialis in having a uni-
formly greater number of zoecia. On this basis alone it might be considered
as a new species or a new variety. In other respects, however, the form is so
similar to S. biserialis that the writer believes it best for the present to con-
sider it as identical with that species. It is closely related to S. mbqv/idrans,
but differs in its mode of growth, branches increasing by interpolation instead
of bifurcation.

Horizon and locality. XJ. P. railroad west of Kansas City, Muncie, Turner
and Independence (station 12), Kan.

Family RHABDOMESONTID^.

Genus Rhabdomesox Young.

Rhahdomeson kansasense Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. I, figs. 9-11.)

Zoarium slender, ramose, 0.5 to 1.5 mm. in diameter; branching nearly at
right angles to the main stem at distant intervals. Zoecia arranged in longi-
tudinal and diagonal rows on the surface; originating at a central axial tube
and passing direct to the surface at an angle of 30 to 40 degrees. Walls thin

92 The University Science Bulletin.

in the immature region, thickening in the mature region. Acanthopores large,
few in number, projecting from the surface of the zoarium in well-preserved
specimens, arranged longitudinally in line with the zoecia, with generally two
(sometimes only one) above each zoecium and two below it. Zoecial tubes
rhombic in cross section in the immature region, circular to oval in the ma-
ture region. Tabulse wanting. Superior and inferior hemisepta present, the
latter being more strongly developed and nearer the aperture. Apertures
rather large, suboval, opening into subhexagonal vestibules.

This species is closely related to R. americanum Rogers. It differs in being
somewhat larger, the apertures are more closely spaced, and this species has
well-developed hemisepta.

Horizon and locality. Found in the oolitic member of the Drum limestone
at Turner, and Independence (stations 9, 12 and 23), Kan.

Genus Rhombopora Meek.
Rhombopora lepidodendroides Meek.

PI. I. figs. 6-8.)

1903. Rhombopora lepidodendroides. Condra, Neb. Geol. Surv., vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 99, pi. 6,
figs. 2-4; pi. 7, figs. 1-12.

Zoarium ramose, cylindrical or slightly compressed, straight or slightly
irregular between bifurcations; surface bearing very small nodes; bifurcations
at irregular intervals. Diameter of branches varying from 1 mm. to 3.5 mm.
Zoecia originating at the center and passing upward and outward gradually
to the cortical portion of the zoarium. Zoecial walls thin in the immature
region, becoming thicker as the surface is approached. Acanthopores promi-
nent, two sizes being generally present; a small size quite numerous and
surrounding each zoecium, and a larger size, generally situated at the cell
angles, and in well-preserved specimens projecting above the surface of the
zoarium as small nodes. Zoecial tubes polygonal in section in the immature
region, but circular in the mature region. Apertures subcircular, opening into
rhombic vestibules, which are sometimes lost due to abrasion; arranged in
vertical and diagonal intersecting series. Tabulae wanting in most zoecia, but
sometimes found in old growths.

This widespread species, as noted by previous writers, shows considerable
variation in character. While much of this variation is undoubtedly real,
some of it may be only apparent and due to the confusion of this species with
species of the genus Rhabdomeson, which is very similar in outward appear-
ance and may only be distinguished by sections showing the central tube.

Horizon and locality. This species is ver>' abundant in both the limestone
and sliale member of the Drum limestone. Kansas City, Mo.; Muncie, Turner
and Independence (stations 9, 12 and 23), Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 93

BRACHIOPODA.

Family DISCINID^.

Genus Orbiculoidea d'Orbigny.

Orbiculoidea convexa (Shiimard).

(PI. IV, figs. 1-la.)

1906. Orbiculoidea convexa. Woodruff, Neb. Geol. Surv., vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 274, pi. 12,
fig. 11.

Superior valve patelliform, nearly circular, convexity equal to a little less
than half the diameter. Shell thin. The beak, situated about one-third of
the diameter from the posterior side, is slightly incurved so as to cause a
slight depression beneath it on the posterior side. Surface marked by fine
concentric strise. Dimensions: breadth, 30 mm.; height, 13 mm.

White describes what he supposes to be an inferior valve as being flat,
marked like the superior valve and possessed of a foramen directly below
the beak of the superior valve.

Horizon and locality. Two superior valves were found in the oolitic mem-
ber of the Drum hmestone at Kansas City, Mo.

Family STROPHOMENIDiE.

Genus Derbya Waagen.
Derbya crassa (Meek and Hayden).

(PI. IV, figs. 3-5.)
1915. Derbya crassa. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sun-., No. 544, p. 54, pi. 7, figs. 1-lc.

Shell semicircular, generally wider than long; hinge margin equal to or
less than the greatest width of the shell. Anterior margin more or less
regularly rounded. Dorsal valve only slightly convex, with greatest con-
vexity near the middle or a little behind it. Beak indistinct and extending
very little beyond the cardinal margin. Surface of the valve marked by
numerous radiating strise of unequal size which are crossed by fine con-
centric striae. These latter give a finely crenate appearance to the radiating
strise. Ventral valve unknown.

Several dorsal valves of this species, all more or less imperfect, were found
at Turner, Kan. No ventral ■valves were found.

Horizon and locality. From the oolitic member of the Drum limestone,
Turner, Kan.

94 The University Science Bulletin.

Family PRODUCTID.^.

Genus Chonetes Fischer de Waldheim.

Chonetes verneuilianus Norwood and Pratten.

(PI. IV, figs. 6-8.)

1906. Chonetes verneuilianus. Woodruff, Neb. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 276, pi. 11,
iig. 8.

Shell rather small; transversely subsemicircular, the width being greater
than the length; hinge line a little longer than the greatest width of the shell.
Ventral valve convex, with the greatest convexity slightly anterior to the
middle. Dorsal valve concave. A narrow, rounded mesial sinus extends
from the beak, becoming broader and deeper as it approaches the anterior
margin, causing a slight sulcus in the outline of the shell and dividing the
gibbous portion of the valve into two distinct divergent rounded ridges, which
are set off from the ears by a broad depression. Ears triangular and pointed
at the junction of the lateral and cardinal margins. Beak incurved, scarcely
projecting beyond the hinge line, which is provided with four to five spines
with sometimes a rudimentary sixth spine near the beak. Cardinal area
narrow, slightly larger on the ventral valve, and inclined to the plane of the
shell. Pedicle opening large, subtriangular, partly closed above by an arch-
ing deltidium and nearly filled with the bilobate cardinal process of the other
valve. Interior of the ventral valve marked by numerous small nodes which
are opposite small pits in the dorsal valve. Doi-sal valve concave, bearing a
median fold which extends part way to the beak. Surface of each valve
marked by 100 to 130 very small, bifurcating, rounded ribs radiating from the
beak and, near the margin, a few lines of growth which sometimes give the
radiating ribs a nodose appearance.

Dimensions: Length of a large specimen, 8 mm.; width 12.4 mm.; con-
vexity, 4 mm.

Some of the specimens under consideration show less convexity than the
typical C. verneuilianus, and also a larger number of radiating ribs. It may
be that these should be considered as a distinct variety, but as their state of
preservation does not permit accurate description it is considered best to
identify them with this species.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic and shale members, at Tur-
ner, Kan.

Genus Productus Sowerby.
Productus insinuatus var. missowiensis Sayre, n. var.

(PI. V, fig.s. l-2b; PI. VI, fig. 1.)

Shell very large, subovate, strongly arched toward the beak and much
produced anteriorly ; width greater than length ; hinge line a little shorter than
the greatest width : ventral valve very convex, strongly arched over the
umbo to the beak. Two varieties can be distinguished : one wide, like typical
P. cora in outline and with the umbo somewhat flattened; the other narrower,
with the median portion elevated, almost subcarinate and with a con-espond-
ing shallow inflection in the anterior margin. Ears large, flattened and

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 95

marked by strong rugae which pass inward from the cardinal margin upon
sides of the umbo, where they become obsolete. Beak small and strongly
incurved over the cardinal margin. The whole surface is ornamented with
small, even, rounded, crowded, radiating costae, which increase by bifurcation,
and fine, obscure, concentric growth lines. Spines are situated on the costae
at rather wide intervals and are so arranged as to form diagonal rows. The
cardinal margin also bears a row of spines.

Dimensions of two shells: Width, 80 mm.; length, 76 mm.; convexity,
25 mm.; and width, 60 mm.; length, 58 mm.; convexity, 34 mm.

This varietj^ differs from P. insinuatus Girty in its more numerous spines
and in the regular arrangement of the spines in diagonal rows, while the sinus
in the anterior margin is not nearly so deep as that indicated in the illustra-
tions of that species. It is, perhaps, closely related to P. americanus Swallow,
which is described, but not figured. Swallow's species is characterized by the
regular arrangement of the spines in diagonal rows and is, apparently, quite
similar to this variety; according to his description, however, it is longer than
wide, while the present variety is regularly wider than long. Compared with
P. yiiagnus, this variety is considerably smaller, much more convex and is
ornamented with many spines.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Kansas City, Mo.,
and Elsmore (station 46), Kan.

Productus 6p.
One fragment of a shell from the shale member of the Drum limestone at
Muncie, Kan., shows the heavy costae and the reticulation of the visceral
portion characteristic of P. semirelicitlafus Martin, but the state of preserva-
tion is such that this identification cannot be certain. The fragment is 2^/4
by 2 inches.

Genus Pustula Thomas.

Pustula symmetrica (^IcChesney) .

(PI. VII, figs. 6-6b.)

1892. Productus symmetricus. Hall and Clarke, Pal. N. Y., vol. 8, pt. 1, pi. 17a, figs.
19, 20.

Shell large, slightly wider than long, gently rounded on the sides; hinge
line a little shorter than the greatest width; cardinal extremities angular to
subangular. The dimensions of a complete specimen a little below average
size are: Length from hinge line to anterior margin, 24 mm.; length from
umbonal region to front margin, 28 mm.; width, 33 mm.; length of hinge
line, 28 mm.; convexity, 13 mm.

Ventral valve convex, gently rounded in the middle and curving quickly to
the anterior margin in front and to the beak posteriorly; viewed from the
front the shell curves regularly from one lateral margin to the other. Mesial
sinus broad and shallow. Umbo extending well beyond the hinge line. Beak
fairly large, rounded, and strongly incurv'ed. Ears small, flattened, rounded
to subangular. Surface of the valve marked by strong, closely set, concentric
wrinkles of nearly uniform size which bear numerous closely spaced, prominent
nodes which appear to be spine bases. Dorsal valve nearly flat, but slightly

96 The University Science Bulletin.

concave in the middle and in the two posterior lateral areas, so as to cause two
broad, low ridges which originate at the middle of the cardinal margin and
extend toward the anterior margin at an angle of about 100 degrees to each
other. Surface covered with closely set concentric wrinkles on which there are
rather widely spaced, small spines, and a few pits are noted in the intervening
depressions.

This species is quite abundant in the oolitic member of the Drum limestone.
It resembles P. symmetrica (McChesney) verj' closely, but it is smaller, more
convex and has a small sinus in the ventral valve. This last, however, is not
of great importance, for the writer has seen specimens of P. symmetrica which
show the sinus or depression quite as well developed as in the specimens at
hand. The convexity is not as great as in P. nebrascensis (Owen), while the
wrinkles are much more closely set, the anterior margin is rounded regularly,
and the brachial valve is nearly flat and not concave at the margins.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Muncie, Turner and Independence (station 12), Kan.

Pustula semipunctata (Shepard) .

(PL VI, figs. 2-2b.)

1920. Pustula punctata. Mather, Bull. Sci. Lab. Den. Univ., vol. 18, p. 172, pi. 8,
fig. 11.

Two specimens from the oolitic member of the Drum limestone at Kansas
City, Mo., are complete and apparently adult forms. In every respect, save
that of size, they agree with published descriptions of P. punctata. They
bear well-marked concentric bands, ornamented with spines; hinge margin
shorter than the greatest width of the valve; mesial sinus distinct and ex-
tending from the anterior margin nearly to the beak; beak strong and in-
curved a little beyond the cardinal margin. Thej'' are, however, much smaller
than the typical members of the species. Length, 23 mm.; width, 25 mm.;
convexity, 12 mm.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Kansas City, Mo.
Elsmore (station 46), Kan.

Pustula nebrascensis (Owen).

(PL VI, figs. 3-3b.)

1920. Pustula nebrascensis. Mather, Bull. Sci. Lab. Den. Univ., vol. IS, p. 169, pi. 5,
figs. 6-7.

This species has been described so often that it is not necessary to repeat
the description here. Several specimens were found in the oolitic member of
the Drum limestone at Turner, Kan. These agree entirely with Meek's
description, to which the reader is referred. Length of shell from the hinge
line to the anterior margin, 20 mm.; length from the umbo to the anterior
margin, 23 mm.; width, 28 mm.; convexitj' of the pedicle valve, 13 mm.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 97

Family RHYNCHONELLID.E.

Genus Pugnax Hall and Clarke.

Pugnax osagensis (Swallow).

PI. VII, figs. lO-lOc.)
1915. Pugnax osagensis. Girty, U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull., 544, p. 81, pi. 10, figs. 11-llc.

Meek's description: "Shell small, more or less variable in form, often sub-
trigonal, generally wider than long, more or less gibbous; front truncated, or
sometimes sinuous in outline; anterior lateral margins rounded in outline;
posterior lateral margins convex, or nearly straight and converging to the
beaks at an angle of about 90 degrees to 120 degrees. Dorsal valve more
convex than the other, greatest convexity near the middle or between it and
the front, which has a broad rather deep, marginal sinus for the reception
of a corresponding projection of the anterior portion of the other valve;
mesial fold somewhat flattened, but slightly prominent, and rarely traceable
back of the middle of the valve ; generally composed of three, but sometimes of
four — rarely more — plications; sides rounding down rapidly on each side of
the mesial fold, and each occupied by about three or four simple plications;
beak curving strongly beneath that of the other valve; interior with a faint
linear mesial ridge, on each side of which is a raised curved line inclosing an
ovate space, occupied by the adductor muscular impressions. Ventral valve
distinctly less convex than the other, with a broad, shallow, short sinus
occupied by about two or three short plications; anterior lateral margins on
each side of the sinus, with from two to four simple plications; beak moder-
ately prominent, and more or less arched, rather pointed; foramen small."

Length of a medium-sized specimen, 6.5 mm.; width, 7mm.; convexity,
4 mm.

Seven specimens are identified as belonging to this species which, according
to Girt3% is distinct from P. ula Marcou. Marcou's species, according to A. L.
Mathews, is a Mesozoic form.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Independence
(stations 12 and 23), Kan.

Family TEREBRATULID.E.

Genus Diel.\sma King.
Dielasma bovidens (Morton).

(PI. VII, figs. 4-5b.)

1903. Dielasma bovidens. Girty, Prof. Paper, U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 16, p. 409, pi. 7,
figs. 11-lla.

Meek's description: "Shell ovate, rounded, and rather compressed at the
anterior and anterior-lateral margins, and most convex a little behind the mid-
dle; valves nearly equally convex; ventral valve strongly arcuate longitudi-
nally, and presenting a regularly increasing curve, from the front to the beak,
which is moderately prominent, and very strongly and closely curved over and
upon that of the other valve; foramen a little oval, and not truncating the
immediate apex of the beak, but situated directly outside of it; mesial sinus
rather wide, and rounded at the front, but narrowing and becoming less deep

98 The University Science Bulletin,

farther back, until it dies out near the curve of the umbo, which is sometimes
slightly flattened. Dorsal valve often nearly straight, or but sHghtly convex,
along the middle, from the beak to the front, where its margin is usually some-
what raised for the reception of the slightly produced margin of the other
valve at the termination of the sinus; sides sloping from the middle to the
lateral margin along nearly the entire length of the valve; beak terminating
directly under that of the other valve, without any distinct cui-i-ature. Sur-
face nearly smooth, or only showing moderately distinct marks of growth; and,
by the aid of the magnifier, exhibiting very distinctly the moderately large,
regularly arranged punctures."

Length of a medium-sized specimen, 17 mm.; breadth of same, 13 mm.;
convexity, 8 mm.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Muncie, Turner, Cherryvale (station 40), Urbana (station 43), and In-
dependence (stations 9, 12 and 23), Kan.

Dielasma ventricosa Say re, n. sp.

(PL VII, figs. l-3c.)

Shell subovate, elongate and rather compressed laterally, quite convex, with
the greatest convexity behind the middle. The dorsal valve is more convex
than the ventral. The ventral valve is quite arcuate in the middle portion and
is strongly and rather sharply bent downward at both ends, so that the beak,
which is prominent and large, is closely bent down over and upon that of the
dorsal valve. Foramen oval and not truncating the immediate apex of the
back, but situated just outside it. Mesial sinus fairly wide and rather deep at
the anterior margin, but becoming less pronounced toward the beak, it be-
comes obsolete at the umbo. Dorsal valve convex, and somewhat sinuous in
outline when viewed from the side, due to the heavy growth lamellae. When
viewed anteriorly the valve is rather narrowly rounded in the middle and
slopes directly to the lateral margins in all portions except those close to the
beak. The beak terminates with slight curvature directly under that of the
ventral valve. Anterior margin subtruncate, slightly sinuous in the middle,
due to the deep sinus of the ventral valve. Surface marked by heavy con-
centric, imbricating growth lamellae, and showing, under the lens, numerous
closely spaced, fairly large and regularly arranged punctae."

D. ventricosa is very much like D. bovidens internally. Two prominent
dental lamellae in the ventral valve extend from the beak to a point slightly
beyond the hinge. From the beak to the hinge these lamellae touch both the
bottom and the top of the shell. Beyond the hinge the lamellae are not con-
nected with the inner surface of the ventral valve. A long, narrow, upcurved
plate occupies the median portion of the dorsal valve and extends from the
beak about half the length of the valve. Near the beak it is attached to the
shell along the middle and is supported on each side by a small plate. An-
teriorly the lateral plates disappear and the curved plate is attached only in
the middle. Divergent crura are attached to the edges of the curved plate

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 99

near the beak, and long cruralia, extending over half the length of the valve,
are attached to the crura.

00000

Fig. 1. A series of sections of D. ventricosa, showing the internal structure,, X 2.5.

1, section of the beak of the ventral valve showing the dental lamellse touching both the
top and bottom of the valve; 2, section near the hinge; 3, section anterior to the hinge,
with the dental lamellae still persisting and showing the beginning of the development of the
curved plate in the dorsal valve; 4, 5, the curved plate is raised above the floor of the dorsal
valve and the edges are supported by vertical plates, small crura are developing on the edges ;
6, 7, 8, 9, sections showing the development of the cruralia.

Length of a rather large specimen, 23 mm.; width, 16 mm.; convexity,
13 mm.

This species is found associated with and is nearly as abundant in the
Drum limestone as D. bovidens. But the latter species is smooth and sub-
spatulate in shape, while the former is much more convex, longer and narrower
in proportion to its width, and the surface is covered with concentric growth
lamellae, which are not found on D. bovidens. The mesial sinus is deeper and
sharper. The internal structure of these specimens places them definitely in
the genus Dielasma. Although some of the immature specimens are more or
less subspatulate like D. bovidens, the rather wide, subimbricating growth
lamellae serve to distinguish even the young specimens from that species.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner, Muncie and Independence (station 12), Kan.

Family SPIRIFERID.E.

Genus Spirifer Sowerby.
Spirifer triplicatus Hall.

(PI. VII, figs. 8-9.)
1920. Spirifer cameratus. Girty, U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 544, p. 87, pi. 11, figs. 4, 4b.

The collections contain several shells of the Spirifer t3^pe which, from their
fasciculated costfe, are believed to be Spirifer triplicatus Hall. These shells are
poorly preserved and it is impossible to determine the character of the area
or of the pedicle opening. The pedicle valve has a long hinge extended into
pointed ears. The beak is fairly prominent and incurved. Mesial fold promi-
nent, subangular, and becoming broader and deeper toward the anterior margin.
Surface covered with radiating costae, which are grouped or fasciculated. Marks
of growth are fairly distinct.

100 The University Science Bvlletin.

Length of a large specimen, 41 mm.; breadth of same 55 mm.

Horizon and locality. Oolitic member of the Drum limestone, at Kansas
City, Mo.; Turner, Urbana (station 43), Independence (stations 9, 12 and 23),
Cherryvale (station 40), Ivan., and shale member at Kansas City, Mo.

Genus Squamularia Gemmellaro.
Squamularia perplexa (McChesney).

(PI. VII, figs. 13-14a.)
1915. Squamularia perplexa. Girty, U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 544, p. 92, pi. 11, figs. l-3a.

Seven specimens from the oolitic member of the Drum limestone at Inde-
pendence (station 12), Kan., all more or less imperfect, are identified with this
well-known species.

Dimensions: Length of dorsal valve. 12 mm.; width. 15 mm.; convexity of
both valves, 8 mm.

Family SUESSID.E.

Genus Spiriferina D'Orbigny.

Spirifenna kentuckiensis (Shumard).

(PI. VII, figs. 7-7b.)

1920. Spiriferina kentuckyensis. Girty, U. S. Geol. Sun"., Bull. 544, p. So, pi. 11,
figs. S-Sa.

Meek's description: "Shell rather small, varying from subglobose to semi-
circular, or even subfusiform, alwaj's wider than long; breadth sometimes
twice or even three times the length; hinge line always equaling the greatest
breadth of the valves, occasionally greatly extended, and terminating in slender
mucronate ears; anterior and lateral margins generally forming a nearly semi-
circular curve.

"Ventral valve somewhat more convex than the other, the greatest convexity
being between the beak and the middle; beak moderately prominent, and
rather distinctly arched or incurved; area arched, usually of moderate height,
well defined, and extending nearly or quite to the lateral extremities, highest in
gibbous specimens, in which it is narrow near the extremities, while it increases
rapidly in height with concave lateral margins toward the beak; foramen
generally higher than wide, with a marginal furrow on each side, and, so far as
known, not closed by a deltidium; mesial sinus narrow, rather deep, some-
times with a small obscure rib along its middle, but more frequently without
it; plications on each side of the sinus about five to eight or nine, rather
narrow, simple, prominent, and a little rounded; mesial septum of interior
moderately prominent.

"Dorsal valve with greatest convexity near the middle; beak scarcel}^
projecting beyond the hinge margin, more or less incurved; area very narrow,
and incurved with the beak; mesial fold narrow, not very prominent, nor
greatly larger than the first plication on each side, most generally rounded, but
not infrequently with an obscure sulcus along the middle, near the front; lateral
plications as in the other valve.

"Entire surface of both valves ornamented with numerous closely crowded,
very regularly arranged, subimbricating lamellae of growth, strongly arched in
passing over the costse; over the whole may also be seen, .by the aid of a
magnifier, numerous granules, apparently connected with the punctures passing
through the shell, which are comparati\-eIy large and distant, though regularly
arranged."

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 101

Length of a well-developed, fairly large specimen, 7.4 mm.; breadth of same,
11 mm.; convexity, 5.5 mm.

The specimens from the Drum limestone show many of the variations which
Meek notes. Some are extremely long on the hinge line, some show the sulcus
on the fold and some show the rib along the middle of the sinus. Others are
quite normal and agree with the figured specimens of both Meek and Hall.

Horizon and locality. This species is found rather abundantly in the oolitic
member of the Diimi limestone at Kansas City, Mo.; Muncie, Turner, Inde-
pendence (stations 9, 12, 23) and Urbana (station 43), Kan.

Family RHYNCHOSPIRIDtE.

Genus Hustedia Hall and Clarke.
Hustedia mormoni (Marcou).

(PI. VII, figs. ll-12b.)

1915. Hustedia mormoni. Girty, Bull, U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 544, p. 103, pi. 12,
figs. 5-6a.

Meek's description: "Shell small, ovate; in mature specimens gibbous;
hinge line short, or scarcely extended enough to show distinctly the little
ears at the extremities. Ventral valve more convex than the other, the
greatest convexity being between the middle and the umbo, which is promi-
nent, rounded, more or less strongly arched, and provided with a moderately
large circular foramen; area well defined, triangular, and arching with the
beak. Dorsal valve most convex near the middle; beak extending a little
beyond the hinge margin, and distinctly' incurved. Surface of each valve
ornamented by fourteen or fifteen (very rarely sixteen to seventeen) simple,
rather prominent, radiating costs;, one or two of which are sometimes slightly
more depressed than the others near the front of the ventral valve, so as to
cause some appearance of an obscure mesial sinus, but without producing any
corresponding mesial elevation on the other valve, or visibly interrupting the
general straightness of the uniting margin of the two valves; lines of growth
obscure ; punctures visible under a good lens, and very regularly disposed."

Length of well-developed specimen, 5 mm.; breadth of same, 4.8 mm.;
convexity, 3 mm.

The specimens at hand show the mesial sinus to be well developed in most
specimens, but in some it is entirely lacking. On well-preserved specimens
the lines of growth may be plainly seen without the aid of a lens. There
can be no doubt, however, that these specimens may be correctly referred to
H. mormoni, as redescribed by Meek.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Muncie
and Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Kan.; Kansas City, Mo.

102 The University Science Bulletin.

Family ATHYRIDyE.

Genus Composita Brown.
Composita subtilita (Hall) .

(PI. VI, figs. 4-8c.)

1915. Composita subtilita. Girty, Bull. Geol. Surv., U. S., No. 544, p. 96, pi. 12, figs.
4-4c; pi. 5, fig. 7; pi. 6, fig. 13.

This well-known form is the most abundant species in the collection. It
occurs at every locality from which collections have been made of the Drum
fauna. Although the specimens show wide variation in form, it does not seem
possible to spht them up into separate species. For variations pass easily
from long thin forms into short squat ones, and gradations are found be-
tween shells with a deep V-shaped sinus to those which are \vithout a median
sinus. In general, however, the younger specimens tend to show a nearly
circular outline and a narrow shallow sinus, with almost no sulcus on the
anterior margin. The older specimens are, as a rule, gibbous, much longer
than wide, and show a broad, deep sinus with a pronounced sulcus on the
anterior margin.

One specimen shows the interior of the hinge of the pedicle valve. This has
a hinge plate with two dental lamellae which extend upward to the shell above
and form a rectangular cavity in the interior of the beak of the pedicle valve.
Length of a medium-sized specimen, 15 mm.; width of same, 12 mm.; con-
vexity, 9 mm.

Horizon and locality. Veiy abundant in the oolitic member of the Diiim
limestone at Turner, Muncie, Elsmore (station 46), Urbana (station 43),
Cherry vale (station 40), Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Kan.; and Kansas
City, Mo. Also from the shale at these localities.

PELECYPODA.

Family SOLENOMYACID^.

Genus Solenomya Lamarck.
Solenomya sp.

(PI. VIII, figs. 4-4a.)

One large cast appears to belong to this genus, but it is broken along the
anterior margin and along the cardinal margin so that determination is very
difficult. Shell elongate, subtrapezohedral in outline. Posterior extremity
rather narrowly rounded, posterior margin sloping downward and forward from'
it with a slight appearance of truncation. A'entral margin gently curved to
about one-fifth the length of the shell from the anterior extremity, where there
is a broad, shallow sinus. Shell convex, the greatest convexity being about the
middle. Beaks depressed, not extending beyond the hinge line. Surface
crossed b}^ strong concentric wrinkles which become increasingly strong near
the margins, and numerous fine radiating striae. Just below the beak there is
a vertical, broad, shallow sulcus which gives rise to the sinus of the ventral

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 103

margin. Anterior adductor scar rather strong, subelliptical in outline, situ-
ated about midway between the ventral and cardinal margins and just in
front of the sulcus. Posterior adductor scar subcircular, situated near the
middle oi the shell and close to the cardinal margin.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Family GRAMMYSIIDtE.

Genus Edmondia De Koninck.
Edmondia nebrascensis (Geinitz),

(PI. Vlll, figs. 3-3a.)

1900. Edmondia nebrascensis. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 106, pi. 20, fig. 5.
1911. Edmondia nebrascensis. Mark, Bull. Sci. Lab. Den. Univ., vol. IG, p. 310, pi. 9,
fig. 4.

Shell of medium size, equivalve, inequilateral, subquadrate in outline. Di-
mensions of a tj^pical specimen are: Length, 28 mm.; height, 24 mm.; length
of hinge line, 20 nmi.; convexity of right valve, 6.2 mm. Anterior, posterior
and basal margins nearl}^ straight or subtruncate, broadly rounded on the cor-
ners. Posterior side of the shell broader than the anterior so that the basal
margin is not parallel to the hinge line. Hinge line nearly straight, becoming
a little curved distally to the anterior and posterior margins. Umbones promi-
nent, the greatest convexity being near the middle. Beaks situated about a
third of the distance from the middle to the anterior extremity; prominent,
extending well beyond the hinge line, directed forwarded and incurved. Sur-
face ornamented by sharp concentric lidges which are separated by furrows
three to four times as wide. In well-preserved specimens minute crenulations
mark the crests of the ridges and the furrows; and some .'.pccimens also show
fine concentric lines of growth.

Comparison of the specimens at hand with specimens from the type locality
identified as E. nebrascensis Geinitz shows them to be identical in every respect.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City, Mo.;
Turner, Muncie and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

Edmondia aspinwallensis Meek.

(PI. Vlll, figs, l-la.)

1900. Edmondia aspinwallensis. Beede, Uni\^ Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 16G, pi. 22,
figs. 3-3b.

Shell large, inequilateral, equivalve, subovate in outline. The dimensions
of one specimen are: Length, 48 mm.; height, 35 mm.; convexity of left valve,
16 mm. Anterior margin subtruncate; basal margin broadly &emielliptical ;
posterior margin rounded. Cardinal margin sloping from the beaks abruptly
in front, less abruptly behind, and rounding distally into the posterior and
anteror margins. Beaks somewhat prominent, situated in front of the middle
of the shell and a little elevated above the hinge line. LTmbonal region promi-
nent, flattened, and with the sides rounded and sloping rather abruptly down
to the margins of the shell. Surface marked by regular, concentric, sharply

3—5072

104 The University Science Bllletin.

•elevated ridges separated by furrows from three to five times their width,
some of which show faint radiating crenulations or striae. Surface of internal
casts marked by heavy, regular concentric undulations. Hinge unknj^wn.

A comparison of this specimen with the type of the species leaves no doubt
as to the correctness of the identification.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Muncie,
Elsmore (station 46) and Independence (station 23), Kan.

Edmondia f kansasensis Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. VIII, figs. 5-oa.)

Shell below medium size, subquadrate, equivalve, and inequilateral. Dimen-
sions: Length, 21 mm.; height, 13 mm., convexity of the right valve, 6.5 mm.
Anterior and basal margins nearly straight, at slightly more than 90 degrees to
each other and with the basal-anterior margin rounded. Posterior margin
broadly rounded. Cardinal margin sloping gently posteriorly and cui"ving
downward distally into the posterior margin; sloping abiniptly downward an-
teriorly. Umbonal region raised, flattened, sloping gently to the margin
posteriorly, more abruptly anteriorly. Beaks compressed, slightly elevated
above the hinge, directed forward and situated about one-sixth the length of
the shell back from the anterior margin. Surface marked with fine, low, sub-
regular, concentric, rounded ribs.

Two specimens in the collections at hand belong to this species. The general
shape, the absence of a lunule and escutcheon, and the fact that the valves are
close all round would indicate that this species is a member of the genus
Edmondia. Whether this conclusion will be supported by subsequent evidence
is, of course, unknown. It resembles E. bellula Girty, but differs from that
species in being much larger (about X3) and in having the beaks situated
nearer to the anterior extremity. It also resembles E. glabra Meek, but the
beaks are nearer the anterior margin, the basal margin is nearly straight and
the posterior margin is not so narowly rounded.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Urbana
(station 43) and Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Kan.

Family NUCULID^E.

Genus Nucula Lamarck.

Nucula anodontoides IMeek.

(PI. Vlll, fig.s. 8-8a.)

191.5. Xucula anodontoides. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur\-., No. 5-14, p. Ill, pi. 13,
figs. 1-5.

Meek's description: "Shell ovate, ventricose, the greatest convexity being
in the umbonal region; posterior side short, faintly subtruucate vertically at
the immediate extremity; basal margin semielliptical in outline; cardinal
margin nearly straight externally, equaling about half the length of the valves,
carinate at the extremities; anterior side rather long, very narrowly rounded
in the middle of the extremity, to which point the basal margin rounds up
rather gradually, and the anterior dorsal edge slopes obliquely from the edge
of the hinge; beaks moderately prominent, convex, incurved without very

Sayee: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 105

distinct obliquity and located about halfway between the middle and the
posterior side; umbonal slopes, both before and behind, subangular, in con-
sequence of the presence of a lunule and escutcheonlike impression, of which
that on the anterior or longer side is the larger, being usually continued nearly
or quite to the extremity of that side. Surface smooth, or only showing under
a magnifier very obscure lines of growth.

"Length of the largest specimen, 0.57 inch; height, 0.40 inch; convexity,
0.30 inch. Some of the other specimens are proportionately more convex.

"I have described the shorter side as the posterior of this shell, which, of
course, would probabh^ be incorrect if it is not a true Nucula, although I
only know from some of the imperfect specimens that it has a coarsely crenate
hinge, there can be little doubt that it has an internal ligament, and this
differs from Tellinomya and other Paleozoic types that have been separated
under other names, since the dorsal margin of the valves can be seen to fit
closely all the way along, so as to show no traces of an external ligament. It
has not the physiognomy of the typical modem Nuculas, but looks externally
like a miniature Anodon. It seems to be closely allied to N. beyrichi V.
Schauer, from the Permian of Germany, but is larger, more robust, more nearly
smooth, and differs in the lunulelike impressions before and behind the beaks.

"Locality and portion. Just below the Mahoning sandstone, Monogalia
county. West Virginia Coal Measures."

The shells under observation seem to fit this description very well, although
there is no illustration of the type specimen with which to compare them. The
lunule and escutcheon are not so pronounced as they apparently were on Meek's
specimens. Dimensions of an average si^ecimen: Length, 10 mm.; height, 7
mm.; convexity, 6 mm. The species is about twice the size of A', beyridhi as
figured by Meek, its ventral margin has a slightly different curvature, and the
beaks are slightly more prominent. It differs from N. parva McChesney in
its less prominent beaks and in the fact that the basal margin is subparallel
to the hinge line.

Horizon and locality. Dioim limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner and Muncie, Kan.

Nucula triangularis Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. VIII, figs. 6-6c.)

Shell very small, inequilateral, equivalve, subtriangular in outline. The
dimensions of a large specimen are: Length, 4 mm.; height, 3.6 mm.; con-
vexity, 2.8 mm. Basal margin nearly straight in the middle and curving
narrowly into the posterior and anterior margins; a little longer than the
posterior margin, but shorter than the anterior margin. Anterior and posterior
margins nearly straight and forming an angle of about 70 degrees, with the
cardinal margin represented by a narrowly rounded point. Umbones promi-
nent, flattened; surface of the shell dropping abruptly from the umbones to
the margins of the shell. Beaks prominent, close together, extending well
beyond the hinge line, directed backward and nearly terminal. Lunule and
escutcheon poorly defined, the latter being the longer. Surface nearly smooth,
but showing fine concentric lines under the lens; near the margin there are
distinct lines of growth, which are especially prominent on some of the older,
more gibbous shells.

The outline of this species is so different from any other in the collections
that it cannot be confused. Not only is it much smaller than any other, but
its triangular outline with nearly straight sides and base, and its highly convex

106 The University Science Bulletin.

valves serve to differentiate it. It differs from N. wewokana Girty in its
comparatively greater height and straight base, and in the much poorer
definition of its kmule and escutcheon. Its straight base and triangular shape
serve to distinguish it from A^. beyrichi V. Schauer.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Muncie and Turner,
Kan.

Genus Nuculopsis Girty.
Nuculopsis ventricosa (Hall).

(PI. VIII, figs. 2-2c.)

1915. Nuculopsis ventricosa. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 544, p. 117, pi. 15,
figs. 1-8.

Shell small, transversely elliptical, the valves strongly convex. The dimen-
sions of a medium-sized individual are: Length, 9 mm.; height, 6 mm.; con-
vexity of both valves, 5 mm. Basal margin curving regularly, except for a
slight indentation just behind the anterior extremity, to the posterior ex-
tremity, which is somewhat narrowly rounded. Anterior margin narrowly
rounded and shorter than the posterior margin. Cardinal margin with about
the same degree of cui"v'ature as the basal; curving abruptly into the anterior,
and gently into the posterior margin. Beaks broad, prominent, strongly in-
curved and directed toward the anterior end of the shell. Lunule poorly de-
fined, forming a slight concavity just below the beaks. Escutcheon scarcely
distinguishable. Ligamental grooves present, but only slightly defined. The
surface of the shell is nearly smooth, but close examination reveals the pres-
ence of faint concentric lines, the larger shells showing pronounced lines of
growth.

The examples of this shell under observation are somewhat smaller than
most of the specimens previously described, and they differ from them in
having the anterior extremity a little more broadly rounded, and extended
farther, but careful comparison with specimens from other localities suggests
that these differences are due to a difference in the stage of growth. These
Kansas specimens also seem to be slightly dwarfed.

Horizon and locality. DiTim limestone, oolitic member. Turner and
Muncie, Kan.

Family LEDIDtE.

Genus Leda Schumacher.
Leda bellistriata Stevens.

(PI. VIII, figs. 7-7c.)
1915. Leda bellistriata. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 544,' p. 122, pi. 14, figs. l-9a.

Shell small, longer than high, fairly convex and quite attenuate. The
dimensions of an average-sized specimen are: Length, 8 mm.; height, 4.5 mm.;
con\'exity, 3.5 mm. Anterior margin regularly rounded and passing into the
basal margin, which is semielliptical in outline near the front, but becomes
straight or slightly concave near the posterior extremity. Posterior extremity
subangular. Cardinal margin concave posteriorly, anteriorly convex and

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 107

rounding into the anterior margin. Umbonal ridge well defined; umbones
most prominent just below the beaks. Beaks prominent, close together, ex-
tending well beyond the hinge line, directed backward, and situated just in
front of the middle of the shell. Escutcheon well defined, nearly flat or with a
slight concavity between the umbonal ridge and the hinge, and extending to
the posterior extremity. Lunule poorly defined. Posterior portion attenuated,
extremity slightly gaping. Anterior extremity slightly gaping. Surface orna-
mented with fine, regular, concentric lines which become obsolete on the
posterior umbonal ridges.

This little shell agrees very well with specimens previously described. The
umbonal ridge seems to be a little more strongly downcurved, the cardinal
margin is hardly visible from the side, and in some specimens the basal
margin seems to be a little more strongly curved. It differs from L. arata
Hall in the evenness and fineness of the surface ornamentation, in the curva-
ture of both the umbonal ridge and the ventral margin, as well as in its small
size. It is much less attenuate then L. meekana and the beaks are nearer
to the middle.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner and Independence (station 23), Kan.

Genus Yoldia Moller.
Yoldia glabra Beede and Rogers.

(PI. IX, figs. 1-3.)

1899. Yoldia glabra. Beede and Rogers, Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. 8, No. 3, p. 133, pi. 34,
figs. 4a-4b.)

1900. Yoldia glabra. Beede, Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. 6, p. 153, pi. 21, figs. 4a-4b.
1915. Yoldia glabra. Girty, U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 544, p. 126, pi. 13, figs. 9-15.

Shell much compressed, very thin, transversely elongate and nearly twice
as long as high; widest part of the shell a little in advance of the middle.
Anterior extremity somewhat narrowly rounded ; posterior extremity very
narrowly rounded; ventral margin broadly semielliptical; cardinal margin
convex in front of the beaks, concave behind them, but becoming nearly
straight before the posterior extremity is reached. Hinge line nearly straight.
Escutcheon narrow, lancelike, and poorly defined. Greatest convexity near
the middle, from which the sides slope gently to the margins. Beaks situated
slightly in front of the middle, depressed, incurved and directed backward.
Surface ornamented by fine regular concentric lines, which become obsolete at
the cardinal margins.

Most of the shells of this species are broken so that it is not possible to
give dimensions of mature forms. A small, nearly complete shell gives the
following dimensions: Length, 14 mm.; height, 7.5 mm.; convexity, 2 mm.
(right valve).

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner and Cherryvale (station 40), Kan.

108 The University Science Bulletin.

Family PARALLELODONTIDtE.

Genus Parallelodon Meek.

Parallelodon sangamonensis (Worthen).

(PI. IX, figs. 17-17a.)
1916. Parallelodon sangamonensis. Mather, Bull, Sci. Lab. Den. Univ., vol. 18, p. 214.

Shell rather large, transversely elongate, equivalve, inequilateral. Dimen-
sions of a large individual are: Length, 40 mm.; length of hinge line, 34 mm.;
height, 18 mm.; convexity, 8 mm. The anterior margin meets the hinge at
nearly right angles, extends downward and curves backward into the ventral
margin which is somewhat sinuous near the middle. Posterior margin obliquely
truncated so as to meet the hinge at an oblique angle; posterior extremity
narrowly rounded. Hinge line straight, subparallel to the ventral margin but
diverging from it slightly from front to back, and about seven-eighths as long
as the entire shell. Beak depressed, incurved, directed forward, extending
above the hinge line, and situated about one-fifth the length of the shell behind
the anterior margin. Area above the umbonal ridge depressed, subalate. On
the umbonal region, a broad shallow depression extends from near the beaks
backward and downward to the margin of the shell, causing a slight sulcus in
the outline, and some specimens show a second less obhque depression in
front of this. Surface of the shell marked by radiating ribs, of which there are
six or seven above the umbonal ridge, where they are broadest and strongest,
and about twenty-nine on the remainder of the shell. On the umbones the
radiating ribs are nearly obsolete, but near the margins they are strong except
in the middle portion.

These specimens differ from P. sangamonensis Worthen in their smaller
size, in the possession of two constrictions in many cases and in the lack of
striations on the anterior portion of the shell, where rather strong ribs are
observed instead. They differ from P. striata (Schloth) in the straighter
ventral margin and in the obsolete area in the middle portion of the shell.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Cherry-
vale (station 40) and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

Parallelodon karisasensis Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. IX, figs. 4-7.)

Shell small, subquadrate, inequilateral, equivalve, and somewhat convex.
Dimensions of a rather large specimen: Length, 23 mm.; height, 10 mm.;
length of hinge line, 19 mm.; convexity of left valve, 4.5 mm. Hinge line
straight, a little shorter than the greatest length of the valve, extending to
the anterior extremity, from which the anterior margin extends do\vnward
and curves backward into the ventral margin, which is subparallel to the
hinge line and is sometimes faintly sinuous near the middle. Posterior
margin tmncated obliquely so as to meet the hinge line at an oblique angle;
posterior extremity narrowly rounded. Beaks placed about one-fourth of
the length of the shell behind the anterior extremity, extending beyond the
hinge line, flattened, incurved and directed obliquely forward. Umbonal
region marked by a broad depression which extends obliquely backward from

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 109

the beak and sometimes causes a faint sulcus in the ventral margin. Umbonal .
ridge rounded, directed obliquely backward from the beak to the posterior
extremity. Above the unbonal ridge the shell is depressed to the hinge line.
Surface marked with irregular, concentric lines of growth which are of variable
strength and sometimes attain the prominence of low, rounded ridges. Por-
tion above the umbonal ridge marked with radiating striae, which are, in
some cases, found also upon the umbonal ridge, but do not extend to the
rest of the surface. Hinge narrow, bearing six teeth in front and ten behind;
those nearest the center are perpendicular, while on each side they become
successively more inclined until the outer teeth are subparallel to the hinge line.

This species is closeh' related to P. tenuistriata Meek, but differs from that
species in the absence of radiating strise on the anterior portion of the shell and
in the less-pronounced sinus on the umbonal region.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Cherry-
vale (station 40) and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.; and Kansas
City, Mo.

Family CONOCARDID^.

Genus Conocardium Bronn.
Conocardium parrishi Worthen.

(PI. IX, figs. 20-20C.)

1915. Conocardium missouriensis. Girty, Mo. Bureau Geol. and Mines, vol. 13, 2d ser.,
p. 353, pi. 28, figs. 3-3c.

Shell small, equivalve, inequilateral, length slightly greater than height.
Posterior margin slightly sinuous and somewhat longer than the anterior;
hinge line straight. Umbones prominent and sharp, with the sides sloping
down to the margins rather more abruptly in front than behind. Beaks
small, situated in front of the middle, extending be^'ond the cardinal margin
and apparently anchylosed. Cardinal margin smooth except for fine con-
centric strise and raised above the hinge line so as to form with it a V-shaped
trough. Shell widely gaping behind and extended in front into a tubelike
rostrum, which is slightly inclined upward from the end of the hinge. Anterior
portion of the shell marked by eight strong, angular, radiating costae, which
increase by bifurcation so that only six of them reach the cardinal margin.
Posterior portion marked by about thirteen radiating costa;, separated by
angular furrows as on the anterior portion; but these are crossed by numerous
lirse which give this portion of the shell a reticulated appearance. Dimensions:
Height, 7 mm.; length, 11 mm.; convexity, 5.5 mm.; length of rostrum, 3 mm.

This group of fossils agrees with C. parrishi Worthen in every respect save
the reticulation of the posterior portion of the shell, of which he makes no
mention. In his figure, however, these are indicated. These fossils also agree
with C. missouriensis Girty, some specimens showing the nodes which he
mentions on the umbonal ridge, while others lack any indication of nodes.
All three are from the same locality and the same horizon. Many of the
fossils found in the oolitic member of the Drum limestone are coated with
varying thicknesses of hard calcium carbonate, which may obscure the mark-

110 The University Science Bulletin.

• ings and make determination difficult. It seems probable therefore, that they
are identical.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo., Independence (station 23), Kan.

Family PTERIIDiE.

Genus Pteria Scopoli.
Pteria longa (Geinitz).

(PI. IX, figs. 13-14.)
1900. Pteria longa. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 125, pi. 16, fig. 4.

Shell small, elongate, convex and obliquely alate. Shell elongate, more or
less arcuate, the umbo curving from the beak obliquely backward and down-
ward to the posterior extremity. Anterior extremity narrowly rounded. Ventral
margin curving, with a pronounced sulcus about one-third the distance from
the anterior extremity. Posterior extremity narrowly rounded. Cardinal margin
slightly curved, parallel with the ventral margin, and separated from the ear
by a deep sinus. Hinge line, equaling about two-thirds the length of the
oblique body portion of the valve, provided with a marginal ridge which is
much produced into a long, pointed ear posteriorly. Anterior ear much shorter
and broader, somewhat pointed and only slightly convex. Beaks very convex,
pointed, and extending beyond the hinge line, placed one-fourth to one-fifth
the length of the hinge behind the anterior extremity. Umbo prominent, with
the sides of the shell dropping abruptly to the cardinal margin and rounding
downward to the ventral margin. Dimensions: Greatest length, 15 mm.;
height, 7 mm.; length of hinge line, 12 mm.

Only one of the fossils in this group is of normal size. This is a cast of the
left valve. There are, however, a number of smaller specimens which are
proportionally longer and thinner, and lack the pronounced sinus of the
larger shell. These are referred to the same species.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, Oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

Pteria welleri Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. IX, figs. 15-16.)

Shell small, elongate, obliquely alate. Hinge line straight, eciualing about
half the length of the oblique body portion of the shell. Anterior margin
truncate, meeting the hinge at an angle of nearly 90 degrees. Posterior margin
narrowly rounded; cardinal margin straight; ventral margin gently convex and,
except for a slight sinus about one-fourth the distance from the anterior
margin, subparallel to the cardinal margin, and oblique to the hinge line.
Ears small; posterior ear longer than the anterior, rounded distally, flattened
and separated from the body by a shallow sinus; anterior ear small, flattened,
triangular, depressed, and set off from the bodj' by the abrupt rise of the
umbo. Umbo strongly convex, the shell dropping abruptly from it to the
cardinal margin and curving to the ventral margin. Umbo crossed by a broad,
shallow sulcus extending from near the beak in a direction almost perpendicular

I

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. Ill

to the hinge line, to the margin where it causes a shght sinus in the outhne.
Beak prominent, extending beyond the hinge line and directed forward.
Surface marked by fine, irregular, concentric lines of growth. In the sulcus and
parallel to it is a strong ridge which extends nearly to the hinge. Behind the
lower half of this ridge and perpendicular to it, but never touching it, are
six or seven, sometimes less, parallel ridges separated by furrows of about
equal width, and which are equal in length to about one-tenth of the shell,
while in front of it there are two to three ridges similar to those behind.
On the posterior wing, convex lines of growth are rather pronounced, and are
crossed by two or three radiating lines which extend backward from the beak,
and give it a very pretty reticulated appearance. Dimensions: Height per-
pendicular to the hinge, 3.5 mm.; length, 8 mm.; length of hinge line, 5 mm.;
convexity, 1.5 mm.

This species is similar to P. sulcata Geinitz in some respects, but differs from
it in being much smaller, more elongate, with a shorter posterior ear, and in
having only one ridge or wrinkle across the umbo. Doctor Weller had in his
collections from the Chester series several shells which were very similar in
appearance and in size.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner and Independence (station 12), Ivan.

Genus Monopteria Meek.
Monopteria marian White.

(PI. IX, figs. 18-19a.
1900. Limopteria marian. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 128, pi. 16, figs. 5-5c.

Shell convex, alate, obliquely elongated, and pointed on the posterior
extremity. The dimensions of a rather small individual are: Height, 24 mm.;
length, about 40 mm.; length of hinge, about 25 mm.; convexitj', 10 mm.
(the posterior end of the body and the wing are broken off slightly). Pos-
terior ear depressed nearly flat, attenuate and separated from the shell by a
deep, narrowly rounded U-shaped sinus. Cardinal margin straight, subparallel
to the hinge line; posterior extremity narrowly rounded; ventral margin
extending forward in a nearly straight line to about the middle of the shell,
from which point it is regularly curved to the lunular area; anterior margin
obliquely truncate. Umbonal ridge prominent, curved; the shell sloping
abruptly from it on the posterior cardinal side, and on the anterior side, gently
at first, but with increasing curve to the anterior and basal margins. Beak
prominent but not extending appreciably beyond the hinge line. Hinge line
straight. The surface is marked by concentric lines and occasional lamellae
of growth which are about parallel to the outline of the shell. The beak is.
slightly behind the anterior extremity of the shell. Lunule deep and sharply
defined.

This shell varies in length and in the width of the body of the shell. It
differs from M. gibbosa in having a longer spine, considerably less height,
and less curvature to the anteroventral margin. The umbo is more angular
than in M. longispina, and the form is more slender.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.,
and Kansas City, Mo.

112 The University Science Bulletin.

Monopteria longispina (Cox).

(PI. IX. figs. 8-9.)
1900. Limopteria longispina. Beede, Univ. Geol. Siirv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 127, pi. 16, fig. 6.

Sliell large, oblique, slender, alate, and nearly equivalve. Dimensions of a
rather small specimen: Length, 39 mm.; height, 28 mm.; length of hinge, 21
mm.; convexity of left valve, 9 mm. Shell wide anteriorly tapering to a rather
narrowly rounded posterior extremity. Basal margin straight from the pos-
terior extremity to a point directly below or slightly behind the beak; then
curving upward to the anterior margin, which is nearly perpendicular to the
hinge line. Anterior margin obliquely truncated above by the lunule, which
is slightly concave in outline. Hinge line straight, equaling nearly three-
fourths the total length of the shell. Posterior ear well developed, depressed,
narrowly rounded posteriorly, and separated from the body of the shell by a
deep U-shaped sinus. Umbo a strong, prominent, rounded, backward-curving
ridge from which the sides of the shell drop abruptly to the margin above,
while below they are slightly depressed, but extend nearly parallel to the plane
of the shell and curve abruptly downward near the anterior and basal margins.
Beak prominent, extending well beyond the hinge line, directed forward,
incurved and situated about one-fourth the length of the shell behind the
anterior extremity. Lunule subelliptical. deep, concave, and very pronounced.
Surface marked by fine concentric lines of growth, which become rather
coarse near the margins.

The extreme prominence of the beak is one of the outstanding charac-
teristics of this species; this, with the relatively greater height, will serve to
distinguish it from M. marian.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Elsmore (station 46), Kan.

Genus Pseudomonotis Beyrich.
Pseudomonotis haivni (Meek and Hayden).

(PI. X, figs. 1-2.)
1909. Pseudomonotis haumi. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 369, p. 79, pi. 9, fig. i.

Meek and Hayden's description: "Shell subcircular, or subovate; hinge
straight, equaling about half the length of the valves; beaks subcentral, short,
not oblique; ears nearly obsolete; base rounded; anteroventral and postero-
ventral margins rounded, the latter being somewhat more rounded than the
other. Left valve convex; anterior margin sometimes slightly sinuous near
the hinge above; posterior margin intersecting the hinge at an obtuse angle;
beak convex, extending but little beyond the hinge line. Right valve nearly
or quite flat; back flat, not projecting beyond the hinge line; byssal sinus
narrow, deep and extending back parallel to the hinge to a point nearly under
the beak. Surface of both valves, particularly the left one, ornamented by
more or less distinct radiating costse, which are usually separated by a space
three or four times their own width, and armed with regularly disposed,
vaulted, spinelike prominences, formed apparently from the projecting laminae
of growth. Between each two of the principal radiating costse from one to
three or four much smaller radiating ribs or lines are usually seen, crossed by
obscure concentric markings. Hinge and muscular impressions unknown.
Length, L47 inches; height, L42 inches; convexity, about 0.40 inch."

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 113

This form is distinguished from others by its subcircular outhne and by the
character of its radiating costse separated by three to four or less radiating
striae.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Muncie,
Urbana (station 43), Independence (stations 12, 23), Cherryvale (station 40),
Kan., and Kansas City, Mo.

Pseudomonotis kansasensis Beede.

(PI. X, fig. 6-7.)

1915. Pseudomonotis kansasensis. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 544, p. 129, pi. 17,
figs. 4 -4a.

Beede's description: "Shell large, ovate in outline, rather compressed; beak
moderately prominent, projecting beyond the hinge, which is nearly straight.
Anterior ear small, rounded to meet the hinge, rather fiat, the shell rising rather
abruptly to the swell of the umbo. Anterior margin slightly sinuate; antero-
ventral margin broadly rounded to the ventral portion of the shell, where it
becomes nearly straight, then rounding more abruptly to the posterior ear,
which is also rounded to the hinge. Greatest convexity a trifle below the
beak, but it is very slight. The surface is marked by many fine, wavy,
radiating striae of uniform size, extending from the beak to the ventral margin;
occasionally one striation will be a trifle larger than another on the central
portion of the shell, but it soon loses itself, and on old individuals the
striae on the ventral border are all about equal. They increase by implantation
and are rather sharply defined, separated by troughs from one to three times
their own width, and are generally crossed by fine concentric lines or laminse;
right valve unknown. Height, 62 mm.; length, 69 mm.; length of hinge, 23
mm.; convexity, 10 mm.

"This species differs from P. hainii in always having small, regular striae
and shorter hinge in the large individuals, as w-ell as being a larger species."

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner, Urbana (station 43) and Independence (station 12), Kan.

Pseudomonotis ? robusta Beede ?

(PI. X, fig. 5.)

1899. Pseudomonotis ? robusta. Beede, Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. 8, p. 82, pl. 18, figs. 2-2c.

1900. Pseudomonotis ? robusta. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 133, pl. 14,
figs. 2-2c.

Beede's description: "This shell differs from the preceding* in being much
more convex and arcuate, in having a longer hinge, higher umbo, beak very
much more compressed and scarcely distinct from the umbo, not projecting
very sensibly above the hinge. The stride are more regular and much fainter,
and either very indistinct or absent on at least the upper third of the shell.
Both concentric wrinkles and lamellae of growth are distinct. Length, 48 mm.;
convexity, 18 mm.; height, 42 mm.; length of hinge, about 28 mm.

"This" species differs from P. hau-ni in being very arcuate, having a plain
umbo, and full anterior and posterior outlines, and fine, even striae on the
margins. It differs from P. kansasensis in its broad, smooth umbo and in-
distinct beak, long hinge and more circular outline."

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

* P. kansasensis.

114 The University Science Bulletin.

Pseudomonotis equistriata Beede.

(PI. IX, figs. 10-12.)

1S99. Pseudomonotis hawni equistriata. Beede, Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. 8, p. 82, pi. 18,
figs. 3-3b.

1900. Pseudomonotis hawni equistriata. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 134,
pi. 14, fig. 3-3b.

1903. Pseudomonotis equistriata. Girty, Prof. Paper, U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 16, p. 428,
pi. S, fig. 5.

Beede'.s description: "Shell of medium size, ovate in outline, moderately
to quite gibbous, a little oblique with respect to the hinge; beak moderately
prominent, extending to or a little beyond the hinge, which is about half the
length of the shell and somewhat arcuate. Umbo quite gibbous. Posterior
ear very slighty developed, merging into and forming a slight sinus in the
posterior margin; ventral, anteroventral and posteroventral margins regularly
rounded; anterior margin sinuate in the upper portion on account of the
anterior ear, which is small and round. The surface is marked by fine, some-
what regular, rather wavy striae, which increase by intercalation, each fourth
to tenth being usually a little larger than the remainder, though not very
conspicuously so. Small lamellae of growth sometimes distinguishable. Some
of the striae extend nearly to the beak. The right valve is flat or a little
concave; otherwise unknown. Measurements of two specimens: Height, 31
mm., 34 mm.; length, 24 mm., 26 mm.; convexity, 7 mm., 13 mm.; length of
hinge, 12 mm., 16 mm. These two specimens represent the extremes of
convexity.

"This variety differs from P. haumi in being a shorter shell and a little
more convex, having regular stria3, and in being a little smaller. P. cf hawni,
in the article above referred to, should also be considered as a true member of
the species. The species here separated are, I believe, distinct from P. hawni;
and this variety is worth varietal distinction, as often shells of these kinds
are found in localities where others are absent, and some method of distin-
guishing the two forms of the species is necessary."

The specimens at hand are somewhat more convex than those figured by
Beede.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

Pseudomonotis spinosa Sayre, n. sp.

(PL X, figs. 3-4a.)

Shell below medium size, subovate and rather convex. Dimensions of a
fairly large specimen: Height, 24 mm.; length, 24 mm.; length of hinge about
7 mm.; convexity, 8.5 mm. Hinge short, straight, and slightly oblique, meet-
ing the anterior margin at an angle slightly greater than 90 degrees. Anterior
margin slightly sinuous in the middle and rounding into the basal margin.
Basal margin regularly arched and rounding into the posterior margin, which
is somewhat extended to the rear in a regular curve, but becomes straight
just a little above the middle of the shell and slants in to the hinge, meeting
it at any angle greater than 90 degrees. Ears slightly flattened and not
marked off from the shell except by a slight sinuousity. Umbo prominent,
rounded, and subcentral; sides sloping more abruptly to the anterior margin
than to the posterior. Beak prominent, well demarked, sharp and extending
past the hinge. Surface ornamented by three concentric bands: The first.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drim Limestone. 115

from the beak for a distance of 8 mm., appearing smooth and only marked
by very fine growth lines; below this for a distance of 12 mm. the surface is
ornamented by regularly arranged, closely spaced, minute spines, and shows
only traces of radiating and concentric lines; from this point to the border is
a concentric ring on which the shell is folded into numerous short, broad
ribs, separated by furrows of a little more than their width. This concentric
band is also covered with regularly arranged spines. Right valve unknown.

The outline of this species is variable, as is the convexity; in some cases
the ears appear to be better marked than in others, but the three concentric
bands, the beak portion of the umbo smooth, the middle portion marked only
by spines, and the marginal area marked b3^ plications and spines, are charac-
teristic of the species. In its general outline and in its variability of form this
shell appears to be a Pseudomonotis, and it is referred to that genus tempo-
rarily. However, a knowledge of the right valve and the interior is necessary
before it can be definitely placed.

Horizon and locality. Diaim limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

Family MYALINIDtE.
Genus Myalina De Koninck.
Myalina kansasensis Shiimard.

(PL X, figs. 9-lOa.)
1900. Myalina kansasensis. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 140, pi. 16, fig. 11.

Shell subrhomboidal, inequilateral, and somewhat gibbous. The dimensions
of a fairly large specimen are: Height from beak to ventral margin, 59 mm.;
width perpendicular to the elongation of the shell, 29 mm.; width of hinge
line, 33 mm.; convexitj^ 11.5 mm. Left valve, the cardinal margin forms an
angle of about 60 degrees to the anterior margin of the shell; it is straight
and makes an angle of about 120 degrees with the posterior margin. Posterior
margin straight near the hinge, but becoming more and more rounded until
it curves into the rather narrowly rounded basal margin. Anterior margin
sinuous, being rounded at the base and becoming concave a little more than half
way up to the beak. Umbo prominent; sloping very abiuptly to the anterior
margin and more gently to the posterior. Beaks terminal, attenuated, extend-
ing obliquely forward and slightly twisted and incurved. Surface with strong
nearly equidistant concentric, imbricating lamellae, whose free edges are often
irregularly crenate. The ligament face is broad, marked with a number of
close-set, equidistant, parallel lines which are parallel to the cardinal margin.
Right valve a little less convex than the left. Beak sharp, incurved, twisted,
and terminal. Surface marked by strong, imbricating, concentric lamellae
which show slight traces of crenulations.

This species may be easily distinguished by its crenate lamellae when these
are preserved, and by the small angle of the hinge line with the anterior margin.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Muncie,
Cherry vale (station 40) and Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Kan.

116 The University Science Bulletin.

Myalina (f) swallovi McChesney.

(PI. X, figs. S-8b.)
1900. Myalina swallovi. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, pi. 16, p. 137, fig. 7.

Shell of medium size, modioliform, and somewhat gibbous on the umbones.
The dimensions of a rather large specimen are: Height perpendicular to the
hinge, 24 mm.; length oblique to the hinge, 36 mm.; length of the hinge line,
21 mm.; convexity of right valve, 7 mm.; obliquity, about 40 degrees. Ventral
margin somewhat sinuous, bulging below the beak, concave in the middle,
and narrowly rounded into the posterior margin. Posterior margin gently
and regularly rounded into the cardinal margin, which is slightly arched.
Umbonal ridge prominent, nearly straight, but with a slight curvature near
the beak; subparallel to the posterior margin, narrowly rounded, with sides of
shell sloping gently to the posterior margin, but dropping abruptly to the
ventral margin on the lower half of the shell; and in the upper half separated
from the bulge by a narrow, shallow sulcus, which extends from the hinge
just in front of the beak obliquely backward to the middle of the ventral
margin. Beak small, not pronounced, extending but slightly beyond the
hinge line, subterminal, slightly twisted and directed forward. Surface orna-
mented by numerous fine concentric lines which become stronger near the
border of the shell. Hinge area marked by one or sometimes two impressed
lines which are parallel to the margin. Shell thin.

This species is quite common in the oolitic member of the Drum limestone,
and the numerous specimens show some variation in form. The umbonal
ridge is more narrowly rounded in some cases than in others, and the sulcus
in front of the umbonal ridge is variable in prominence, being hardly dis-
cernible in some specimens; while in some specimens the umbonal ridge is
more oblique than in others. These variations, however, seem to be condi-
tions of growth, and there can be little doubt as to the correctness of this
identification.

Concerning this species Meek says in his Nebraska report: "The cardinal
plate, as seen in authentic specimens from Illinois, is quite narrow, and shows
only obscure traces of two cartilage furrows. As I have been unable to see
any traces of prismatic structure in the shell, there may be some reason for
doubting whether this is a true Myalina." According to De Koninck's de-
scription of the genus Myalina, it is thick-shelled, with terminal beaks and a
broad cardinal plate bearing numerous parallel, impressed lines. The species
under discussion is thin-sheUed, with a narrow hinge plate bearing one or two
impressed lines, and the beaks are not quite terminal. From this evidence
Myalina swallovi is not a tiiie member of the genus Myalina, but would
appear to be more properly considered a member of the genus Modiola.
Muscle scars and pallial lines are not discernible on any of the casts in the
collections at hand.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner, Muncie, Cherryvale (station 46), Urbana (station 43) and
Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 117

Myalina (?) slocomi Sayre, n, sp.

(PI. XI, figs, l-la.)

Left valve large, convex, oblique-subquadrate in outline, the dimensions of
an apparently full-grown specimen being: Height from beak to basal ex-
tremity, 67 mm.; length, 33 mm.; length of hinge line, 42 mm.; convexity,
13 mm.; angle between the hinge and the anterior margin, 76 degrees. The
outline of this shell in its anterior-basal-posterior outline is U-shaped, the basal
margin being subsemicircular, and the anterior and posterior margins being
nearly parallel, except for the upp'er portion of the anterior margin, which
is slightly concave. The beak curving forward, subterminal, twisted, and
extending slightly beyond the hinge line ; hinge line slightly arched. Umbonal
ridge rounded and sloping downward rather abruptly on the lower portion of
the anterior side, but sloping gently on the posterior side. The reverse of
this is true near the beaks due to the twisting of the beak and the bulging of
the superior anterior margin. Umbo separated from the margin in the upper
portion by a shallow sulcus extending from about the middle of the anterior
side obliquely forward toward the hinge, but dying out before reaching it.
Surface crossed by numerous fine concentric striae and rather distant imbricat-
ing lamellae. Hinge area naiTow, with two subparallel grooves at the beak,
of which the inner one extends into the valve and becomes obsolete, and the
outer one extends for nearlj^ the length of the hinge. Shell thin; interior
unknown.

On the exterior, this .shell has somewhat the appearance of M. subquadrata.
It differs from that species in that the beak is not nearly so elongate anteriorly,
in the straightness of the posterior margin, which shows no sign of sinousity,
in the narrow hinge area, in being thin-shelled, as well as in its oblique cardinal
margin. This shell shows the same general characteristis as Myalina (?)
swallovi. It, too, is probably not a true Myalina, but must be placed in some
other genus.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan., and Kansas City, Mo.

Family TRIGONIIDiE.

Genus Schizodus King.
Schizodus hani Miller ?

(PI. XI, figs. 4-4b.)
1892. Schizodus harii. Miller, 17th Rep. Geol. Surv. Ind., p. 701, pi. 20, figs 1-3.

Shell large, subovate, quite convex, equivalve, inequilateral. Anterior margin
regularly rounded; ventral margin semielliptical; posterior extremity sub-
angular; posterior margin obliquely truncate so as to meet the hinge line at an
angle of about 135 degrees. Beaks prominent, extending beyond the hinge
line about one-seventh of the total height of the shell; rounded, incurved,
directed forward and located slightly in front of the middle of the shell.
Greatest convexity near the middle. Posterior umbonal slope nearly per-
pendicular to the plane of the valves, and forming with the shell a subangular

118 The University Science Bulletin.

ridge which extends from the posterior extremity to the beak. Anterior
umbonal slope more gentle, but rather abrupt. Surface marked by rather fine
concentric lines widely spaced. Anterior and posterior adductor scars subovate,
strong and deep ; situated on the umbonal slopes, slightly below the hinge line,
and rather near the beak. Dimensions of a right valve: Length, 45 mm.;
height, 36.5 mm.; convexity, 15 mm.; length of hinge line, 25 mm.

It is with some doubt that this shell is referred to S. Harii. The posterior
margin is more clearly truncated than in that species, and the beak appears to
be more nearly central. The posterior extremity is more pointed. In this
respect the shell resembles S. wheeleri, from which species it differs, however,
in the more centrally located beak and less-produced posterior side.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo., and Turner, Kan.

Schizodus trigonalis Sayre, n. sp.

(PL XI, figs. 2-2a.)

Shell under medium size, subtriangular and somewhat compressed. Dimen-
sions of a large specimen (left valve) are: Length, 13.8 mm.; height, 12 mm.;
convexity, 3.8 mm. Anterior margin subtruncate, rounding into the ventral
margin, which is gently arched and at about 90 degrees to the anterior margin.
Posterior extremity angular; posterior margin obliquely truncated; hinge line
short. Beak somewhat depressed, subcentral, incurved, pointed and extending
only a short distance beyond the hinge line. Posterior umbonal ridge promi-
nent and extending from the beak to the posterior extremity; anterior more
gently rounded and not so pronounced. Posterior umbonal slope perpendicular
to the plane of the shell near the beak, but becoming slanting as the posterior
extremit}^ is approached, so that the posterior margin projects beyond the
umbonal ridge. Surface almost smooth, but showing, under the magnifier, very
fine concentric striae.

This species differs from S. secunis Girty in its short hinge line. It re-
sembles S. depressus Worthen from the St. Louis group, but is more convex;
the posterior extremity is more sharply angular, and the anterior margin is
not so regularh^ curved.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Muncie, Kan.

Family PECTINID.E.

Genus Aviculopecten McCoy.
Aviculopecten providencesis (Cox).

(PI. Xll, figs. 1-2.)

1900. Aviculopecten providencesis. Beede, Univ. Gol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 119, pi. 13,
fig. 2.

Shell large, subcircular, with the height equal to the width, rather convex.
Dimensions of a large specimen are: Height, 71 mm.; greatest length, 71 mm.;
length of hinge line, 41 mm.; convexity, 15 mm.; angle between the sides of
the umbo, 87 degrees. Left valve large and rather convex, the greatest con-
vexity being near the beak. Ventral margin regularly rounded from below
the anterior ear to the posterior extremity, from which point it is straight,

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 119

except for the ears, to the beak. The umbo is pronounced, the beak extending
very slightly beyond the hinge line. Ears are depressed and subequal, the
posterior one being a little the larger, and both being defined from the shell
by the abrupt swell of the umbo. The anterior ear is separated from the body
of the shell by a sharp, deep sinus, and is rounded upward, passing into the
hinge line at an angle of about 90 degrees. The posterior ear is separated
from the shell by a rounded, shallow sinus and terminates in a point. Surface
of the shell ornamented by a number of radiating costse made up of from two
to five or six strise, so as to give a fasciculated appearance to the shell. The
striae are present on the anterior ear, but only one or two of them are seen
on the posterior ear. Crossing the costse are numerous rather fine concentric
lamellae, which are difficult to discern on the body of the shell, but show up
rather strongly on the ears.

The right valve and the interior of the shell are not known.

This species is easily distinguished by its fasciculated appearance. It re-
sembles A. chesterends Worthen in its fasciculation, but is a larger shell, more
convex, and has larger, less numerous fascicles, and a longer hinge line.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas CitJ^
Mo.; Muncie and Independence (station 9), Kan.

Aviculopecten sculptilis Miller.

(PI. XI, figs. 9-10.)

1892. Aviculopecten sculptilis. Miller, 17th Rep. Goel. Surv. Ind., p. 702, pi. 20, fig. 5.
1900. Aviculopecten sculptilis. Becde, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. G, p. 122, pi. 13,
figs. 3-3b.

Shell rather large, auriculate, subovate exclusive of the ears, inequivalve,
height greater than length. Left valve moderately convex. Lateral and
ventral margins regularly rounded and tapering to the beak at an angle of about
90 degrees. Beak small, depressed and scarcely extending beyond the hinge
line, situated about two-thirds of the way back from the anterior end of the
hinge. Ears small, depressed and sharply defined from the swell of the umbo;
anterior ear about twice the size of the posterior, and each is separated from
the shell by a more or less distinct sinus in the margin. Both ears are marked
by well-defined concentric strise, and the anterior ear shows faint traces of
radiating lines. Surface of the shell marked by fine, regular, concentric lines
crossed by equally prominent and closely set radiating lines, which give the
shell a beautifully reticulate appearance. Near the borders the enlargement of
these lines gives a very rough appearance to the shell. Dimensions: Length,
41 mm.; height, 49 mm.; length of hinge line, 17 mm.; convexity of left valve,
8 mm.

This shell differs from .4. hertzeri in being more slender, with a more acute
angle at the beak, and is a larger shell.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner and Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Kan.

4—5072

120 The University Science Bulletin.

Genus Deltopecten Etheridge.
Deltopecten occidentalis (Shumarcl).

(PI. XI, figs. 5-8.)
1916. Deltopecten occidentalis. Mather Bull. S'ci. Lab. Den. Univ., vol. 18, p. 227.

Shell of medium size, pectenate, subovate, not oblique, inequivalve. Left valve
moderately convex, with ears subequal ; anterior ear rather sharply defined from
the swell of the umbo by a broad groove, rounded at the tip and marked
with distinct radiating costse. Posterior ear pointed, flattened, and not 60
well defined from the umbo, sometimes without radiating costse, but in other
cases having them well developed. Both ears separated from the shell below
by a rounded, broad sinus, which is deeper on the anterior side than on the
posterior. Surface of the shell covered with radiating costse generally of
unequal width, of which only the largest extend to the beak, while the
others die out at various distances from the beak. Crossing these are numer-
ous fine concentric lines, some of which sometimes form vaulted scales on
the costse of the ears, particularly the anterior one, and generally these
vaulted projections are well and strongly developed on the posterior costa
of the body part of the shell.

Right valve much flatter than the left, but having the same general out-
line. Beak depressed and hardly distinct from the hinge line. Anterior ear
defined from the body of the shell by a sharply angular sinus; posterior ear
defined by a broad rounded sinus. Surface of the body of the valve marked
by broad, low, radiating costse separated by depressions of less than a quarter
of their width and crossed by fine, indistinct concentric lines which extend
to the ears, while the radiating costse do not appear on the posterior ear,
and only rarely on the anterior. Interior nearly smooth except for naiTOw,
rather widely separated, radiating lines. The muscular area is very obscure on
the posterior side of the body of the shell and about two-thirds of the distance
from the margin to the beak. A more or less serrate ridge extends along the
hinge line. A mature specimen measures: From beak to ventral margin,
28 mm.; length, 23 mm.; length of hinge line, 21 mm.; convexity, 5 mm.;
angle of the umbo, 78 degrees.

This species is abundant in the Drum limestone, and in a large number of
specimens shows minor variations. Occasionally a slightly oblique specimen is
found, the obliquity never being more than 5 degrees. Small specimens appear
narrower than more mature ones. The hinge line varies somewhat in length.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Muncie, Turner, Elsmore (station 46), Urbana (station 43), Cherry vale
(station 40) and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 121

Genus Acanthopecten Girty.
Acanthopecten carboniferus (Stevens) .

(PI. XII, figs. 5-6.)

1915. Acanthopecten carboniferus. Girty, Bull, U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 544, p. 134, pi. 17,
figs. 10-lOa.

S'hell a little under medium size, auriculate, inequivalve, and with regu-
larly arranged spines. Left valve convex, subcircular in outline, and with a
serrate edge. Posterior ear separated from the valve by a well-defined sinus,
and from the swell of the umbo by a rather strong sulcus. The ear is extended
and terminates in a point. Anterior ear shorter, more obtuse, and defined
from the umbo by a deep angular sulcus. Both ears flattened. Surface
of the valve ornamented by fifteen to seventeen distinct, regular, angular
plications, separated by furrows of like size, which terminate on the ventral
border in short, strong spines. Numerous fine concentric lines maj^ be seen
by the aid of a hand lens. At intervals which decrease as the beak is ap-
proached, are found laminae of growth which follow the outline of the shell,
and provide a series of bands of spines on the surface of the shell. Beak
prominent, but scarcely extending beyond the hinge line. The right valve
is similar in outline to the left, but is much less convex, and the beak is much
less prominent. Dimensions: Length, 21 mm.; height, 18 mm.; length of
hinge line, 15 mm.; convexity of left valve, 5 mm.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo.; Turner, Muncie, Elsmore (station 46), Urbana (station 43), Cherryvale
(station 40) and Independence (station 12), Kan.

Family FECTINID^.

Genus Streblopteria ]\IcCoy.
Streblopteria tenuilineata (Meek and Worthen).

(Pl. XI, figs. 3-3a.)

1860. Pecten tenuilineatus. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 452.
1866. Streblopteria ? tenuilineata. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Sun'. 111., vol. 2, p. 334,
pi. 26, figs. 9 a-b.

1903. Streblopteria tenuilineatus. Girty, Prof. Paper, U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 16, p. 419.

Shell small, compressed, thin, subcircular in outline except for the ears.
Dimensions of one specimen are: Greatest anteroposterior diameter, 14 mm.;
height, 14 mm.; length of hinge line, 7.4; angle between sides of umbo, about
100 degrees.

Right valve compresed, subcircular and thin-shelled, with the anterior side
wider than the posterior. From just below the posterior ear the margin is a
regular semicircular curve to just below the anterior ear, which is separated
from it by a sharp angular sulcus passing obliquely backward to the hinge,
which also separates the ear from the umbo. Anterior ear larger than the
other, convex, but not equaling the prominence of the umbo, and rounded on
its anterior margin. Posterior ear triangular, nearly obsolete, obhquely trun-
cated and compressed, defined by a very slight marginal sinuousity, and not

122 The University Science Bulletin.

separated from the umbo by a pronounced sulcus. Beak small, pointed, and
rather compressed, terminating a little behind the middle of the hinge line and
projecting very slightly beyond it. Anterior umbonal slope oblique and
more distinct from the ear than the posterior one. Surface appearing smooth
to the unaided eye, but with the aid of a lens fine concentric lines of growth
may be seen closely spaced over the surface, and occasionally crossed by
radiating lines which are even fainter. Anterior ear marked by concentric
wrinkles.

One specimen of this species, which is a right valve, is found in the collec-
tions.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Family LIMID^.

Genus Limatula Wood.
Limatula ? jasciculata Girty.

(PI. XII, figs. 7-8a.)

3 911. Limatula ? jasciculata. Girty, New York Acad. Sci. Annals, vol. 21, p. 134.
1916. Lijnatula ? jasciculata. Girty, U. S. Geol. Sun-., Bull. 544, p. 138, pi. 17, figs. 6-V.

Shell small, oblique, depressed, equivalve. Left valve obliquely subovate.
Hinge line short; anterior and posterior margins nearly straight; anterior
extremity narrowly rounded; ventral margin gently rounded and curving into
the posterior margin. Beak small, depressed and extending slightly beyond the
hinge line. Ears small, sloping down from the umbo, not much depressed;
anterior ear slightly larger and somewhat more depressed. Ears not separated
from the margins of the shell, but sloping gradually into them. Umbo
prominent, with sloping sides. Surface of the valve marked by about forty
radiating lines which become obsolete on the anterior and posterior margins,
and which are grouped into fascicles of three or more lines each, and the
fascicles are separated by rounded furrows of about half their width. These
are crossed by very fine concentric striae and a few lamellse of growth, which
may also be seen upon the ears. Right valve of essentially the same size, out-
line, and convexity. Although the markings are somewhat obscure, close
examination indicates that they are similar to those on the left valve.

Dimensions: Length, 5 mm.; height, 6 mm.; length of hinge hne, 2 mm.;
convexity, 1 mm.

This shell is much smaller than L. jasciculatus, but the markings and general
shape appear to be identical.

Horizon and locality. Dnmi limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drim Limestone. 123

Family MYTILID^.

Genus Lithophaga Lamarck.

Lithophaga subelliptica Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XII, figs. 9-9a.)

Shell small, slender, subelliptical, equivalve, convex. The dimensions of a
rather large individual are: Length, 11.5 mm.; height perpendicular to the
hinge line, 4.5 mm.; convexitj^ 1.8 mm. Anterior and posterior margins
narrowly rounded, the anterior somewhat more narrowly than the posterior;
ventral margin nearly straight, arching upward rather slowly distally to the
posterior and anterior extremities. Hinge line straight or only slightly arched,
equaling about three-fourths the entire length of the shell. Posterodorsal
margin sloping obliquely forward, and nearly straight from the posterior
extremity to the hinge line, and meeting the latter at only a slight angle.
Shell convex, the umbonal region being extended at a slight angle to the
hinge line. Beaks compressed, not extending beyond the hinge line and
very nearly terminal. Surface of the valve nearly smooth, but fine concentric
striae, rather irregular in size, may be noted under the lens. Interior and hinge
unknown.

This species resembles L. pertenuis Meek and Worthen, from the Missis-
sippian, in general outline but is a much smaller form, has less prominent
beaks, and is more oblique.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Muncie, Kan.

Family PHOLADELLID.E.

Genus Allerisma King.

Allerisma costatum ]Meek and Worthen.

(PI. XII, fig. 10.)
1900. Allerisma oostatum. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 170, pi. 20, fig. 12.

Shell transversely elongate, equivalve, inequilateral and somewhat under
medium size for the genus. The dimensions of a fair-sized shell are: Length,
about 40 mm.; height, 15.5 mm.; convexity of right valve, 6 mm. Anterior
margin rather short and narrowly rounded; basal margin forming a broad,
nearly semielliptical curve; posterior portion compressed and truncated verti-
cally from the base to a little over halfway up, and thence obliquely forward
and upward to the cardinal margin. Posterior dorsal region compressed above
the umbonal ridge. Hinge line straight, and equaling about two-thirds the
entire length of the shell. Beaks convex, directed forward, extending slightly
beyond the hinge line, and placed well forward on the shell. Lunule narrow,
elongate, and extending from the beak to the anterior margin. Surface orna-
mented by strongly raised, sharp, angular, concentric costae, which are sepp.-
rated by furrows about three times their width. They extend backward from
the lunule, parallel to the margins, to the well-defined umbonal ridge, which
extends from the posterior extremity to the beaks. Above the umbonal ridge
they become much smaller and their number doubles on the flattened posterior

124 The University Science Bulletin.

cardinal region. They are crossed by a second ridge, less strong tlran the
first, which extends from the middle of the posterior margin to the beak.

This shell seems to agree closely with Meek's description except that it is
a little larger, and not so convex. He makes no mention of the doubling of
the number of the costse above the umbonal ridge, nor does he figure it. It
is true that here they are less pronounced than below the ridge, but are
certainly stronger than mere lines of growth on the lower portion of the area
above the umbonal ridge, although above this they become more and more
indistinct. In a later paper Meek again describes A. costata, and his figure
does not show the truncation of the posterior portion, but simply a rounding of
it, and lacks, besides, the second ridge on the depressed supenimbonal region.
In this figure, however, he shows the costse doubling in number.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

Family PLEUROPHORID^.

Genus Pleueophorus King.
Pleurophorus subcostatus Meek and Worthen.

(PI. Xll, figs. ll-13a.)

1900. Pleurophorus subcostatus. Beede, Univ. Geo!. Sun-. Kan., vol. 6, p. 161, pi. 20,
figs. 11-llb.

Shell of medium size, elongate, moderately convex and equivalve. The
dimensions of a fairly large specimen are: Length, 27 mm.; height, 12 mm.;
convexity of one valve, 4 mm. Cardinal margin nearly straight and subparallel
to the ventral margin, which is sometimes faintly sinuous along the middle.
Posterior and anterior extremities rather narrowly rounded, the former being
a little wider than the latter, and sometimes faintly subtruncate. Most convex
portion of the shell along the umbonal ridge, which extends obliquety back-
ward from the beak to the posterobasal margin. Beaks small, somewhat
compressed, and not extending beyond the cardinal margin, directed forward
and situated about one-ninth the length of the shell back from the anterior
margin. Surface marked by fine concentric lines of growth and crossed on the
posterodorsal region by about three faint radiating costse. On the cardinal
margin there is a strong, angular ridge, which marks the outline of a long
lancelike escutcheon. Scar of the anterior adductor, subtriangular, deep, pointed
above, and strongly defined by a prominent, nearly vertical ridge behind it.
A broad, shallow sulcus crosses the umbo obliquely and extends from the
beak obliquely backward to about the middle of the ventral margin.

This shell seems to be a httle larger than Meek's shell, and the ventral
margin makes a little greater angle with the cardinal margin. It is, however,
almost certainlj' the form identified by Girtj' as P. subcostatus, from the Yeso
Formation.
. Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Elsmore
(station 46), Cherryvale (station 40) and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 125

Pleurophorus tropidophorus Meek.

(PL XII, figs. 14-15.)
1916. Pleurophorus tropidophorus. Mather, Bull. Sci. Lab. Den. Univ., vol. 18, p. 230.

Shell transversely elongate, compressed; length about twice as great as the
height. Cardinal margin nearly straight, equaling about two-thirds the length
of the valves. Anterior margin sloping abruptly forward from the beaks,
rounded below, with the anterior extremity subtruncate and nearly vertical.
Ventral margin long, parallel to the cardinal margin, forming a well-defined
angle with the posterior margin and rounding upward anteriorly. Posterior ex-
tremity truncated vertically; posterocardinal margin truncated oblique to
the hinge. Umbo angular, extending obliquely backward from the beak to the
posteroventral extremity, while a second carina passes down the middle of
the space above the umbonal ridge of each valve. Beaks depressed to the
cardinal margin and directed forward, placed about one-fifth the length of the
valves behind the anterior margin. Surface marked by distinct, concentric
lines of growth, rather irregular in size, which are very strong on the antero-
ventral portion of the valves, but are less distinct above and behind the
umbonal ridge. Shell thin.

The most characteristic features of this species are the increased strength of
the lines of growth on the anteroventral portion of the shell, the truncations of
the posterior margin, and the strong angulation of the posterior umbonal slope.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Cherry-
vale (station 40) and Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Kan.

Pleurophorus attenuutus Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XII, figs. 3-4a.)

Shell of medium size, elongated transversely, equivalvo, inequilateral, and
moderately convex. The dimensions of a fairly large individual are : Length,
33.5 mm.; height, 11.5 mm.; convexity, 5.5 mm.

Cardinal and ventral margins straight and subparallel, but converging
shghtly toward the posterior end of the shell. Anterior and posterior margins
narrowly rounded; posterior end a little more narrowly rounded. Hinge
line equaling about two-thirds the length of the shell, and meeting the nar-
rowly rounded posterior margin with only a slight angle. Umbonal ridge the
most convex part of the shell and extending from the beak to the postero-
ventral extremity as a gently rounded ridge. Posterocardinal region depressed.
Beaks depressed to the cardinal line, and situated near the anterior extremity.
A broad, shallow sulcus extends obliquely downward and backward from the
beaks to a little in front of the middle of the ventral margin. Surface marked
by fine, irregular, concentric lines of growth. On the depressed area above the
posterior umbonal ridge may be seen three to four small, more or less
pronounced, radiating ridges. Escutcheon well defined, elongate, lance-ovate
in form, and extending from the beaks to the posterior extremity of the hinge
line. Anterior adductor trigonal-ovate in form and pointed above, deeply
impressed and demarked bj- a strong, nearly perpendicular ridge which lies
behind it; situated in front of the beaks and somewhat below them. Posterior
adductor scar ovate, somewhat larger than the anterior muscular scar, situated
below the posterior end of the hinge. Hinge unknown.

126 The University Science Bulletin.

This shell is apparently closely related to P. mexicanus Girty, and also to
P. subcostatus Meek. It differs from the former in having the ventral margin
straight instead of arched, in being less convex, in having the posterior margin
more rounded than truncate, and in being proportionately longer and narrower.
It differs from the latter in having a longer, straighter appearance, in lacking
the ventral sinuousity, and in being broader on the anterior end instead of
the posterior.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (stations 9, 12), Kan.

Pleurophorus turnerensis Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XII, figs. 16-17a.)

Shell of medium size, transversely elongate, inequilateral, equivalve. Length
more than twice the greatest height. Hinge line slightly arched and equaling
about two-thirds the greatest length of the shell. Anterocardinal margin set
somewhat below the beaks, parallel to the hinge line, and extending beyond
the beaks about one-fifth the entire length of the shell. Anterior extremity
nearty vertical; anterior margin rounding rapidly into the basal margin, which
is straight or slightly sinuous and diverges slightly from the parallel with the
cardinal margin posteriorly. Posterior extremity narrowly rounded; posterior
margin slightly arched and meeting the hinge line at an angle of about 60
degrees. Convexity moderate, greatest just behind the middle of the shell.
Posterior umbonal slope with a distinct ridge which extends from the beaks
obliquely backward to the posterior extremity. Beaks depressed on a line
with the hinge, and directed forward. Surface marked by fine concentric
lines of growth, of which every seventh or eight is stronger than average.
Shell thin.

This species is closely related to P. tajfi Girty. It is possible that the two
will be found identical, although P. tiirnerensis is smaller, higher in relation to
its length, the anterior portion of the shell more extended, and the posterior
margin at a greater angle to the hinge line.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and In-
dependence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

Family ASTARTID.E.

Genus Cypricardinia Hall.

Cypricardinia carbonaria Meek.

(PI. XIII, figs. l-2a.)

1900. Cypricardinia ? carbonaria. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kan., vol. 6, p. 164, pi. 20,
fig. 16.

Shell small, inequilateral, equivalve, and oblique. The dimensions of a
fairly large specimen are: Length, 12 mm.; height from the base to hinge line,
7.5 mm.; convexity of left valve, 3 mm.; length of hinge line, 7 mm. Anterior
extremity narrowly rounded. Posterior margin obliquely truncate, meeting the
hinge at an obtuse angle. Posterior extremity not so narrowly rounded.
Ventral margin nearly straight or only slightlj^ concave near the middle,

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 127

oblique to the hinge, and rounding up at the ends. Hinge hne straight,
forming an acute angle with the ventral margin. Posterior cardinal area
compressed and flattened, giving it a subalate appearance. Umbones promi-
nent, rounded and obKque. Beaks oblique, directed forward, incurved, and
nearly terminal, broad, and extending beyond the hinge line. There is a
slight, broad, shallow sulcus at about the middle of the umbonal region,
extending obliquely backward and downward from the beaks, and becoming
obsolete at the margin. The surface is ornamented by numerous regular, broad,
subimbricating, flattened, concentric lamellae, which become closer and finer
near the beak. On some specimens there are about nine radiating striae
located on the posterior umbonal ridge, and in most cases only touching the
outer edges of the lamellae, clearly seen in some cases, but very obscure in
others.

These shells are a little narrower at the anterior end than Meek's figures
show; and also he makes no mention of the radiating striae. Nevertheless,
it appears to be the same species or very closelj' allied to it, as these characters
vary from specimen to specimen.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Muncie
and Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Kan.; Kansas City, Mo.

Genus Astartella Hall.
Astartella gurleyi White.

(PI. XIII, figs. 3-3a.)
1880. Astartella gurleyi. White, Cont. to Inv. Pal., Xo. 8, p. 16G, pi. 42, figs. C a-b.

White's description: "Shell small, not very gibbous, subtetrahedral in
outline; anterior end truncated from the beaks obliquelj' downward and for-
ward to about midheight of the shell, where the front is sharply rounded to
the somewhat broadly rounded basal margin; posterior margin broadlj- convex
or sometimes almost straight and perpendicular, and adjoining both the basal
and dorsal margins by abrupt curves; dorsal margin comparatively short,
nearly straight; beaks small; umbones not elevated nor verj' prominent. An
indistinctly defined umbonal ridge extends from each of the umbones to the
posterobasal margin, behind which ridge the shell is slightly compressed.
Surface marked by concentric furrows, which are separated by sharp linear
ridges. Length of an average-sized example, 7 mm.; height from base to
beaks, 4.5 mm.

"This species differs from A. vera Hall, from the same formation, in its
smaller size, in the slight prominence and want of elevation of the umbones,
the greater proportional projection of the front beyond the beaks, and in
being wider behind than in front, the reverse being the case with A. vera."

It is with some hesitation that this shell is referred to the species A. gurleyi.
It differs from that shell in being larger, and lacks the faint sinuosity behind
the beak which that shell shows. Otherwise it is much the same. Dimensions
of my shell are: Height, 8 mm.; length, 11 mm. It differs from A. concentrica
in having the beaks placed further forward, and in having less coarse striae.
A. vera shows similar differences.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member. Turner, Muncie,
Elsmore (station 46) and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

128 The University Science Bulletin.

GASTROPODA.

Family BELLEROPHONTID^.

Genus Bellerophon Montfort.

Bellerophon stevensianus McChesney.

(PI. Xlll, figs. 7-7a.)

1860. Bellerophon stevensianus. McChesney, Desc. New. Pal. Foss., p. 61.

1865. Bellerophon stevensianus. McChesney, 111. New Spec. Foss., pi. 2, figg. 18 a-c.
1868. Bellerophon stevensianus. McChesney, Trans. Chicago Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 46, pi.

2, figs. 18 a-c.

Shell small, subglobose, convolute, with only the last whorl visible. Volu-
tions sublunate in outline, deeply impressed on the inner side. Aperture not
expanded, interrupted on the outer lip by a fairly deep V-shaped slit; inner
lip reflected at the sides. Umbilicus entirely closed. Surface marked by
lines of growth which are strengthened to heavy -wi'inkles near the slit band,
but become fine lines on the sides of the volution; lines broadly arched
forward on the sides, bending backward into the slit band on the periphery.
Slit band narrow, peripheral, slightly raised and flattened on top, margined on
each side by a sharp, shallow, depressed line. Dimensions of two specimens:
Breadth, 5 mm., 18 mm.; diameter, 6 mm., 20 mm.

This species differs from B. crassus in its smaller size, closed umbilicus, and
in the nature of the slit band.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Muncie
and Cherryvale (station 40), Kan.

Genus Patellostium Waagen.
Patellostium marcouianum (Geinitz).

(PL XIII, figs. 9-9a.)

1866. Bellerophon marcouianus. Geinitz, Carb. und Dyasin Neb., p. 7, tab. 1, fig. 12
1872. Bellerophon marcouianus. Meek, U. S. Geol. Surv. Neb., p. 226, pi. 4, fig. 17; pi.

11, figs. 13a-b.

Shell of medium size, convolute, volutions increasing rapidly in size, lip
greatly expanded. Aperture subcircular, the lip flaring out in front and
reflected in the rear so as to extend well beyond the apex of the shell; slit,
as indicated by lines of growth, narrow, shallow, and V-shaped. Umbilicus
deep and rather wide. Slit band a strong, raised median ridge margined on
each side by a deep angular sulcus. Surface marked with fine, numerous,
closely spaced longitudinal lines; crossed by obscure lines of growth which
are arched forward from the umbilicus to a point near the slit band, where
they are curved gently backward. On the flare, two weak concentric wrinkles
are observed. Dimensions: Lip, 40 to 43 mm. in diameter; height of shell,
18 mm.

This shell differs from the shell figured bj' Geinitz in that the slit band is
not so abruptly raised nor so roughened by growth lines. Meek states, how-
ever, that the shell figured by Geinitz shows these characters to an unusually
marked degree, the majority of the repre.«entives of the species being less
strongly marked. It is probably the same species or a very closely related

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 129

form. It is distinguished from other species of the genus by its surface orna-
mentation and by the strong median ridge, which is also marked by fine
longitudinal strise.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Muncie and
Independence (station 23), Kan.; and Kansas City, Mo.

Genus Bucanopsis Ulrich.
Bucanopsis tenuilineata (Giirley).

(PI. XIII, figs. 6-6a.)

1884. Bellerophon tenuilineatus. Gurley, New Carb. Foss., Bull. No. 2, p. 10.

1899. Bucanopsis tenmlineata. Girty, 19th Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv., pt. 3, p. 591.

Shell under medium size, subglobose, convolute, the body whorl moderately
expanding. Aperture with a broad notch, marking the postition of the slit,
sublunate in outline; inner lip reflected and forming a thick, smooth callus
over the preceding volution; sides reflected and thickened, forming a nearly
horizontal plate which is slightly curved with the curve of the shell. Umbili-
cus broad and deep. Slit band broad, not raised above the general surface of
the shell, and margined on each side by a strong, heavy, longitudinal line.
Entire surface ornamented with numerous fine, closely set longitudinal lines,
separated by furrows of equal width, and increasing by implantation, those on
the slit band being a little stronger than the rest. These are crossed by
regularly arranged, rather faint lines of growth, which pass forward from the
umbilical region and thence curve gently backward when near the slit band.
Dimensions: Transverse diameter, 17 mm.; longitudinal diameter, about
17 mm.

This species is distinguished by its flat slit band and the regular longitudinal
striae, which are much stronger than the transverse striae.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, shale member at Turner, Cherry-
vale (station 40) and Independence (stations 9, 23), Kan.

Bucanopsis textiliformis (Gurley) .

(PI. XIII, figs. 4-5.)
1883. Bellerophon textiliformis. Gurley, New Carb. Foss., Bull. No. 1, p. 6.

Shell rather small, subglobose, convolute ; volutions expanding rather rapidly.
Aperture sublunate; outer lip cut medially by a narrow, deep slit extending
about 3.5 mm.; lip extending forward in the curve of the shell, but not flaring;
sides reflected and thickened; inner lip reflected and forming a thick, smooth
deposit over the preceding volution. Umbilicus narrow and deep. Surface
marked medially by a slightly raised slit band which is margined on each side
by a narrow angular sulcus ; lines of growth of varying strength, but generally
pronounced, with every third or fourth one stronger than the others, and
generally less prominent on the slit band than on the shell. Crossing these,
and separated by about three times their width, are strong, longitudinal lines
which give the shell a beautiful cancellated appearance. Dimensions: Width,
17.5 mm.; diameter, 17.8 mm.

These specimens compare favorably with Gurley's type and come from the
same locality and horizon. It seems probable that B. bellus Keyes should be

130 The University Science Bulletin.

referred to this species. It comes from the same locality. No differences of
specific value are observed in his figure, and he cites none in his description.
Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Muncie, Kan., and Kansas City, Mo.

Family PLEUROTO^IARIDiE.

Genus Pleurotomaeia Sowerby.

Pleurotomaria granulostriata Meek & Worthen ?

(PI. XIV, figs. 2 -2a.)

I860. Pleurotomaria granulostriata. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.,
p. 459.

1866. Pleurotomaria granulostriata. Meek and "Worthen, Geol. Surv., 111., vol. 2, p. 356,
pi. 28, figs. 2 a-d.

Sliell very small, conical subovate; spire moderately elevated. Volutions
five or six, flattened or slightly convex, and subparallel to the slope of the
spire on the upper side of the volution, narrowly rounded or subangular at
about the middle, and somewhat convex on the lower side. Suture well
defined. Aperture subcircular, flattened on the top, and oblique; inner lip
not reflected; outer lip rather deeply slit at about the middle. Slit band
situated on the subangular carina near the middle of the volution on the last
whorl, and passing around just above the suture on the others; narrow, and
defined by small ridges on each side. Axis imperforate. Surface ornamented
by about twelve spiral lines, of which there are four on the upper surface;
crossed by numerous transverse lines, which, in crossing the spiral lines,
particularly on the upper surface, give them the appearance of rows of small
nodes. Length, 7 mm.; breadth, 4.5 mm.; apical angle about 53 degrees.

This shell is somewhat larger than P. granulostriata Meek and Worthen;
the apical angle is smaller by seven degrees; and the shape of the volutions is
different, being distinctly subangular about the middle. No trace of a re-
volving line is found on the midde of the slit band, as his description would
indicate. On the other hand, since the surface ornamentation is identical,
with these exceptions, and the one specimen in the collections is more or
less coated with calcium carbonate, which somewhat obscures the surface, the
material at hand is considered insufficient to permit differentiation.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member. Turner, Kan.

Pleurotomaria beckivithana McChesney.

(PI. XV, figs, l-lb.)

I860. Pleurotomaria heckwithana. McChesney, Desc. New. Pal. Foss., p. 61.

1865. Pleurotomaria beckwithana. McChesney, 111. New Spec. Foss., pi. 2, figs. 17 a-b.

1868. PleurotomaTfxi heckwithana. McChesney, Trans. Chic. Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 47,
pi. 2, figs. 17 a-c.

Shell small, low-spired, subglobose, composed of about four volutions, of
which the last equals about two-thirds the entire height of the shell. Volutions
subovate in outline and increasing rapidly in size. Suture linear, and deep,
the upper portion of the lower volution rising somewhat above the suture
line. Aperture subcircular; outer lip thin, with a rather deep slit in the

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 131

middle; lower lip slightly deflected on the inner side; inner lip reflected so
as to partially close the broad, deep umbilicus. Surface with nine low, broad,
revolving lines separated by narrow striae above the slit band, which is slightly
depressed, and eighteen below it. This number seems to remain constant with
growth while the separating striae become successively broader. Crossing these
are numerous fine lines of growth which curve backward from the suture to
the slit band, and then forward again, and curve gently into the umbilicus.
On the later portions of the shell these lines of growth are sometimes gathered
into wrinkles near the suture. Slit band situated at about the middle of the
volution, and plainly visible on the last whorl, but partially hidden in the
earlier volutions due to the depth of the suture. Dimensions: Height, 4
mm.; diameter, 5 mm.

Typical specimens of P. heckwithana are much larger than the present
forms, and the spiral lines are larger and better marked. In general form and
outline, and in the number of lirae on the volutions, they are the same. It
may be worthy of note that McChesney's figures show the transverse wrinkles
near the suture larger and more prominent than those observed in this col-
lection.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Muncie and
Independence (station 23), Kan.

Pleurotomaria subconstricta jNIeek and Worthen.

(PI. XIV, figs. 4-4a.)

18G0. Pleurotomaria subconstricta. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.,
p. 458.

1866. Pleurotomaria subconstricta. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Sur\'. III., vol. 2, p. 351,
pi. 28, figs. 6-6a.

Shell small, conical, somewhat tun'cted, the last whorl equaling about half
the height of the shell. Volutions five to six, thickened near the suture into
a subangular prominence which is occupied by a series of small nodes; shell
obliquely flattened or slightly concave below this. Most prominent part of
the volution about the middle, which bears two carinae separated by a vertical,
flattened, or concave portion of the shell, with the upper carina more
pronounced. Base slightly convex. Whorls so aligned that only the upper
carina shows at about the middle of the upper volutions. Suture linear.
Aperture broad, subovate to subcircular, inner lip thickened but not reflected.
Shell imperforate. Slit band narrow, flat, and situated just above the middle
angle, bounded on each side by a fine spiral line. Surface of the shell orna-
mented by about fifteen or more spiral lirae, of which there are twelve on
the lower side, where they are larger than above; crossing all these lines are
fine, closely arranged lines of growth. Length, 11 mm.; diameter, 7.5 mm.;
apical angle 65 degrees.

This shell is a little larger than specimens observed from the type locality
of the species. It lacks the row of small nodes on the second angle of the
body whorl as shown in IVIeek and Worthen s figures, but not mentioned in
their description. Otherwise it is identical.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (sation 12), Kan.

132 The University Science Bulletin.

Pleurotomaria subsinuata Meek and Worthen.

(PI. XIV, figs. 3-3b.)

I860. Pleurotomaria subsinuata. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 460.
1866. Pleurotomaria subsinuata. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 2, p. 358, pi.
28, figs. 4 a-d.

Meek and Worthen 's description: "Shell under medium size, conical-ovate;
spire rather elevated ; volutions six, convex, last one in mature shells sometimes
obliquely flattened a little above, just below the suture, thence rounded below.
Suture well defined; spiral band narrow, prominent angular, located above
the middle of the body whorl, at the lower edge of the slight flattening of its
upper side, and passing around the middle of the upper turns; sinus of the
lip shallow, judging from the slight curve of the lines of growth; aperture
nearly circular; columella not distinctly perforated. Surface ornamented by
about fifteen distinct revolving lines, some three or four of which on the
middle are larger than those above, while those below gradually diminish in
size towards the small umbilical impression; only two or three of the smaller
lines usually occupy the slightlj- depressed portion of the w^iorls above the
spiral band, where they are crossed obliquely b.y a series of regularly arranged
wrinkles; lines of growth extremely fine and very obscure. Length of the
largest specimen, 0.40 inch; breadth, 0.31 inch; apical angle convex, divergence,
55 degrees.

"The spiral band of this species is so little apparent that we were at first
in doubt as to whether it really belongs to the genus Pleurotoviaria. On
examining carefully, however, bj^ the aid of a lens, the obscure lines of growth,
we observe that thej' make a small but distinct backward cvu've in crossing
the upper of the three or four larger revolving lines passing around the middle
of the body whorl, so as to indicate the presence of a shallow sinus in the
lip at the tremination of this revolving line. The band of the sinus being
angular or carinated, and scarcely larger than the other revolving lines,
would not be distinguished from them where the surface has been a little
weathered so as to obliterate the obscure strise of growth. The surface mark-
ings will at once distinguish this shell from any of its associates, and we know
of no foreign forms with which it is likely to be confounded."

Two specimens of this species were found at Kansas City, Mo. They are
a little smaller than Meek and Worthen's shell (height, 7 mm.; diameter, 5
mm.; divergence, 58 degrees); they have only five volutions, and the lines of
growth form small nodes on the spiral lines above, but are otherwise identical
with shells from the type locality.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City, Mo.

Pleurotomaria bilineata Sayre, n. sp.

(Pl. XIII, fig. 13.)

Shell rather small, high-spired and turreted. The dimensions of one in-
dividual which has only a portion of the apex broken off are: Height, about
17 mm.; diameter, 12 mm.; apical angle, about 45 to 50 degrees. Volutions
four, with at least the first two, and possibly three, broken off; quadrangular,
subovate or angular in outline on the outer side, and rounded on the inner,
the last volution equaling about half the height of the spire. The volution
bears three angles, one next to the suture, a second very prominent peripheral
angle or carina about one-third of the way down, and a third angle about two-
thirds of the way down, which is not so prominent and less angular than the
second. Between the first and second angles the surface is obliquely flattened

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 133

or concave; between the second and third the surface is concave and slopes
slightly inward toward the bottom. Base quite convex; axis imperforate.
Aperture subcircular, with the inner lip slightly reflected. Surface smooth ex-
cept for the lines of growth which pass obliquely backward from the suture,
and are rather narrowly recurved above the carina, and thence pass forward
across the carina and pass almost radially to the center, becoming more pro-
nounced on the lower surface. Below the third angle there are two broad,
obscure spiral ridges. The shell is so aligned that the third carina is almost
hidden on the upper volutions.

This shell differs from both P. inornata and P. perhumerosa in having the
third angle, and a more or less constricted spiral band about the shell, between
the second and third angles. The slit band is broad and poorly defined. Its
apical angle is smaller than that of P. perhumerosa and larger than in P.
inornata. In the position of the slit band and its constricted spiral band,
this species resembles P. subconstricta, but is almost entirely lacking in
ornamentation, and is a larger shell.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, two specimens from the oolitic
member at Kansas Cit}^, Mo.

Pleurotomaria fisheri Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XIII, figs lO-lOb.)

Shell small, spirally coiled, somewhat turreted. The dimensions of a rather
large individual are: Height, 4.5 mm.; diameter, 4.5 mm.; apical angle, about
83 degrees. Volutions four to five, angular, enlarging rather rapidly, the last
one equaling nearly half the entire height. Shell angular near the suture,
upper surface of the volutions obliquely flattened or slightly concave; carina
sharp, angular, and about one-fourth of the distance down; below this the
surface is vertical, slightly concave or rather depressed, and nearly flat to
about one-fourth the distance from the bottom, where it is abruptly rounded,
almost angularly into the base, which is convex, and rounds into a rather
large and deep umbilicus. Volutions subquadrate, rounded on the inner
side. Aperture subquadrate in section. Slit apparently not deep and situated
-just above the carina which forms the lower boundar3\ Slit band prominent,
situated above the carina; bounded on the lower side by the ridge of the
carina, and on the upper by a sharp linear ridge. Suture linear and well
marked. Volutions aligned so that the top of the succeeding volution falls
on the lower edge of the perpendicular peripheral surface of the preceding one.
Surface marked by about twelve spiral lines, of which four are on the upper
surface and the remainder on the lower surface, the nearly perpendicular
peripheral surface being smooth except for one spiral line near the lower edge.

P. gurleyi is the only species in the Pennsylvanian which resembles this
form. It differs from that species in the height of the spire, and in having
the peripheral surface narrower and marked by one spiral line, in its more
convex base, larger umbilicus, and in the ornamentation of the upper surface
of the volution, which, in this species, is marked by four strong spiral lines.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Cherry-
vale (station 40) and Independence (station 23), Kan.

134 The University Science Bulletin.

Pleurotomaria kansasensis Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XIV, figs, l-la.)

Shell small, low-?pired, width greater than height. Volutions about five,
elongate oval in outline, increasing rapidly in size, the last one equaling about
two-thirds the height of the shell. Shell thickened and strongly subangular
below the suture, and bearing a row of nodes; fiat or slightly concave below
this, and thence rounding rapidly into the sides, which are nearly flat and
vertical; base flattened. Aperture oblique, sublunate in outline; inner lip
apparently not reflected. Umbilicus, if present, closed by a thick callus. Slit
band narrow and poorly demarked, its presence being indicated only by the
strongly bent lines of growth. Suture narrow and deep. Surface smooth except
for the row of nodes below the suture, and numerous very fine lines of growth
which extend obliquely backward from the suture to the slit band, where they
are strongly recurved, indicating that the slit was fairly deep, arched forward
on the sides and bending backward again to cross the base. Dimensions:
Height, 7 mm.; diameter, 8.5 mm.; apical angle variable, generally about 115
degrees.

This shell is characterized by its low spire, the row of nodes below the
suture, the vertical sides, smooth surface, and the large callus on the base. So
far as the writer is aware, there is no species with which it can be confused.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Muncie, Kan.

Genus Ptychomphalus Agassiz.
Ptychoinphalus laudenslageri Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XV, figs. 4-4a.)

Shell small, conical, height greater than width; composed of seven or eight
volutions, expanding rather gradually, the last one equaling about one-third
the height of the shell. Volutions flattened on the upper surface and nearly
parallel to the slope of the spire, but with the lower margin of the preceding
volutions projecting slightly beyond the upper margin of the next. Peripheral
portion strongly subangular; base flattened. Aperture oblique, quadrangular,
with nearly equal width and breadth, broken by a deep slit, which extends
about one-third the circumference of the shell, and is situated about its width
above the angular periphery. Slit band narrow, concave and bounded on
each side by a narrow spiral line, which is the only spiral ornamentation of
the shell. Umbilicus closed. Suture well marked. Lines of growth regular,
fine, rather crowded, and gathered into small transverse wrinkles on the upper
portion of the volution. Dimensions: Height, 6.5 mm.; diameter, 4 mm.;
apical angle, about 37 degrees.

This species differs from P. coniformis Meek and Worthen in its greater
height, smaller apical angle, and in lacking the spiral lines on the bottom of
the shell.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, ooHtic member, at Turner and
Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

I

Sayre: Fauxa of the Drum Limestone. 135

Ptychomphalus lineata Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XIV, figs. 5-5b.)

Shell small, conical, spire depressed. Volutions about four, increasing slowly
in size, the last one equaling about half the height of the entire shell; tri-
angular in outline, upper surface obliquely flattened parallel to the slope of
the spire, periphery angular with about three-fourths of the volution above it;
base slightly convex. Aperture oblique, triangular in outline; inner lip not
reflected, sht deep and extending about one-fourth the circumference of the
shell. Umbilicus absent. Slit band concave, narrow, situated about its own
width above the peripheral angle, and bounded on each side by a pronounced
ridge. Surface marked by numerous spiral lines, of which there are seven on
the upper surface and a larger number on the lower surface. Peripheral angle
marked by a strong, heavy ridge. All these are crossed by numerous lines of
growth which extend backward from the suture to the slit band, where they
are strongly recurved, and thence extend forward over the periphery and with
slight sinuousity across the base. On the upper surface, particularly, they give
the spiral lines the appearance of bearing many small nodes, and lend a finely
crenate outline to the peripheral ridge. Dimensions: Height, 5.2 mm.; di-
ameter, 6.5 mm.; apical angle, about 85 degrees.

This species resembles P. scitula more closely than any other Pennsylvanian
species, but differs from it in its less prominent markings and lower spire.
It has a much lower spire and stronger spiral markings than does P. sub-
decussata Geinitz.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Genus MrRCHisoNiA D'Archiac and De Verneuil.
Murchisonia matheri Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XVI, figs. 1-2.)

Shell small, high-spired, closely coiled, and obscurely turreted. The dimen-
sions of a fair-sized individual are: Height, 13.5 mm.; breadth, 5.2 mm.;
apical angle (variable) about 18 degrees. Volutions eight or nine, increasing
very gradually in size, subcircular in the smaller portion, but becoming sub-
angular in the larger portion, the sides being beveled so that they are nearly
perpendicular. Suture well marked, linear. Aperture subovate and slightly
extended below, inner lip .slightly thickened, outer lip apparently cut by a
pronounced slit, as indicated by the growth lines, which curve backward from
the suture to about one-fourth of the height of the volution, where there is an
obscure sht band equaling about one-fourth the height, and marked only by
the lines of growth, which are strongly bent here, and thence pass slightly
forward to the middle of the base. Surface smooth in appearance, but the
lens reveals, besides the lines of growth, a number of fine, rather closely set,
spiral lirae below the slit band.

This species is characterized, by its high spire, nearly smooth surface, and
the minute spiral lirse on the lower portion of the shell.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Muncie, Kan.

5-^072

136 The University Science Bulletin.

Genus Goniospira Girty.
Goniospira helicaformis Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XV, fig. 2.)

Shell elongate, helicaform, high-spired. Composed of a large number of
very gradually enlarging volutions, each of which is subquadrate in section,
being angular at the suture, flattened or concave below it to a prominent
angular carina, which passes around the periphery of the shell just below the
middle, while at the base there is another carina, from which point the shell
slopes inward to the middle with very slight convexity. On the second
carina there are two heavy parallel ridges set close together, and the shell
is so ahgned that the succeeding volution falls on the upper of these two
ridges, so that the structure is only seen on the last. The slit is apparently
deep, narrow, with parallel edges, and situated on the periphery, its borders
being marked by very inconspicuous spiral lines. Shell imperforate. Aperture
subquadrate; inner lip thickened, and slightly twisted. The only marks on
the surface are those already mentioned and the lines of growth, which slope
slightly obliquely backward from the suture to the carina, on which they are
strongly recurved, and thence curve forward with about the same curvature as
on the upper slope. No complete specimens were found.

This species differs from Goniosjrira lasallensis Worthen in that the sUt band
is on the carina, and it lacks the prominent ridges on the periphery.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (station 23), Kan.

Genus Phanerotrema Fisher.
Planerotrema ornatum Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XV, figs. 3-3b.)

Shell small, low-spired, almost discoidal. The dimensions of a relatively
large specimen are: Height, 7 mm.; breadth, 10 mm.; apical angle, about
120 degrees. Volutions three to four, quadrangular or sublunate to elliptical
in outline, the last one equaling about three-fourths the height of the entire
shell. Upper portion of the volutions thickened so as to form an angular
prominence next to the suture, below which the shell is concave outward to
the angle, which is not quite peripheral, and bears a pair of close-set, sharp
ridges. Below this the shell rounds rather abruptly to the base, which is
gently convex. Inner lip reflected so as to leave a callused ring around the
broad, shallow sulcus which it partially closes. Slit band situated on the
upper side of the volution between the two ridges on the angle, and the
volutions are so aligned that the shell below these two ridges is not seen on
the lower volutions. Surface of the shell marked by a row of strong nodes
just below the suture, and numerous spiral lines, which are rather obscure on
the upper surface but become much stronger on the lower surface. Fine lines
of growth cross the spiral lines in such a way that the whole surface of the
shell has a nodose appearance

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 137

This species is a lower spired form than P. grayvillense Norwood and
Pratten, and the sht band is not peripheral.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Turner, Cherryvale
(station 40) and Independence (station 23), Kan.

Genus Euconospira Longstaff.
Euconospira turhinij ormis (Meek and Worthen),

(PI. XV, fig. 5.)

1884. Pleurotomaria turbiniformis. White, 13th Rep. Geol. Surv. Ind., p. 160, pi. 32,
figs. 7-8.

Meek and Worthen 's description: "Shell rather large, trochiform; height
and breadth nearly equal; spire conical, moderately depressed; volutions about
five and a half, flat, last one distinctly angular around the periphery, and
flattened or slightly convex below; umbilical region a little concave; umbilicus
very small, and bound by a small, obscure, revolving ridge; spiral band
extremely narrow, grooved, occupying the angle around the periphery of the
body whorl, and passing around scarcely above the suture on the other volu-
tions, margined above and below by a sharply elevated line; suture linear,
having a somewhat banded appearance in consequence of the development of
a rather distinct revolving line at the upper margin of each whorl; aperture
apparently rhombic-subquadrate in form. Surface ornamented by about twenty
obscure, closely arranged revolving striae, crossed by stronger, very regular
transverse lines, which are most distinct on the upper part of the whorls, and
pass with a gentle curve backward and outward to the spiral band. Below the
angle the under side of the body whorl is nearly smooth, or only marked by
very obscure lines of growth, and faint traces of revolving striae. Length,
about 0.93 inch; breadth, nearly 0.97 inch; apical angle regular, divergence
64 degrees.

"This shell seems to be very closely allied to P. Riddelii, of Shumard, and
a more careful comparison with his description leads us to suspect that it
may possibly prove identical. Yet, as Dr. S. describes his species as having
only twelve or thirteen revolving lines on each whorl, while our shells show
uniformly nearly double this number, we are in doubt whether they should
be considered identical or not. It is also related to Pleurotomaria missouri-
ensis — (Trochus missoitricn.sis, Swallow), but never attains so large a size as
that noble species, from which it also differs in having a much stronger trans-
verse striae; while Prof. Swallow's species has not the prominent linear ridge
just above and below the spiral band, seen in our shell."

The writer is in some doubt as to whether the shells referred to this species
are not the young forms of E. rnissouriensis. The principal differences shown
are the concave slit band, and the smaller angle, while the revolving lines of
this form are not so strong as those seen in E. rnissouriensis. There is evi-
dence to show that the angle of neither form is constant, but increases with
the number of whorls developed. The number of volutions on the specimens
at hand are seven, which is greater than the number given by Meek and
Worthen.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (station 23), Kan., and Kansas City, Mo.

138 The University Science Bulletin.

Euconospira niissoiiriensis (Swallow) .

(PI. XIII, fig. 12.)

I860. Trochus missouriensis. Swallow, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 657.
1894. Pleurotomaria missouriensis. Keyes, Mo. Gcol. Surv., vol. 5, p. 136, pi. 48,
figs. 3 a-b.

1897. Euconospira missouriensis. Ulrich, Geol. Minn., vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 9.50.

Shell large, conical, trochiform, with about eight or nine volutions, the
breadth being a little greater than the height. Base flat or slightly convex,
angular on the periphery, and flattened or only slightly convex on the sides,
which are nearly parallel to the slope of the spire. The preceding volution
overlaps the succeeding one slightly, so as to leave a strong linear suture on
the lower portion of the shell, while the first two or three volutions are
distinctly rounded, have a much wider suture, and a smaller spiral angle.
Umbilicus small and passing all the way to the apex. Slit band convex, on
the periphery, and marked on each side by a shaqa spiral ridge. Lines of
growth strongly bent. Surface ornamented by about forty spiral lines on
the face of the largest volution, but with a much smaller number on the
smaller portion of the shell. The base bears numerous very fine, regular,
revolving lines. These increase by addition on the side next to the slit, and
by occasional bifurcation. Crossing the spiral lines there are numerous very
fine regular lines of growth which curve strongly and obliquely backward to
the slit, which is deep and rather narrow, with parallel sides. Here they are
strongly bent, and emerging on the base follow a gentle sigmoidal curve to
the umbilicus. Every fourth or fifth line is stronger than the others.

Width of a specimen on which the spire is broken, 62 mm.; height, probably
about 65 mm.; apical angle, 55 to 70 degrees.

This species differs from E. planibasalis in the less regular ornamentation of
the base. The sculpture of the slit band and on the sides of the shell is
identical with that figured by Ulrich. It differs from E. turbiniformis in its
larger size and convex slit band.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (station 23), Kan., and Kansas City, Mo.

Genus Orestes Girty.
Orestes intertexta (Meek and Worthen).

(PI. XIII, figs. 8-8a.)
1866. Pleurotomaria intertexta. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 2, p. 356.

Shell small, trochiform, height about equal to the diameter, and composed
of about five to six volutions, the last of which is equal to a little less than
half the height of the entire shell. Volutions obliquely flattened or slightly
concave above and subparallel to the slope of the spire; most prominent part
a little below the middle and consisting of two equally prominent carinas
with the slit band placed between them; base flattened or slightly convex.
On the upper volutions, only the upper one of the carinse is seen, the other
being hidden by the succeeding volution of the shell. Just beneath the well-
defined suture the volution is thickened and angular, and is ornamented with

Sayre: Fauxa of the Drum Limestone. 139

a row of nodes. Aperture subrhombic, inner lip thickened. Umbilicus small
and deep. Surface ornamented with numerous closely set, small, spiral lirae, of
which there are from one to three on the slit band. These are crossed by
equally fine lines of growth which give the surface a beautifully cancellated
appearance. The lines of growth curve obliquely backward from the suture
to the slit band, where they are stronglj^ reentrant, and thence pass forward
at first, and then backward with a gentle curve, and into the umbilicus.
Dimensions: Height, 7.2 mm.; diameter, 7 mm.; apical angle, 67 degrees.

This species seems to show some considerable variation of form. Of
several hundred specimens which appear to belong in the same group the
apical angle varies from 60 to 70 degrees; and the alignment and contour of
the volutions show similar variations, which appear to depend to some extent
on the stage of development of the individual. The larger fossils under
discussion agree very well with specimens of 0. intertexta from the type
localitj^ of that species.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Muncie
and Independence (stations 9, 12, 23), Kan.

Genus Worthexia De Koninck.
Worthenia speciosa (Meek and Worthen) ?

(PI. XIII, figs, ll-llb.)

I860. Pleurotomaria speciosa. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 461.
1866. Pleurotomaria speciosa. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 2, p. 352, pi. 28,
figs. 5 a-c.

Shell about medium size, length slightly greater than the breadth, volutions
six or seven, the last one forming about half the entire length. The volutions
angular or carinate below the suture, and thence flat or concave to the carina,
which is peripheral, and above the middle of the volution ; below this the
shell is again concave vertically, so as to produce a third angulation below the
middle of the volution; the base of the volution is gently convex. Suture
well defined. Slit band narrow, prominent, occupying the middle carina, and
crenulated on the edges. Aperture subquatrate to subcircular. Umbihcus
small, nearly closed. Surface ornamented by a varying number of spiral lines,
generally about seven on the upper slope, about five or six on the outer slope,
and still more on the base. Crossing these are numerous very fine and
regular transverse lines of growth, some of which are considerably larger near
the suture than the others, and form a row of nodes on the angulation just
below the suture. Length, about 21 mm.; breadth, about 20 mm.; apical angle,
about 82 to 90 degrees.

There are only two specimens of this species in the collections. They differ
slightly from W. speciosa in not having such strong wrinkles at the superior
angle of the whorl, and in being somewhat larger than that species. In other
respects, however, it is very similar to the shell described by Meek and
Worthen. It is quite different from W. subscalaris in being smaller, less acute,
and in having the milled edge on the middle carina. It is not nearly so
turbinate as W. tabulata, and lacks the strong nodes on the middle carina.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic and shale members, at
Turner, Muncie and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.

140 The University Science Bulletin.

Family TROCHONEMATIDtE.

Genus Strophostylus Hall.
Strophostylns peoriensis (McChesney).

(PI. XVIII, figs. 2-2b.)

1860. Platyostoma peoriensis. McChesney, Desc. New. Pal. Foss., p. 62.
1865. Platyostoma peroriensis. McChesney, 111. New Spec. Foss., pi. 2, figs. 11 a-b.
1868. Platyostoma peoriense. McChesney, Trans. Chicago Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 49, pi. 2,
figs. 11 a-b.

Shell of medium size, subovate to subglobose, composed of about one to one
and a half volutions, close, coiled, and expanding rapidly, becoming much in-
flated near the aperture, which is oblique, subquadrate or subrectangular with
the corners rounded. Spire depressed. Suture well marked. Surface marked
only by lines of growth, which are not prominent. Umbilicus closed. Di-
mensions: Height, 31 mm.; greatest breadth, 35 mm.

There is only one specimen of this species, from which most of the shell
is broken off, leaving an internal cast.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Kansas City, Mo.

Family TROCHID.E.

Genus Microdoma Meek and Worthen.
Microdoma ornatus Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XVI, fig. 4.)

Shell small, high-spired, subtrochiform. Volutions six to seven, increasing
rather gradually in size, the last one equaling about one-third of the entire
height of the shell; flattened on a line with the slope of the spire and angular
both above and below; base convex. Axis solid. Suture well marked. Aper-
ture oblique, the inner lip being slightly reflected. Surface ornamented by
two rows of small, closely set nodes, one just below the suture, the other on
the peripheral angle, which lies slightly below the middle of the colution on
the last, and just above the suture on the higher volutions. Lines of growth
very fine, extending obliquely backward from the suture to the peripheral
row of nodes and thence sigmoidally across the base to the depressed center.
Dimensions: Height, 6.5 mm.; diameter, 4 mm.; apical angle, 48 degrees.

This species resembles M. conicus Meek and Worthen in shape, but has
only two rows of nodes and a greater apical angle.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member. Turner and Muncie,
Kan.

Sayre: FArNA of the Drum Limestone. 141

Family NERITOPSID.E.

Genus Naticopsis McCo^^

Naticopsis f monilifera White.

(PI. XVIII, figs. 6-6a.)
1880. Naticopsis monilifera. White, Cont. to Inv. Pal., No. 8, p. 168, pi. 42, figs. 3 a-c.

White's description: "Shell small subglobose; spire short, obtuse, and its
immediate apex flattened; volutions about six, but the apical ones are very
small, the last one constituting the greater part of the shell, broadest upon
its basal or proximal portion, the proximal side of which is somewhat abruptly-
rounded inward to the aperture; the small volutions of the apex are plain, but
upon the distal border of the two last ones, adjacent to the suture, there is a
conspicuous row of .small nodes, constituting a pretty ornamentation of the
shell; the remainder of the surface has a polished aspect, upon which a good
lens reveals fine strise of growth; aperture suboval in outline, inner lip having
a distinct callus, especially in front; outer lip thin, its border sinuate, having
an almost distinct notch just in front of the low of nodes.

Extreme length, 10 mm., extreme diameter of the last volution nearly the
eame."

The one specimen of this species in the collections at hand is only partially
preserved, but the extreme diameter shows a wndth of 17.5 mm.; and a height,
16 mm.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Naticopsis pricei Shumard.

(PI. XVIII, figs, l-lb.)
1858. Naticopsis (.Nerita) pricei. Shumard, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 202.

Shumard's description: "Shell ovate, oblique, longer than wide; spire very
much depressed, obtusely rounded at the apex; volutions two and a half or
three, convex, the last one very large, regularly and rather strongly ventricose
in young specimens, but as the shell advances in age its upper portion be-
comes gradually flattened and sometimes strongly channeled toward the aper-
ture, and at the same time it becomes more or less shouldered just beneath
the suture; below the flattened portion it is still evenly rounded to the base;
suture indistinct at the apex, but gradually becoming more deeply impressed
as it approaches the aperture; aperture large, rotundo-quadrate, its height
usually a httle greater than the width; very oblique to the axis of the shell,
contracted below near the columbella : lip sharp, strengthened above at its
juncture with the columella by the callosit}^ of the latter; columellar lip
thick, concave, callous, smooth; surface marked with very fine lines of
growth, and on the upper part of the volutions with rather strong plicastrise,
which curve obliquely forward to the sutures. In some specimens the original
coloring matter is still preserved, and the fossil presents a delicate vermilion
hue.

"Dimensions: Spiral angle from 120 to 130 degrees; length from apex to
base of an average specimen, .85; greatest width, .82; height of aperture, .50;
width of same 45 degrees."

A number of the smaller specimens (height 10.5 mm.; width, 11 mm.;
height of aperture, 9 mm.) agree quite well with N. nana Meek and Worthen.
They differ, however, in being larger and in having the upper portion of the
volution flattened. The larger specimens show about the same dimensions as

142 The University Science Bulletin.

N. ■pricei Shiimard (breadth, 19.5 mm.; height 21 mm.) and appear to answer
the description of that species very well.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Turner, Muncie
and Independence (station 9), Kan., and Kansas City, Mo.

Naticopsis scintilla Girty.

(PI. XVIII, fig. 7.)

1915. Naticcpsh scintilla. Girty, Mo. Bur. Geol. and Mines, vol. 1.3, 2d ser. p. ,538,
pi. 29, figs. 3-3c.

Shell very small, consisting of two or three rapidly expanding volutions,
the height being somewhat greater than the width. The spire rises but very
little above the last volution, which is greatly elongated below and some-
what depressed on the upper side just below the suture. The surface is marked
by very fine lines of growth and, at regular intervals, by somewhat stronger
lines. The umbilicus is closed and a distinct callosity is present.

This species is characterized by its very small size, and by the shape of its
volutions, which are very much elongated and have a broad sulcus just below
the suture on the upper side.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Kansas City, Mo.

Naticopsis ? minuta Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XVIII, figs. 5-5a.)

Shell small, subdiscoidal, with depressed spire. Volutions about three, very
rapidly enlarging, so that the last one equals three-fourths the entire height
of the shell; subovate in section, and more or less compressed from top to
bottom. Suture deep, well marked, but narrow. Aperture, oblique, subovate,
flattened both above and below; outer lip rounded and thin; inner lip slightly
reflexed and apparently forming a slight callus. Axis apparently solid. Surface
smooth and unornamented except for the last volution, on which there is a
row of small nodes just below the suture. Height of a large specimen, 4 mm.;
breadth of same, 5.5 mm.; height of aperture, about 3 mm.; width of same,
3.4 mm.

This species is distinguished by its low spire and discoidal shape, as well
as by the lack of ornamentation of the volutions, except for the spiral row of
nodes on the last volution. It is referred with some hesitation to the genus
Naticopsis, which has only one species (A'', monilijera White) which is similar
to this. Certainly typical Natico'psis forms are destitute of a row of nodes and
in this respect it is more like a Plcurotomaria. but, although some very well
preserved specimens have been studied, no trace of lines of growth, or any
sign of a slit band has been found.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Muncie, Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestoxe. 143

Family PYRAMIDELLID^.

Genus Zygopleura Koken.
Zygopleura rugosa (Meek and Worthen) ?

(PL XVII, fig. 9.)

I860. Loxonema rugosa. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 46.5.
1866. Loxonema rugosa. Meek and Worthen. Geol. Siirv. 111., vol. 2, p, 378, pi. 31,
figs. 11 a-c.

Shell rather small, conical, spire elevated and having a divergence of about
24 degrees. Length of a nearly complete individual, 13 mm. ; breadth of same,
4.4 mm. It consists of at least seven or eight volutions, and probably more,
each of which is gently convex and bears about fourteen or fifteen sharp sub-
vertical plications, which slope slightly forward from the suture and are
arranged in line on the various volutions, so as to give a spiral appearance to
the whole. Aperture ovate, acutely angular above, and slightly pointed below.
Axis solid. Suture fairly deep and well marked. Plications becoming obsolete
at the basal angle.

Some of these specimens seem to be considerably larger than the form
described by Meek and Worthen. It is possible that they represent a new
species, but with the poor material at hand it seems advisable to refer them
to Meek and Worthen's species for the present.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (station 12), Kan.

Zygopleura teres Girty.

(PI. XVII, fig. 13.)

1915. Zygopleura teres. Girty, Mo. Bur. of Geol. and Mines, vol. 13, 2d ser. p. 360,
pi. 32, figs. 4-4a.

Inasmuch as all of the specimens of this species in these collections are more
or less encrusted, Girty's description is given :

"Shell small, tapering, composed of seven or eight volutions. Length, ZV2
mm., diameter, V/2 mm. The volutions are short with rather flat sides,
strongly rounded below. They embrace so far as to leave a distinct though
not deep suture, and the outline is therefore nearly smooth. The immature
volutions increase in size more rapidly than the mature ones, so that the
apical portion tends to be conical and the lower portion cylindrical, and a
somewhat fusiform shape is produced. The aperture is small, oval. The axis
is solid.

"The surface is marked by fine incremental lines parallel to the axis, which
are gathered at regular intervals into fascicles or obscure plications.

' Z. teres is distinguished by its minute size, its fusiform shape, its slightly
indented sutures and its obscure corrugations. In one or all of these partic-
ulars it differs from other American species, so that more detailed comparisons
are not necessary. Indeed, the species is somewhat doubtfully referred to
Zygopleura at all, and would perhaps better be placed under Pseudomelania.
It resembles Z. nana, but is less distinctly corrugated."

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City, Mo.

144 The University Science Bulletin.

Zygopleura attenuata (Stevens) ?

(PI. XVII, fig. 12.)

1858. Chemitzia attenuata. Stevens, Amer. Jour. Sci., (2) vol. 25, p. 259.
1915. Zygopleura attenuata. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 544, p. 182.

Shell small, turreted, slender, consisting of somewhat more than six volu-
tions, each of which is somewhat shouldered and bears a row of nodes just
beneath the suture, each of which is extended below and gradually dies out
as the bottom of the voluntion is reached, so that the lower portion is nearly
smooth. Sides flattened, suture well marked by reason of the shoulder. Axis
solid. Aperture subcircular. Volutions increasing more rapidly in size near
the apex, so that the apical angle in different parts of the spire is not uniform.

It is with some doubt that this shell is referred to Z. attenuata, as that
description is not complete and the shell described is apparently somewhat
smaller. The largest of the specimens at hand are not complete, but are at
least as large as the shell described by Stevens.

Horizon and lacality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Muncie, Kan.

Zygopleura multicostata (Meek and Worthen) .

(PI. XVII, fig. 7.)

1915. Zygopleura multicostata. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 544, p. 184, pi. 25,
fig. 2.

Meek and Worthen's description: "Shell small, conical, spire moderately
elevated; volutions about seven and a half, somewhat convex, increasing
gradually in size, last one forming about one-third the entire length, rounded
but not much produced below; suture well defined; aperture oval subrhombic,
slightly effuse on the inner side below; outer lip thin and nearly straight;
inner lip a little reflexed. Surface ornamented by small, regular, straight,
vertical folds or costse, about equaling the spaces between and numbering
near thirty on the body whorl, (f^ostse obsolete on the under side of the last
turn; no lines of growth visible under a lens. Length, 0.36 inch; breadth, 0.15
inch; apical angle nearly regular, divergence about 28 degrees.

"This species resembles the last two in its general appearance, but differs in
having more numerous, smaller, and more closely arranged cost-se. Its whorla
are also more convex, and its suture deeper. It is more nearly allied to L.
scalaroidea (sp.) of Phillips, but differs from de Koninck's figures of that
species in having perfectly straight, instead of flexuous, costse. The number
of its costse is also less than in L. Scalaroides, and its spiral angle is greater
than given by de Koninck in his description (22 degrees), though less than
represented in his figures (about 32 degrees)."

No complete specimens of this species were found.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Muncie, Kan.

Zygopleura plicata (Whitfield) ?

(PI. XVII, fig. 8.)
1915. Zygopleura plicata. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sun'., No. 544, p. 183.

Shell very small, elongate, conical. Spire elevated and regularly taper-
ing. Volutions about eleven, flattened in the direction of slope of the spire
on the outer side. Suture distinct but not deep. Aperture elongate oval,
slightly pointed below, and angular above. Axis solid. Surface ornamented

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 145

on the last volution with about fourteen or fifteen plications and by nearly as
many of the upper volutions, which are set at a slight angle to the axis of the
spire, so that the upper end is slightly behind the lower, and the plication on
the next volution above is set in line with the first, so as to give the whole a
somewhat spiral arrangement on the shell. Crossing these are very fine spiral
strige, which give them a slightly crenate appearance. No complete specimens
of this shell are found in the collections, but the largest is 12.5 mm. long, and
4 mm. wide, with an apical angle of 18 degrees.

Among the specimens referred to this species, there is a variation of three
or four degrees in the apical angle; the suture is variable, although the shape
of the volutions is fairly constant, and the number of plications remains, within
rather narrow limits, about the same, although in some cases they are not so
well marked as in others.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and In-
dependence (station 12), Kan.

Zygopleura nana Girty
(PI. XVII, fig. 10.)

Zygopleura nana. Girty, Mo., Bur. Geol. and Mines, vol. 13, 2d Ser., p. 360, pi. 32,
figs. 6 -5a.

Girty's description: "Shell small, conical, 1 mm. in diameter, rather less
than 3 mm. long, composed of six or seven volutions. Volutions rather high,
flattened at the sides and abruptly rounding below, embracing so far_ as
to leave but a shallow suture and give the shell as a whole a smooth conical
shape. The rate of increase in the size of the whorls is greater, however, in
the younger than in the older stages, which renders the shape somewhat
fusiform. The aperture is small, oval. The axis is solid. The sides are
marked by rather large, rather strong, longitudinal plications about fourteen
to a volution.

"This species is most closely allied to Z. rugosa and perhaps it might be
considered only a dwarfed variety of it, especially as most of the associated
species are small. Aside, however, from being only one-third as large, though
composed of the same number of volutions, the volutions are comparatively
higher, with flatter sides and shallower sutures, and the plications are less
numerous."

Horizon and locality. Dmm limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Muncie, Kan., and Kansas City, Mo.

Genus Hemizyga Girty.

Hemizyga f canceUata Sayre, n. sp.

(Pi. xvii, fig. 11.)

Shell small, subconical, rather low-spired, the apical angle being 50 degrees.
Volutions few in number, very convex and subcircular in outline, increasing
rather rapidly in size, so that an almost shouldered appearance is given to the
shell. Suture deep and very well marked. Aperture subovate, pointed above
and slightly extended below; outer lip regularly rounded; inner hp nearly
straight, oblique to the axis of the shell, and very slightly reflected. Axis
solid. Surface marked on the upper volutions by about thirteen heavy longi-
tudinal costaj, which become obsolete, or nearly so, on the last volution;

146 The University Science Bulletin.

crossed by rather fine, closely set spiral lirse, which, together with the nearly
obsolete longitudinal costse, form a more or less latticed pattern on the last
volution, and serve to crenulate the costse on the upper volutions.

This species is distinguished by its comparatively large apical angle and
its surface ornamentation, as well as by the rapid increase in the size of its
volutions. There is some doubt as to whether this shell belongs with Girty's
genus Hemizyga as it shows spiral lirae on all parts of the volution, while in
his typical species these are developed only on the lower portion. The apical
angle is much larger and the spire more depressed than on any of his species.
It bears some resemblance in form to Sphaerodoma gracilis Cox, but differs
in possessing spiral lirse and in its larger apical angle.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Turner, Kan.

Genus Bulimorpha Whitfield.
Bulimorpha chrysnllis (Meek and Worthen).

(PI. XVI, fig. 9.)

1903. Bulimorpha chrysallis. Girty, Prof. Paper, U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 16, p. 466, pi. 10,
figs. 6-6a, 7-7a.

Shell small, spire conical, moderately elevated and pointed at the apex.
Dimensions of a large individual are: Height, 8 mm.; breadth, 4.4 mm.;
apical angle, about 45 degrees (not regular). Volutions about six or seven,
slightly convex, the la.st one forming about two-thirds the entire length. Suture
distinct. Aperture narrow, elongate, angular above, rounded and produced
below, but somewhat ventricose in the middle. Inner lip wanting; columella
arched and twisted. Surface smooth except for obscure lines of growth.

The shell is somewhat smaller than that figured and described by Meek
and Worthen as B. chrysallis, and the volutions are a little more convex in the
upper portion. In other respects it agrees very well, however.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Bulimorpha meeki Sayre, nom. nov.

(PI. XVI, fig. 6.)

1873. Actceonina minuta. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 6, p. 594, pi. 29,
fig. 2.

Shell very small, elongate, subterete. Volutions about five, slightly flattened
on the sides, and very convex above, so as to give each a more or less
shouldered appearance, last one equaling a little more than half the entire
height of the shell. Suture well marked by reason of the convexity of the
shell. Aperture elongate-ovate, acutely angular above, and apparently rounded
below, so that the aperture equals about two-fifths of the entire height of the
shell. Columella slightly arched, smooth, inner lip apparently lacking. Sur-
face smooth except for very fine growth lines. Apical angle, 40 degrees;
length, about 5 mm.; breadth, 2 mm.

This shell is readily distinguished from all other Pennsylvanian forms by
reason of its small size, aperture rounded below, and the shouldered appear-
ance of the volutions.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 147

Girty has pointed out the inconsistency which exists between the form
figured by Meek and Worthen as B. minuta Stevens, and that described by
Stevens.21 The specimens here described agree with the figures of Meek and
Worthen, which undoubtedly represent a new species.

Horizon and locality. Drum hmestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (station 23), Kan.

Buliinorpha turnerensis Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XVI, fig. 7.)

Shell very small, elongate, fusiform, the dimensions of a large individual
being: Length, 6.5 mm.; breadth, 2 mm.; apical angle, about 15 degrees.
Volutions about five, the last one equaling fully three-fourths the length of the
shell; not very convex; elongate-ovate in section and slightly flattened on the
sides. Suture poorly defined. Aperture lance-ovate, very acutely angular at
the top, and somewhat rounded at the bottom; outer lip straight, and thin;
inner lip apparently not reflected. Columella slightly bent. Surface smooth
and lines of growth invisible even under the magnifier.

This shell is so elongated that it does not resemble any other Pennsylvanian
species. It is distinguished, also, by the lack of convexity of the volutions,
and the great length of the body whorl in comparison to the rest of the shell.

Horizon ad locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Genus Sph^rodoma Keyes.
Sphcerodoma fusiformis (Hall) ?

(PI. XVI. fig. 10.)
1910. Soleriiscus jitsiforvris. Raymond, Ann. Carnegie Mii.'^., vol. 7, p. 15fi, pi. 24, fig. 7.

Hall's description: "Shell elongate, subfusiform. Spire gradually tapering
from the last volution, which is more ventricose, consisting of seven or more
volutions, which are very moderately convex except the last. Suture line
faint in the shell, deeply canaliculate in the cast; aperture not fully known,
nearly equaling half the length of the shell.

"This shell corresponds in general form and characteristics with M. mis-
souriensis of Swallow, but the angular character of the volutions in the cast is
not observed."

The specimens in the collections representing this group are rather poorly
preserved, being either broken or covered with a coating of lime carbonate.
In general appearance they seem similar to Hall's specimens, but no thicken-
ing of the inner lip is observed. The fold is sharp, and situated just below the
middle of the voluticm.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (station 23), Kan.

21. Girty, G. H. : Invertebrate Paleontology of the Pennsylvanian Series in Missouri.
Mo. Bur. Geol. and Mines, vol. 13, 2d ser., p. '363; 1915.

148 The University Science Bulletin.

Sphcerodoma paludinceformis (Hall).

(PI. XVI, fig. 5.)

1915. Sphmrodoma paludinwformis. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 5-14, p. 200,
p. 207, pi. 24, figs. 5-6a.

Shell small, acute ovoid; the last volution ventricose, rapidly tapering, and
about equal to the spire in height. Volutions five or six, the upper ones
moderately convex. Suture line well marked on the last three or four volu-
tions, but obscure on the upper ones. Aperture subovate, rather narrow and
pointed above, but not much extended below, not quite half as high as the
entire shell. Fold on the columella sharp, and situated a little below the
middle of the aperture. Surface marked only by very fine lines of growth.
Dimensions of a large individual are: Height, 7 mm.; breadth, 4 mm.; apical
angle, about 52 degrees.

This shell is somewhat smaller than the one figured by Hall in his Iowa
report, but shows the same general outline, and since many of the species in
this horizon are somewhat dwarfed, it is probably identical. These specimens
are certainly identical with the one figured by Marks in a report of the Ohio
Geological Survey; and if Marks is correct in referring her specimens to this
species, the specimens at hand may also be so refen-ed.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and In-
dependence (station 23), Kan.

Sphcerodoma primigenius (Conrad).

(PI. XVI, figs. 3-3a.)

1915. Sphcerodoma primogenia. Girty, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 544, p. 208, pi. 24,
figs. 13-17a.

This species is represented by one cast. It is large, subglobose, consisting
of three and a half whorls. Volutions rapidly expanding, subovate in outline,
sides convex, rapidly expanding, the last one equaling half the height of the
shell. Suture deep, linear. Dimensions: Height, 38 mm.; diameter, 29 mm.;
apical angle, 93 degrees.

Honzon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Independence (sta-
tion 12 ?), Kan.

Genus Soleniscus Meek and Worthen.

Soleniscus typicus Meek and Worthen.

(Pl. XV'I, fig. 8.)

1913. Soleniscus typicus. Mark, Geol. Surv. Ohio, 4th ser. Bull., No. 17, p. 317, pl. 16,
fig. 16.

Shell small, high-spired, fusiform, conical. Whorls, about six, increasing
rather rapidly in size, the last one forming about three-fourths the entire
height of the shell. Volutions naiTowly rounded above, expanding in the middle,
and contracting rather gradually into the somewhat extended canal below.
Aperture narrow, lancelike; outer lip thin; fold on the columella a little below
the middle of the aperture. Suture shallow. Surface marked by very obscure

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 149

lines of growth. Dimensions: Height, 8.4 mm.; breadth, 4.6.; apical angle,
about 42 degrees.

This shell is somewhat smaller than the form figured and described by-
Meek and Worthen; otherwise the description applies to it very well.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (station 23), Kan.

Family EPITONIIDtE.
Genus Aclisina De Koninck.
Aclisina stevensana (Meek and Worthen) .

(PI. 17, X\'ll, fig. 5.)

1913. Aclisina stevensana. Mark, Geol. Surv. Ohio, 4th Sen Bull. No. 17, p. 313, pi. 16,
fig. 5.

Shell small, subterete. Volutions about ten or twelve, increasing very
gradually in size, convex, all showing a narrow, obliquely flattened space just
below the suture; sides slightly flattened, base convex. Suture well marked,
as a result of the convexity of the volutions; surface ornamented below the
obliquely flattened space at the top of the volutions by small, prominent
revolving costse, of which about four show on each of the upper, and about
six or seven on the last volutions. Crossing all these may be seen numerous
very fine lines of growth which bend distinctly backward from the suture,
and then curve forward over the lower edge of the volution. Aperture sub-
circular and sinuate on the outer margin; lower portion slightly extended;
inner lip apparently not callused; axis solid.

Dimensions of large individual: Height, 8 mm. (top of spire broken away) ;
breadth, 3 mm.; apical angle, regular 20 degrees.

This shell differs from A. svmUoviana Geinitz in its size, number of volutions,
more revolving costse, and in the sides of the volutions being somewhat
flattened, while the suture is not so deep as in that species, the upper, smooth,
flattened portion being narrower.

Horizon and locality. Di-um limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Independence (station 23), Kan.

Aclisina swalloviana (Geinitz).

(PL XVII, fig. 6.)

1866. TurboniUa swalloviana. Geinitz Carb. und Dyas in Neb., p. 5, Tab. 1, fig. 19.
1872. Aclis swalloviana. Meek, U. S. Geol. Neb., p. 229, pi. 11, figs. 7 a-b.

Shell very small, turreted, and quite elongate. Dimensions of a medium-
sized individual: Height, 3.5 mm.; breadth, 1.2 mm.; apical angle of 17
•degrees, quite regular. Volutions about eight, convex, increasing gradually
in size; upper surface next to the suture smooth, flattened, and sloping out-
ward; sides slightly flattened vertically, and bearing on the upper volutions
four spiral lines, while on the body whorl there are five. Aperture subovate,
a little pointed above, sinuous and thin on the outer side; a little extended
below, and apparently not reflected on the inner side. Axis apparently quite
.solid.

150 The University Science Bulletin.

This shell is similar in most respects to A. swalloviana Geinitz, but differs
from it in being a more slender shell, the apical angle being constantly three
degrees smaller than that given for that species. It differs from A. breva in
having more spiral lines, and in being more slender.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Aclisina breva Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XVII, fig. 4.)

Shell very small, turreted, and rather robust. The dimensions of a fairly
large specimen are: Height, 5.5 mm., breath, 2.8 mm.; apical angle very
nearly constant, 28 degrees. Volutions about seven, convex, increasing rather
rapidly in size, the last one equaling about one-fourth the entire height; all
distinctly flattened just below the suture; the flattened space sometimes
marked by a very faint line near the middle; sloping outward and separated
from the suture by a very narrow area, and distinct angle. Surface below the
flattened area marked with revolving lines, of which two are generally seen
on the upper volutions, and six on the last. Aperture subovate, pointed above,
slightly extended below; outer lip thin; inner lip shghtly thickened, and a
very little reflected. Axis solid. Fine lines of growth may be seen extending
obliquely backward from the suture, and thence curving forward over the
lower edge of the volution, so as to give a rather sigmoidal outline.

This species differs from A. minuta Stevens in having a much smaller num-
ber of revolving lines, and a little larger apical angle. He makes no mention
of the shape of the volutions or of the flattened area on the upper side. It
differs from A. conditi Mark in having a smaller number of lines on the
upper volutions, in being a little larger, and in not having the flattened area
next to the suture. A. swalloviana (Geinitz) has a much smaller apical angle.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Muncie, Kan.

Aclisina parallela Sayre, n. sp.

(PL XVII, fig. 1.)

Shell very small and slender. Dimensions of a broken shell of apparently
medium size are: Height, 5.5 mm.; diameter at top, 1 mm.; diameter at
bottom, 1.6 mm. Volutions five, convex, increasing very graudally in size.
Aperture subovate, with outer lip sinuous; lower lip somewhat extended; inner
lip apparently neither reflected nor thickened. Axis imperforate. Suture well
marked. Surface with seven spiral lines, of which five appear on the upper
volutions. Lines of growth unknown.

This species resembles none of the speices previously described. It is much
longer, more attenuated and has a larger number of spiral lines. It lacks the
smooth, obliquely flattened space on the upper part of the volution next to the
suture, and has a more elongate-ovate section of the volution.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 151

Genus Orthonema Meek and Worthen.
Orthonema liratutn Sayre, n. sp.

(PL XVII, figs. 2-3.)

Shell small, elongate conical, acutely pointed at the apex. The dimensions of
a specimen slightly under medium size are: Height, about 11 mm.; breadth, 3.2
mm.; apical angle, about 13 degrees (larger near the apex). Volutions eleven
or twelve, vertically flattened around the middle and a little convex, but
not much extended below. Sutiu-e linear, rather well defined. Aperture ovate,
angular above, and rounded or slightly effu.'^e on the inner side below; outer
lip thin, and nearly straight ; inner Up rounded ; columella arcuate. Surface
ornamented by four .spiral lines, only three of which are seen on the upper
volutions of the shell ; two on the upper part of the whorl just behind the
suture, and a third on the lower part of the whorl, just above the suture; the
fourth is so situated that, as a rule, the succeeding volutions fall on it and it
appears only on the last volution. It is paired with the lowest of the other
three volutions. Lines of growth small and nearly straight until they reach
the under side of the volution, where they arch a little forward, and then
curve backward to the base of the columella.

This shell differs from 0. mlteri Meek and Worthen. which it most closely
resembles, in having an apical angle of at least 10 degrees less, in being some-
what turreted, in having always the additional line on the base of the last
volution, which sometimes shows on the higher volutions, and in being a
slightly smaller species.

Horizon and locnlih/. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Muncie, Kan.

Fa.mily PURPURINID.E.

Genus Trachydomia Meek and AVorthen.
Trachydomia ivheeleri (Swallow) ?

(PI. XVni, figs. 4-4a.)

1910. Trachydomia ivlieoleri. Rajniontl, Ann. Carnegie Mu.seuni, vol. 7, p. ir)(), pi. 24,
fig. C.

Shell of medium size, subglobose. The dimensions of a fairly large incUvidual
are: Height, 15 mm.; breadth, 13 nun. Volutions three, the last one equaling
about three-fourths the entire height of the shell, subovate to subcircular.
Aperture subovate, with the upper extremity angular. Suture linear, well
marked, and bounded on the lower side by a narrow concave area marked only
by growth lines, below which the shell is convex and nodose. The nodes are
arranged in rows parallel to the growth lines; most prominent near the suture,
and becoming smaller near the base. Surface wrinkled near the aperture.

This shell differs from T. whcekri in the wrinkling of the shell close to
the aperture; the nodes are more closely situated and do not have a small
depression on each of them. However, specimens of T. wheeleri in the various
collections show considerable variation in these respects. It differs from T.
nodulosa in lacking the notch at the lower extremity of the aperture and from

6—5072

152 The University Science Bulletin.

T. nodosum Meek and Worthen in having the nodes regidarly arranged and
more closely spaced, and in being a much smaller shell.

Horizon and locality. Drimi limestone, oolitic member, at Turner and
Muncie, Kan., and Kansas City, Mo.

Trachydomia pustidosa Sayre, n. sp.

(PI. XVIII, figs. 3-3a.)

Shell small, subglobose, higher than wide. Dimensions of fairly large speci-
men: Height, 12 mm.; greatest breadth, 11mm. \'olutions three, rapidly
enlarging, the last one equalling about three-fourths the entire height of the
shell ; a slight constriction passes around the shell a little above the middle
of the volutions, and is most pronounced on the last. Aperture subovate with
an accute angle above; lower lip slightly extended; inner lip very little callused.
Surface covered with small indistinct nodes which are irregularly arranged, and
serve to give a rough appearance to the surface. Suture indistinct even on
the lower part of the shell, and very obscure on the upper.

The specimens of this group are of varying sizes, and it is distinguishable,
even in the yoimger shells, from other species. It is characterized by the
obscure suture, the rough iiTegidar surface, and the depressed upper volutions.

Honzon (tnd locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Muncie and
Turner, Kan., antl Kansas City, Mo.

CEPHALOPODA.

Family ORTHOCERATID.E.

Genus Orthocer.\s Breynius.
Orthoceras occidentale S\vallow ?

(PI. XIX, figs. l-2a.)

1858. Orthoceras occidentale. Swallow, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 201.
1894. Orthoceras occidentale. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.. vol. 5, ]). 22().

Shell elongate conical, flattened slightly on the side next the siphuncle.
Tapering rather suddenly. Septa very conca\-e and separated by about one-
sixth the diameter of the shell, not noticeably sinuous in contact with the
periphery. Siphuncle round, and situated about one-third of the diameter of
the fossil from the flattened side. Surface smooth, revealing no markings
even with the aid of a hand lens.

Diameter of the largest fragment, 16.5 mm.; and the convexity of the septa
is more than equal to the distance separating them.

The species under consideration is referred to O. occidentale with some
hesitation, as Swallow's descrijition is not very complete. It is distinguished
by the location of the siphuncle, and the convexity of the septa. It tapers
more rapidly than does O. fco/wfl.sPH.sc, and is not so flattened, the side away
from the siphuncle being regularly rounded. The smooth surface distinguishes
it from O. inanilijortne Swallow.

Horizon and loc(diiy. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Tvu-ner, Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 153

Orthoceras kansasensc Sayre, n. sj).

(PI. XIX, figs. 9-12.)

Shell large, elongate, elliiito-conical, tapering gradually and flattened on
the sides, so as to give an elliptical cross section. Septa arched toward the
apex on the flattened sides and convex; distant about one-eighth of their
shorter diameter. Siphuncle small, situated shghtly less than one-fourth the
diameter from the flattened side. Surface markings not seen. As the apex
is approached, the flattening of the sides of the shell becomes le.ss pronounced
until, at a diameter of 15 mm. the flattening is scarcely perceptible.

The smaller fragments of this shell bear a strong resemblence to O. aculca-
tum Swallow, but since he gave no figures of his species and the description
is incomplete, a comparison is difficult to make. The older fragments resemble
0. iUinoisense from the Chester series, but differ from it in having a smaller
siphuncle, although the other i)ro])ortions are nearly the .•'ame.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo., and Tinner. Kan.

Genus Pseudorthoceras Girty.
PscudortJwroms kno.rense (]\IcChesney).

(PI. XIX, figs. 3-.T.)

101.'). Psru<lortli()rcr(f< hruij-eiisc. (iiity. U. S. Gfol. .'^ui\., liull. ."i44. p. 227, pi. 27,
figs. 1-6.

Shell rather small, tajx-ring gradually, round, composed of many chambers
which are about one-third the di.i meter of the shell in height, septa only
moderately convex. Siphuncle, small, central. Outline of the septa on the
shell slightly sinuous. Shell thin, .surface marked by numerous small pits,
which are without regular order. Other surface markings unknown.

In a distance of 20 mm., the shell tapers from 6.4 nun. to 3.6 mm. Body
chamber and aperture unknown.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Kan.

Family TRIGONOCERATID.E.

Genus Epiiippioceras Hyatt.
Ephippiocej'as divisum ("White and St. John) ?

(PI. XX, figs. l-2a.)

ISfiS. Xaiitilis divifus. White and St. .Inhn. Trans. Chicago, Acad. Sci., vol. p. 124,
fig. 9.

1891. Ephippioceras divisum. Hvatt, 2d .\nn. Rei.i. Geol. Surv. Tex., p. 350, figs. 52-54.

Shell large, closely coiled, and measuring ui its greatest diameter 65 mm.;
greatest breadth, 67 mm.; length of the body chamber, 62 mm.; breadth of
body chamber at rear end, 47 mm.; diameter of umbilicus, about 9 mm.
Volutions increasing rajiidly in size, about three in number; the first one being
circular and the others developing rapidly into a subovate or kidney-shaped
form. Earlv volutions entirely hidden by the last, which increases more

154 The University Science Bulletin.

rapidly in size than do the early ones, and is somewhat less deeply impressed.
Chambers rather thin and narrow, septa passing radially from the umbilicus
to the middle of the keel, where they are abruptly bent forward, forming a
narrow, angular, ventral saddle and being divided internally by a dorsoventral
median saddle. Siphuncle small, situated in about the middle of the median
saddle in the later septa, but slightly nearer to the dorsal side as the apex is
approached. Surface marked by rather fine lines of growth, with regularly
spaced, deeper striae about every fifth or .■^ixth one, curving radially outward
from the umbilicus and then broadly curving across the venter.

This specimen is much smaller than that figm-ed as the type of the species,
and does not increase quite as rapidly in size laterally as does the type, nor
does it show a broad, shallow, longitudinal sulcus. It may represent the young
of the species. It differs from E. jerratum Cox in having the volutions much
wider than high, while the diameter is mucii le.-s in comparison to the greatest
width.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner. Kan.
and Kansas City, Mo.

Family RHINECERATID^.
Genus Discites ]\IcCoy.

Disci tes tochlanus Gurley.

(PI. XX, figs. 3-5.)

1883. Discites toddmnis. Gurley, New Carb. Fossils, Bull. No., p. 7.

1890. Discites toddatnis. Anon., The Naturalist (Kansas City), vol. 4, No. 10.

Shell of medium size closely coiled in a plane. Whorls increasing gradually
in size, the last one being subquadrangular in outline; the dorsolateral margins
angularly roinided ; the sides compressed, nearly flat; venter depressed, flattened,
and bounded by a sharp angle on each side. Greatest width at the dorso-
lateral margin, where the width is about equal to the height of the volution,
and from wliicli the sides converge toward the keel. Umbilicus small, the
volutions being rather deeply impressed, most of the earlier volutions being
hidden by the succeeding ones. The first two volutions are nearly circular,
the change in shape being introduced rather suddenly and remaining constant
through the rest of the shell. Septa rather closely arranged, strongly arched
toward the apex on the sides to the ventrolateral margins, and thence passing
nearly straight acro.-s the keel. Si])huncle of medium .size, and situated about
one-fifth the height of the volution from the ventral margin. Surface marked
by fine lines of growth, closely spaced and regularly set. curving radially from
the umbilicus and with a very strong backward cur\-e on the keel. The angle of
the keel not showing so strongly on the shell as on the cast, and showing a
pair of very small parallel ridges which divide it into thirds.

Diameter, 33 mm.; convexity, 15.5 mm.; height of volutions, 17.5 mm.;
diameter of umbilicus 6.5 mm.

This shell is exactly similar to Gurley 's type and comes from the same
horizon.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner. Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 155

Family TAINOCERATID^.

Genus Metacoceras Hyatt.
Metacoceras cavatiforme Hyatt.

(PI. XXI, figs. 2-2a.)
1891. Metacoceras cavatiforniis. Hyatt, 2(1 Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Tex., p. 334, figs. 30-33.

Shell attaining a rather large size, closely coiled. Whorl section rather
irregularh- hexagonal, consi-sting of a rather narrow ventral surface, two broad
lateral surfaces, two umbilical zones, and an impressed zone, all narrow. The
ventral surface is marked by a broad, rather shallow depression, flanked by two
low subangular ridges, beyond which the shell is again depressed to the
ventral shoulders. Sides nearly flat and sloping distinctly outward from
above to the umbilical shoulders. Impressed zone rather shallow. Umbilical
faces slightly convex. Venti'olateral shoulders sharply angular, distinct, and
marked with a row of nodes, one node on each chamber; umbilical shoulders
not so sharp, more rounded. Transverse diameter slightly greater, and in-
creasing more rapidly than dorsoventral diameter. The volutions assume an
angular form at about one-half a volution and at about the same time become
marked with transverse costa;, which become obsolete at about one and one-
half volutions. Surface of the shell unknown. Septa showing broad, shallow
lobes on the ventral and lateral surfaces with rather sharp angular saddles
at the ventrolateral s^houlders.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oiiiitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo., and Tuincn', Kan.

Metacoceras ravafiforme var. angulatum Sayre, n. var.

(PI. XX, figs. 6-6a.)

Sliell of medium size, closely coiled. Whorl section irregularly hexagonal,
consisting of a rather narrow, flattened ventral surface, two broad lateral
surfaces, two narrow umbilical zones and a narrow impressed zone. The
ventrolateral and umbilical angles are distinct, angular, or a little rounded.
The ventral surface is marked by a broad, rather shallow depression flanked
on both sides by low ridges, beyond which the shell is again depressed to the
ventrolateral angles. Sides flattened and sloping distinctly outward from
above to the umbilical shoulder. Umbilical shoulders abruptly angular, with
nearly a 90-degree angle. Umbilical surfaces flat. Dorsoventral diameter
increasing more rapidly than the transverse. Both the umbilical and the
ventrolateral shoiUders on the shell are marked with rows of nodes which
are scarcely distinguishable on the ^•entrolateral shoiUders of the cast, and
cannot be seen on the umbilical shouldei-s. These occur on each chamber.
The shell is marked from one-half a volution to a little over one-half a volu-
tion with transverse pila» or costse, the only other markings being faint lines of
growth. The shell assumes an angular form at about one-half a volution.
Septa with a broad, shallow lobe on the lateral sides, and a less deep lobe on
the ventral side. Siphuncle small, a httle ventral of the center.

Dimensions: Breadth of volutions across ventral surface, 18.4 mm.; across

156 The University Science Bulletin.

umbilical shoulders, 23 mm.; height of volution, 22 mm.; diameter of entire
shell, 55 mm.; diameter of umbilicus, 20 mm.

This variety is similar to M. cavatiforme, but differs from it in increasing
more rapidly in size dorsoventrally than laterally, in showing a somewhat
stronger curvature on the lateral lobes, and in having less strong nodes.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City, Mo.

Genus Tainoceras Hyatt.
Tainoceras occidentale (Swallow).

(PI. XXI, figs. 3-3a.)

1911. Tainoceras occidentalis. Raymond, Penn. Topog. and Geo!. Surv. Comm. Rept. for
1908-10, pi. 6, fig. 7.

Shell of medium size, coiled in a plane; volutions a little wider transversely
than dorsoventrall.v, and increasing rather gradually in size. In cross section
the volution is heptagonal. Abdomen with two rows of nodes alternating in
position and separated by a rather narrow, deep, longitudinal furrow. The
abdominal shoulders bear a row of much stronger nodes, generally so placed
that each alternate chamber has a pair of them, one on each shoulder. Each
of the umbilical shoulders has a row of somewhat smaller nodes. Umbilicus
wide and shallow, with nearly all of the preceding volutions visible. Septa
very concave on the sides and slightly less concave on the abdomen, with a
pronoimced saddle on each of the ventral shoulders. Siphuncle large, sub-
central. Aperture and body chamber unknown.

Although there are only two fragments of this species at hand, these agree
so well with the original description that there can be little doubt as to the
correctness of the identification.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City, Mo.

Family AGANIDID.E.

Genus Gonioloboceras Hyatt.
Gonioloboccra-^ parrishi (Miller and Gurley ) ?

(PL XVIII, figs. S-8b.)

1896. Goniatifcs parrislii. Miller and Gurley, Bull. 111. State Mus. Xat. Hist., No. 11,

p. 36, pi. 4, figs. 6-8.

1903. Milleroceraa parrislii. Smith, Monog. U. S. Geol. Surv., vol. 42, p. 127, pi. 16,
figs. 6-8.

1915. Gonioloboceras parrishi? Giity, Mo. Bureau Geol. and Mines, vol. 13, 2d ser.,
p. 364.

(Jno shell in the collections ajipears to be a small indi\idual of thi.s species
in a state of excellent preservation.

Shell very small, discoidal, volutions flattened laterally and inclined slightly
toward the ventral margin; abdomen abruptly and narrowly rounded. Volu-
tions increasing more rapidlj' in the dorsovcntral diameter than in the trans-
verse diameter, the outer ones embracing the inner coniitletely and leaving a
small, deep umbilicus. Septa curving gently forward on the side of the

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 157

volution to about the middle, where there is small subangular lobe, while
apparently a second deeper and sharper lobe occupies the venter. Surface
marked by fine lines which curve sigmoidally backward from the umbilicus,
and thence forward on the shoulders and backward again on the ventral surface.

Diameter, 7 mm.; convexity, 3.8 mm.; dorsoventral diameter of last volu-
tion, 4 mm.

As will be noted, this shell does not show the ventral saddle which G.
parrishi shows, but it is much smaller and may be the young of this species.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member. Turner, Kan.

Gonioloboceras goniolobum (Meek).

(PI. XXI, fig. 5.)

1877. Gotuatitts yoniolabus. Meek, U. S. Geol. Expl. 40th Par., vol. 4, p. 98, p. 9,
figs. 5-5b.

1900. Goniatites goniolohuK. Knight, Wyo. Univ. Exp. ."^ta. Bull., No. 4,"), p. 129, pi. 3,
fig. 8.

1903. Gonioloboceras goniolobum. Smith. Monog. U. S. Geol. Surv., vol. 42, p. 123, pi.
4, figs. 1-3.

The specimen at hand is somewhat broken, therefore Meek's description is
given :

"Shell distinctly discoid, with (in internal casts) a narrowly rounded pe-
riphery-; volutions conii>re.'^scd laterally, with slightly convex sides, the greatest
convexity being a little withm the middle; about twice as wide in the dorso-
ventral diameter as at right angles to the same; each turn embracing all the
others, so as to leave only a very small umbilicus, showing none of the inner
volutions. Septa closely and very regularh' arranged, but nowhere in contact
or lapping upon each ()th(>r: .siphonal lobe (generally called the dorsal lobe)
very large, and profoundly divided into two large, elongate, acutely pointed
terminal branches, which lap so far over each side of the volutions as to
appear each like a large lateral lobe, while between these there is a third
minute central projection; first lateral sinus very deep, elongate-conical,
very acutely angular at the extremiiy, and arched or obliciuely curved toward
the umbilical side; .second lateral lobe of much the same form as the divisions
of the siphonal lobe, but a little shorter; second lateral sinus wider than the
lateral lobe, but more shallow, and merely forming a broad, forward arch to
the umbilicus. Surface of the internal cast without nodes, costse. or angles.

"Greatest diameter of a specimen with the body chamber broken away,
3.07 inches; convexity, 0.87 inch; breadth of outer volution, measuring in
the direction of the i)lane of the shell, 1.72 inches.

"Excepting in being more compressed, with a narrowly rotmded peripherj^
this species has much the general appearance externally of G. rotatorius de
Koninck. Its septa are more closely approximated, however, and differ re-
markably in having the siphonal lobe so enormously developed, and so wide
and deeply divided as to hqi over on the sides far enough to cause its large,
acutely pointed terminal branch, on each side, to appear in a side view like the
first lateral lobe, while the first lateral lobe is thus, as it were, crowded much
farther inward, and appears like a second lateral lobe. From this structure
the fossil looks xevy nuich as if there were two large, sharply angular lateral
lobes where there is really only one."

The specimen m hand appears to fit this description exactly. The diameter
of the outer volution is (measured radially) 39 mm.; the con^•exity at this
I'oint is 22 mm. The surface of the shell is smooth or nearly so.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Kansas City,
Mo., and Cherrvvale (station 40), Kan.

158 The Univeksity Science Bulletin.

Family GLYPHIOCERATID^.

Genus Schistoceras Hyatt.

Schistoceras missouriense (Miller and Faber).

(PI. XXI, figs. 4-4a.)

1892. Goniatites missouriensis. Miller and Faber, Jour. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 14,
p. 164, pi. 6, fig. 1.

1903. Schistoceras missouriense. Smith, Monog. U. S. Geol. Surv., vol. 42, p. Ill, pi. 8,
fig. 1.

Smith's description : "Shell subglobose. involute, whorls highly arched,
helmet shaped, sides somewhat flattened, about twice as high as broad, deeply
embracing, showing but little of the inner whorls, and deeply indented by
them. Umbilical shoulders abrupt and umbilicus is deep and rather narrow,
being hardly one-fourth the total diameter. Surface apparently smooth, no
constrictions being visible. The preservation of the cast does not permit the
determination of the presence or absence of umbilical ribs.

"Septa consisting of four lateral lanceolate lobes on each side, and probably
a fifth on the umbilical border. The saddles are also like the lobe, but more
constricted and club-shaped. The form and septa are unmistakably those of
Schistoceras, and the species may veiy likely be identical with either iS. hyntti
or S. hildrethi, but the figures and description of S. missouriense do not permit
this determination. It seems to be more compressed and to have a narrower
umbilicus than either of the other species."

The umbilicus on this shell is quite wide, being a little more than one-
fourth the total diameter of the shell. There is a small ventral ridge around
the periphery. The ventral lobe is long, fairly broad, and divided by a siphonal
saddle of nearly equal breadth. There are at least two more lobes on the
umbilical border. The type specimen of S. missouriense is cut through the
middle in the plane of the shell, and so these latter characteristics are not
observed. It is also somewhat larger than the specimen at hand and seems to
be somewhat more compressed near the aperture. It is worthy of note, how-
ever, that this character is one developed rather later in the life of the animal,
and that this may really be of no specific importance, as the shell at hand
shows a tendency to develop the same character. Surface marked with numer-
ous fine revolving lines, rather closely set and rather strong. Crossing these,
and much finer, is another set of growth lines which, together with the others,
serve to give a more or less concellated appearance to the shell. It is very
similar to S. hyatti, and probably a close comjiarison of a large number of
specimens will prove the two identical.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, Kansas City, Mo.,
and Cherrvvale (station 40 ?), Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 159

TRILOBITA.

Family PRCETID.E.

Genus Phillipsia Portlock.

Phillipsia major Shumard.

(PL XIX, figs. 6-8.)
1858. Phillipsia major. Shumard, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 226.

The specimens studied include several pysidia, varying in size, associated
with more or less complete cranidia and one pygidium with the thorax (some-
what broken) and cranidium attached, and three free cheeks. From these
specimens the following descrijition is given:

General outline elliptical, cephalon (without genal spines) about two-thirds
as long as the pygidium and considerably wider.

The length of the cephalon is about equal to the width of the cranidium,
which equals a little more than half the entire width of the cephalon; with the
genal spines, the length of the cephalon is about equal to its width. The
cranidium is slightly longer than wide, and the width in front is equal to the
width at the eyes. The glabella is subrectangular in outline, with the sides
converging slightly toward the front, anterior margin rounded; moderately
convex, the greatest convexity being slightly behind the middle. It is sharply
defined, being margined by a small but distinct groove on each side and
another one in front, which separates it from the flattened anterior border.
Glabellar furrows in three rather obscure jniirs, the posterior pair being strongest
and passing obliquely backward across the lateral angles of the glabella so as
to divide it at the neck ring into three nearly equal parts. Two fainter pairs
of fuiTOws extend obliquely backward on the glabella. Neck ring prominent,
narrow, extending laterally a short distance due to the rapid divergence of the
facial suture. Neck furrow deep and narrow. Palpebral lobes moderately
large and sharply defined. In the furrows which define the sides of the
glabella, situated about one-third the length from the front, is a sharp, deep
pit on each side of the glabella. The free cheeks are subtriangular in shape,
produced at the genal angles into long spines; outer border flattened and
defined from the inteiior by a shallow groove which is parallel to the margin,
while another groove parallel to the posterior margin extends inward to con-
nect with the neck furrow. Between these two grooves the cheek is some-
what raised and convex to the margin of the eye, which rises abruptly from it.
Eyes large, lunate.

Pygidium subtriangular in outline, the width being a very little greater
than the length, tapering rapidly from the anterior side of the abruptly rounded
posterior extremity; side nearly straight. Border smooth, flat or concave at
the posterior end and becoming narrower and somewhat sloping anteriorly.
Axial lobe about two-thirds as wide as the pleural lobes on the anterior end,
but all three narrow down to blunt ])oints toward the posterior extremity.
The axis is defined by a very deep, narrow groove on each side, and is
composed of twenty-two segments while each of the pleaural lobes has twelve.

The surface is smooth in appearance, but when examined with a lens is
seen to be very finely pitted.

160 The University Science Bulletin.

This species agrees so well with Shumard's description that there can be
little doubt that the identification is correct. He gave as the dimensions of
the pygidiiim: "Length, 1.1 inch; breadth, 1.2 inch." On the largest of the
pygidia at hand the dimensions are: Length, .99 inch; breadth, 1.02 inch.
Whether it is identical with Meek's specimen is somewhat doubtful, for com-
paring the length and breadth of about twenty pygidia in these collections
reveals the fact that all of them are wider than long.

This is the species described by Hall as Proetus longicctudus and originally
beheved to be from the Devonian, but subsequently referred by him to the
Carboniferous. A cast of the type is identical with the present fossils, even
to the small pit on each side of the glabella, which for some reason he did
not describe.

This species differs from P. sangamonensis, as described by Girty, from the
Wewoka formation, in the pit on each side of the glabella, in the straight
instead of sinuous sides of the glabella, and in the fact that the width of the
anterior part of the cranidium is equal to the width at the eyes.

Horizon and locality. Drum limestone, oolitic member, at Turner, Elsmore
(station 46), Cherryvale (station 40) and Independence (stations 12, 23), Kan.,
and Kansas Citv, Mo.

REGISTER OF LOCALITIES.

Kansas City, Mo.: West bluff and Sixth street; quarry at First and

Michigan streets; north bluff and Garfield street.
Muncie, Kan.: In the L'nion Pacific railroad cut, Wyandotte county.
Turner, Kan.: In the abandoned quarry where the stream crosses the

east-west road one mile south of Turner, Johnson county, Kan.; Kansas

City cjuadranglc.
9. Independence, Kan., quadrangle: Drum limestone; two and a half miles

east of Independence, Kan.; outcrop near road, SE^/d, sec. 28, T. 32, S.,

R. 16 E.
12. Independence quadrangle: Drum limestone; one and a half miles south-
east of Independence, Kan.; Atlas Portland cement ciuarry, NW^,

sec. 8, T. 33 S., R. 16 E.
23. Independence quadrangle: Drum limestone; three and a half miles south-
east of Independence, Kan.; outcrop along the Verdigris river, SW%,

sec. 10, T. 33 S., R. 16 E.
25. Independence quadrangle: Diiim limestone; five miles southwest of Cof-

feyville. Kan.; outcrop along the road, NE^/i, sec. 19, T. 35 S.. R. 16 E.
40. Independence quadrangle: Drum limestone; two and a half miles west

of Cherryvale, Kan.; outcrop along the road, SW%, sec. 7, T. 32 S.,

R. 17 E.
43. lola ciuadrangle: Dnmi limestone; three miles south of Urbana, Kan.;

outcrop along the east-west road, NV2, sec. 23, T. 29 8., R. 18 E.
46. lola cjuadrangle : Drum limestone ; four and a half miles west-southwest

of Elsmore, Kan.; outcrop along the road, SWVi, sec. 16, T. 26 S.,

R. 20 E.
48. lola ciuadrangle: Drum limestone; four miles north-northeast of Bronson,

Kan.; outcrop in the small creek, S%, sec. 13, T. 24 8., R. 21 E.

162 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE I.

rAGK

Figs. 1-2. — Michelinia eugenece White 85

1. Portion of a large corallum, broken so as to show the tabulae.

Independence (station 12), Kan.
la. Transver.se section of a portion of the above.

2. Oblique section of another specimen from the same locality.

Figs. 3-5. — Lophophylluyn profimdum Milne-Edwards and Haime 85

3. A nearl.v straight specimen. Turner, Kan.

4. 5. Vertical and transverse sections of a typical specimen.

Figs. 6-8. — Rhombopora Icpidodendroides Meek 92

6,7,8. Vertical, tangential and transverse sections of mature speci-
mens. X25. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 9-11. — Rhabdomeson kansasense Sayre, n. sp 91

9, 10, 11. Tangential, vertical, and transverse sections of typical
specimens. X25. Independence (station 12), Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

163

PLATE L

11

164 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE II.

I'AGK

Figs. 1-la. — Fenestella mimica var. latirama Sayre, n. var 88

1. la. Obverse and reverse views, X25. The spines of the keel on

the obverse face are only partially preserved. Independence
(station 12), Kan.

Figs. 2-3. — Tabulipora heteropora (Condra) 88

2. Transverse section, X25.

3. Vertical section of a specimen which shows fewer tabuke than

typical members of the species, X25. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 4-6. — Fistulipora nodulijera Meek 87

4,5. Transverse and vertical sections, X25. Note the deposit of
calcite within the zoecial tubes and in the interzoccial pores,
giving them the appearance of being thick-walled. Turner,
Kan.

6. A portion of the surface of the zoarium, .showing the raised lip of

the aperture, X12.5. Turner, Kan.
Figs. 7-7o. — Fenestella moorei Sayre, n. sp 80

7. Obverse face, X25.

la. Reverse face showing the striations. X25. Indejtendence (sta-
tion 12). Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestoni

1 fif)

PLATE II.

166 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE III.

I'AGK

Fig. 1. — Fencstclla moorci Sayre, n. sp 89

1. Obverse face, X12.5. Independence (station 12), Kan.

Figs. 2-4. — Polypora elliptica Rogers 89

2. Obveise view, showing the manner of growth, straight branches

with few bifurcations.
3,4. Obverse and reverse views, X25. Independence (station 12),
Kan.

Figs. 5-5a. — Polypora suhmarginata var. nodosa Sayre, n. var 90

5,5a. Reverse and obverse views, X25. Independence (station 12),
Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

167

PLATE III.

7—5072

168 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE IV.

VKv.r.

Figs. 1-la. — Orbiculoidea convexa (Shumard) 93

1. Dorsal view of the superior valve.

la. Side view of the same, Kansas City, Mo.
Fig. 2. — Polypora submargiuata var. nodosa Sayre, n. var 90

2. View of a large zoarium. Independence (station 12), Kan.

Figs. 3-5. — Derby a crassa (Meek and Hayden) 93

3,4. Dorsal views of two large specimens.

5. Ventral view of a small specimen. Turner, Kan.
Figs. 6-8. — Chonetes verneuilianus Norwood and Pratten 94

6, 6«. Ventral view of a small specimen, and the same, X3.

6b. Posterior view of the same.

7, 7a, 7b. Ventral, dorsal, and posterior views of a larger specimen.

8. Posterior view of another specimen referred to this species with

some hesitation. All from Turner, Kan.

Figs. 9-9a. — Septopora biserialis (Swallow) 91

9,9a. Reverse and obverse views, X12. Independence (station 12),
Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

169

PLATE IV.

6a

It

o

7a

7b

6b

8

9a

170 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE V.

PAGK

Figs. 1-26. — Productus insinuatus var. tnissouriensis Sayre, n. var 94

1, la. Anterior and side views of a narrow specimen.

2, 2o, 25. Ventral, side and anterior views' of a large, broad specimen.

Kansas City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

171

PLATE V

s - ' I ■ ■

172 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE VI .

PAGE

Fig. 1. — Product us insinuatus var. missouriensis Sayre, n. var 94

1. Ventral view of a narrow specimen. Kansas Citj', Mo.

Figs. 2-2b. — Pustula semipunctata (Martin) 96

2,2n.2b. Side, anterior and ventral views. Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 3-36. — Pustula nebrascensis (Owen) 96

3. 3a, 36. Anterior, side, and dorsal views of a characteristic speci-
men. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 4-8c.—Composita subtilita (Hall) 102

4, 4fl, 46, 4c, 5, oa, 56, 5c, 6, 6a, 66, 6c, 7, 7fl, 76, 7c, 8. 8o, 86, 8c. Ven-
tral dorsal side and anterior views of five specimens illustrat-
ing the j'outhful stages of development. Kan.sas City Mo.

Sayre: Fal'na of the Drim Limestone.

173

PLATE VI.

4a

5a

»

& (k

# i « # *

f • ^ t ^

4b 5b ^'^

^ ^

4c

5c

6c

7c

8c

174 The University Science BullLiIN.

PLATE yil.

I'AGE

Figs. 1-3c. — Didasmn vodricosa Sayre, n. sp 98

I, la. Ih, Ic. 2. 2a, 26, 2c, 3, 3a. 36. 3c. Ventral, dorsal, side, and an-

terior views of three specimens illustrating the stages of de-
velopment. Kansas City, Mo.
Figs. 4-56. — Diclastna bovidcti.s (Morton) 97

4, 4a, 46, 4c. Ventral, dor.sal, side and anterior views of a yoim;i

specimen.

5, 5a, 56. Ventral, side and anterior views of an tidult specimen.

Kansas City, Mo.
Figs. 6-66. — Pustula .si/nnui trira ( McChesney) 95

6, 6a, 66. Ventral, side and anterior \iews of a specimen of average

size. Turner. Kan.

Figs. 7-76. — Spirifcritia kenluckien.m (Shumard) 100

7, 7a. 7b. Ventral. dor.*al and posterior views. Kan.sas City. Mo.

Figs. 8-9.— ,S/'6-//r;- trijilicat u.^ Hall 99

8.9. A large, broken shell, and a small, nearly complete specimen.
Turner, Kan.

Figs. 10-lOr. — Pugna.r o.wgc/i.s/.s (Swallow) 97

10, 10'7, 106, 10c. Dorsal, ventral, anterior and side views of an aver-
age specimen. Independence (station 12). Kan.

Figs. 11-126. — Hustedia mormoni (Marcou) 101

II, lla. Dorsal and ventral views of an old specimen.

12, 12r/. 126. Dorsal, ventral and side views of a slightly .smaller and

narrower si)ecimen. Kansas City, Mo.
Figs. 13-14r;. — Squai/ialaria pcrphxa (McChe.sne>') 100

13, \3a. Dorsal and i)Ostenor views of a large imi)erfect specimen.

14, 14«. Ventral and posterior views of a small siiecimen. Inde-

pendence (station 12). Kan.

Sayre: Favna of the Drum Limestone.

175

PLATE VIL

176 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE VIII.

PAGK

Figs. 1-1«. — Edmondia aspinimllensis Meek 103

1, la. A left valve, with most of the .shell broken away and the cardi-
nal view of the .same. Turner, Kansas.

Figs. 2-2c. — Nucidopsis ventricosa Hall 106

2,2a. Rifiht valve and cardinal view, natural size.

26, 2c. Right valve and cardinal view, X^. Kansas City, Mo.
Figs. 3-3a. — Edmondia nebrascensifi (Geinitz) 103

3,3a. A slightly worn right valve and the cardinal view of the same.
Turner, Kan.

Figs. 4-4a. — Solenomya sp. undet 102

4,4a. Internal cast of a right valve and cardinal view of the same.
Turner, Kan.

Figs. 5-oa. — Edmondia ? kansasen.sis Sayre, n. sp 104

5,5a. Right valve and cardinal view of the same. Tvn-ner, Kan.

Figs. 6-6c. — Nucula triangularis Sayre, n. .si^ 105

6. Left valve, natural size.

6a, 66, 6c. Left valve, posterior and cardinal views, X3, Muncie, Kan.

Figs. 7-7c.—Leda bcllistriata Stevens 106

7,7a. Right \alve and cardinal view natural size.

7b, 7c. Left valve and anterior view showing tiio sHgiit gajiing of the
shell, X3, Kansas City, Mo.
Figs. S-8a. — Nucula anadontoides Meek 104

8. An average size specimen, left valve.

8a. The .-ame, X3. Kan.sas City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

177

PLATE VIIL

178 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE IX.

VKr.K

Figs. 1-3. — Yoldia glabra Beede and Rogers 107

1. Internal cast of a left valve.

2. A left valve with the posterior end broken off.

3. Cardinal view. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 4-7. — Parallelodon kansasensis Sayre, n. sp lOS

4. 4a, 5, 5a. Side and cardinal views of a right and a left valve.
6-7. Two young individuals, right valves. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 8-9. — M onopteria longispina (Cox) 11-

8, 9. A nearly complete, immature right valve, and an adult right
valve with the wing broken. Turner, Kan.
Figs. 10-12. — Pseudomonotis equistriata Beede 114

10, 10«. Left valve and ventral view.

11, 12. Two smaller left valves. Tmncr, Kan.

Figs. U-U.—Plerin hmga (Geinitz) 110

13,13a. A small left valve, and the .■^ame, X3. Referred to this
.sjiecies with some hesitation.

14. An internal cast of a left valve. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 15-16. — Plcria wellcri Sayre, n. s]) 110

15. Left valve, natural size.

15a. 16. No. 15, X3, and another left valve showing .slightly differ-
ent ornamentation. X3. Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 17-17a. — Parallelodon sattgamoiiensis ( Worthen) ? 108

17, 17a. A large right valve and the cardinal view of the same.
Turner, Kan.

Figs. 18-19a. — Monopteria marian White Ill

18, A specimen with the wing broken off.

19, 19a. Another specimen with the tip of the wing broken, and a

cai'dinal view of the same. Kansas City, Mo.
Figs. 20-20r. — ('o)iorardinm parrishi Worthen 109

20, 20a,20/j. Side cardinal and anterior views.
20c. Right valve, X3. Kansas City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

179

PLATE IX.

5a

180 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE X.

PAGE

Figs. SAa. — Pseudomonotis spinosa Sayre, n. sp 112

1,2. A left valve and the interior of a right valve. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 5. — Pseudomonotis ? robusta Beede ? 114

3, 3fl, 4 4a. Two left valve.s with their cardinal views showing the
extremes' of variation in shape. Kansas City, Mo.
Figs. 1-2. — Pseudomonotis haumi (Meek and Hayden) 113

5. A left valve considerably smaller than the type, Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 6-7. — Pseudomonotis kansasensis Beede 113

6. A left valve of a small specimen.

7. Interior view of a slightly broken right valve. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 8-86. — Myalina ? swallovi McChesney 116

8. A right valve, nearly complete.
8a. Anterior view of the same.

86. View of the same showing the edentulous hinge marked by two
obscure hgament furrows. Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 9-lOa. — Myalina kansasensis Shumard 115

9. 9a. Left valve and anterior view of the same.

10. 10a. Right valve of a smaller individual and the hinge area of

the same. Turner, Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

181

PLATE X.

f.^

•_rv,.-%

■ :^..

^^

^0t^'

8a

182 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XL

IWflK

Figs. l-lr;. — M yalina ? sloconti Sayre. n. sp 117

1. A left valve with part of the shell broken away.
1(1. View showing the hinge area. Turner, Kan.

FiG.s. 2-2rt. — Schizodus trigonalis Sayre, n. si) 118

2-2n. Left valve and cardinal view. Muncie, Kan.

FiG.s. 3-3fl. — Strcbloptcrin ttuniUncata (Meek and Worthen) 121

3. 3rt. Right valve, and the same, X3. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 4-45. — Schizodus harii Miller ? 117

4,4«,46. Cast of a right valve with cardinal and anterior views.
Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 5-8. — DcllopccU n dccidenUdis (Shumard) 120

5,6. Two left valves.

7. Interior of a small right valve.

8. A large right valve. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 9-10. — Avicidopcctcn sculpiiUs Miller 119

9. A young individual, left \-alve. Turner, Kan.

10. .'\n adult specimen, loft vah'e. Kansas City, Mo.

Savre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

183

PLATE XL

: ■*• ^- ■ ■I'^riht. -=

""^

"N

.!»'.

la

8—5072

184 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XII.

rAiiK
Figs. 1-2. — Aviculopecteii providencesis (Cox) 118

1. A small left valve.

2. A large left valve. Kan.^as City, Mo.

Figs. 3-4a. — Flcurophorus nttotuatus Sayre, n. ?p 125

3,3a. A left valve with the caidinal view.

4,4a. A smaller right valve with the cardinal view. Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 5-6. — Acnulhniicctiri mrboKifcrus (Stevens) 121

5,6. Two left valves. Kan.sas City. Mo.
Figs. 7-8a. — Limatida ? faycicnlata Girty 122

7, So. A right valve somewhat worn and a left valve nearly perfect,

X3.

8. The ,*ame a.^' 8a, natvnal size. Turner. Kan.

Figs. 9-9a. — Lithophof/n subeUiptica Sayre, n. sp 123

9,9a. .\ left valve and the same, X3. Kan.^as City. Mo.
Fig. 10. — Alh lisnia i-o.^ljitnin Meek and Worthen 123

10. A .-^lightly broken right valve. Turner, Kan.

Figs. ll-13a. — PlcurophoriiA subco.'^tatus Meek and Worthen 124

11. A small, complete right valve.

12. 12a. A large, nearly com])lete right valve with the cardinal view.

13. 13a. A .smaller nearly complete left valve with the cardinal view.

Turner, Kan.
Figs. 14-15. — Pleurophonis trapiilophonii-!. Meek lOrt

14. 15. Two incomi)lete right valves. Turner. Kan.

Figs. 16-17a. — FUurophorus tHrnercnsis Sayre, n. sp 12'3

16, 17. Two broken right valves.

17a. Cardinal view of No. 17. Turner, Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

185

PLATE XI L

12a

13a

17a

186 The University Sciexce Bulletin.

PLATE XIII.

PAGE

Figs. l-2a. — Cypricardinia cnrbonnria Meek 126

1. 1«. A right valve, and the same enlarged, X3.

15. Cardinal view of the same.

2, 2fl. Left valve and cardinal view of the .«ame. Kan.^a- City, Mo.

Figs. 3-3a.—AstartcUa gurlcyi White 1-7

3,3fl. Right valve with cardinal view. Turner. Kan.

Figs. 4-5. — Bucanopsis texlilijormis (Giirley) 129

4,4a. To]) and side views of a small specimen.

5, Top view of a larger, incrusted specimen. Turner. Kan.

Figs. 6-6«. — Buciinopxia tcnuilineala (Gurley) 129

6, 6a. Side and anterior views. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 7-7a. — Belkrophon stevensuinus McChesney 12S

7, 7a. Side and anterior views. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 8-8a. — Orestes intertexta (Meek and Worthen) 13S

8, 8a. Basal and apertural views, X5. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 9-9a. — PatcUosliuni marvouinitum (( Jeinitz) 128

9,9a. "Donsal" and side views of a specimen on which the broken,
flared lip has been restored by a plaster of paris cast. Kan-
sas City, Mo.

Figs. 10-105. — Bh nrotdninrin fishcri Sayre, n. sp 133

10, 10a, 105. Apertural. basal, and top views, X5. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 11-115. — Wortheiiia spcciosa (Meek and Worthen) 139

11, 11a, 115. Side views and top view. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 12. — Euconospira rnissouriensis (Swallow) 13§

12. Side view, natural size. Kansas City, Mo.

Fig. 13. — PUurutontaria hiUitcnta Sayre, n. sp 132

13. Apertural view, X2.o. Kansas City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauxa of the Drum Limestone.

187

la

PLATE XIIL

2a lb

^r 3a

6a

7a

8

8a

9a

4a

10a

10b

11a

lib

i

11

12

188 The University Science Billetin.

PLATE XIV.

I'.UIF.

Figs. 1-la. — Pit: urotomaria k(nisasensis Sayre, n. sp 134

1, la. Side and top views, X5. Muncie. Kan.

Figs. 2-2«. — Pleurolomaria granulostriata (Meek and Worthcn)? 130

2, 2o. Side and apertural views, X7.5. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 3-36. — Pleurolomnrio suh>^inualn Meek and Worthen 132

3.3r7,36. Apertural. basal and top views, X7.5. Turner, Kan.
Figs. 4-4o. — Pleurotomoria siibconstricta Meek and Worthen 131

4. 4«. Apertural and basal views, X5. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 5-56. — Ptychomphalus liiteata Sayre, n. sp 135

5. on. oh. Apertural, basal and top views, X5. Turner, Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

189

PLATE XIV.

190 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XV.

Figs. 1-16. — Pleurotomaria heckwithana McChcsney 130

1. la, 16. Apertural. top and basal view.s', XlO. Miincie, J\ati.

Fig. 2. — Goniospira helicaforDn-'^ Sayre. n. sp 136

2. Side view, X^- Turner. Kan.

Figs. 3-36. — Phanerotrona ortiotunt Sayre, n. .sp 13G

3. 3a, 36. Apertural. ba.sal and top views, X5. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 4-4a. — Ptychomphulus laudenslageri Sayre. n. sp 134

4,4a. Apertural and basal views, XlO. Turner, Kan.

Fig. o. — Euconospira tnrbi)ii}ornus (Meek and Worthcn) I37

5. Side view. X5- Kansas City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

191

PLATE XV.

192 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XVI.

PAOE

Figs. 1-2. — Murchisutiia matheri Sayre, n. 8p 135

1. Side view of a broken specimen showing tlie surface markings, X5.

2. Apertui'al \iew of a complete specimen, X4.2. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 3-3o, — Spharuduma primigcnlus (Conrad) 14S

3,3o. Ai)ertural and side views of a huge internal cast. Independence
(station 12), Kan. ,
Fig. 4. — Microduma ornatus Sayre, n. sp I-IO

4. Ajjortural view, X7.5. Turner. Kan.

Fig. 5. — Spharodoma paludittajonnis (Halt) 14S

5. Apeitural view, X5. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 6. — BuliinorplKi meeki Sayre, nom. nov 14lj

6. Ai)erruial \iew. XlO. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 7. — BidiiiiorpJui liiniercnsis S'ayre, n. sp 147

7. Aperltiral view, XlO- Turner. Kan.

Fig. 8. — SoIeni.Hcu.'i ti/jiicus Meek and Worthen 14S

8. Apertural view of a specimen with the lip broken, X7.5. Turner,

Kan.
Fig. d.^BulntKiridtti chrt/.sallis (Meek and Worthen) 146

9. Ai>ertui-al view, X7.5. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 10. — SphaToduma fusijormis (Hall) ? 147

10. Apertural view of a broken mcrusted siiecinien. X4. Turner,

Kan.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone. 193

PLATE XVI.

194 The Uxiversity Science Bulletin.

PLATE XVII.

VAOI'".

Fig. 1. — AcUsina parallela Sayre, n. sp 1"0

1. Apertural view of a broken specimen, XlO. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 2-3. — Orlhonema liratum Sayre, n. sp l.")l

2. Apertuial \ic\v of a small comjilete shell, which is somewhat in-

crusted, XlO.

3. Side view of a broken specimen showing the surface markings,

XlO. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 4. — AcUsina breva Sayre, n. sp 1-")1)

4. Apertural view, XlO. Turner. Kan.

Fig. 5. — AcUsina stevensana (Meek and Wort hen) 149

5. Aju'rtural view. X7.5. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 6. — AcUsina swaUouiana (Geinitz) 149

6. Apertural view, XlO- Turner, Kan.

Fig. 7. — Zygopleura muUicostata (Meek and Worthen) 144

7. A broken specimen, XlO. Muncie, Kan.

Fig. 8.— Zygopleura pUcata (Whitfield ) ? 144

8. Apertural view, XlO. Kansas City, Mo.

Fig. 9. — Zygopleura rugosa (Meek and W'orthen) ? 143

9. Apertural view, X5. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 10. — Zygopleura )ia)ia Girty 14.5

10. Apertural view, XlO. Kansas City, Mo.

Fig. 11. — Hemizyga ? cancellata Sayre, n. sp 145

11. Side view, X7.5. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 12. — Zygopleura attenuata (Stevens) ? 144

12. Side view, X^.o. Muncie, Kan.

Fig. 13. — Zygopleura teres Girty 143

13. Apertural view, XlO. Kansas City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

195

PLATE XVn.

196 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XVIII.

PAGK

Figs. 1-16. — Nadcopsis pricei Shumard 141

1. Apertural view. X2.5.

\a. \b. Top and side views of the same specimen. Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 2-26. — Strophostijlu>< pcoriensis (McChesney) 140

2. 2a. 2b. Toji, side, and oblique views of a sjiecinien with the shell

jiaitly broken away. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 3-.3a. — Trochydomin puKiulu^n Sayre, n. sp 152

3. 3rt. Ai>ertural and siile views, X2.5. Muncie, Kan.

Figs. 4-4o. — Trachi/domia ichechri (Swallow) ? 151

4,4a. Ajiertural and side views, X2.5. Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 5-5a. — Naticop.sl.s ? minntn .Sayre, n. sp 142

5,5«. Apertural and top views, X7.5. Turner, Kan.

Fio3. 6-6a. — Naticopsis ? moniUjcra White 141

6,6«. .\pertural and top A'iews. Turner, Kan.

Fig. 7. — N'aticop.'<is .scintilla Girt>- 142

7. Apertural view, XlO- Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 8-8b. — Guxiolohocera.s parri.'<hi i Miller and C.urley) ISG

8, 8a. Side and apertural views.

8b. Apertural view, X3. Kan.sas City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

197

PLATE XVin.

198 The Uxiversity Science Bulletin.

PLATE XIX.

I'AIJE

Figs. l-2a. — Orthoceras occidentale Swallow? 152

2, 2«. Another specimen showini>' the jiosition of the sinhunclc.
Turner, Kan.

Figs. 3-5. — Pscudorthoceras knoxense (McCheisnejO 153

3. Side view.

4.4fl. A specimen showing the position of the siphuncle and the
same, X3. Turner, Kan.

5. Side view of a larger specimen. Kansas City. Mo.

Figs. 6-8. — PhiUipsia major Shumard 159

6. An inroUed specimen consisting of the cranidium, and pygidium

with the axial lobe of the thorax. Side view.
6(7. The upper side of the same.

7. A large free check.

8. A large pygidium. Kansas City, Mo.

Figs. 9-12. — Orthoceras kansasense Sayre, n. sp 153

9,90,96. A large specimen, showing the rounded and flattened sides

and the position of the siphuncle.
10. 10a. Another specimen, .side view and a view showing the si-
phuncle.
11,12. Two other specimens .showing the position of the siphuncle
in the j'ounger forms. Kansas City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauxa of the Drum Limestone.

199

PLATE XIX.

loa

r

V- .'

9a

9— r)072

200 The University Science Billetin.

PLATE XX.

V.\r,v.

Figs. l-2r/. — Ei)hipi)i()ccras divisutn (White and St. John) ? 153

1, la. Side and ventral view.-; of the larj^est specimen found. Kan.*as'

City, Mo.
2.2a. A fragment of a .small indix'idual including the living chamber,
and .showing the shape of the septum and the position of the
siphuncle. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 3-5. — Di.scites toddanufi Giu'ley 154

3. A fragment showing the living chamber and the shajie of the

.septa.

4. Side view of a smaller .specimen.

5. Ventral view of another specimen showing the direction of lines

of growth. Turner, Kan.

Figs. 6-6a. — Metacoceras cavatijorvu var. angidatum, n. var 155

6. Side view of a nearly complete individual.

6a. Apertural view of the same. Kansas City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauna of the Drum Limestone.

201

PLATE XX.

X

2a

I

^

202 The University Science Bclletin.

PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1. — Serpulopsis insitn (White) S7

1. A specimen of Xiirida nrta(ht)d<n<]t^ covered witli Sc r])iil<i]i-sis
i)i'<iln. Kansas- C.'ty. Mo.

Figs. 2-2a. — Melncoccrns cavdl/jon/n- Hyatt 155

2,2«. Side and ai)prtural views of a large, nearly complete specimen.
Kan.sas City, Mo.

Figs. 3-3o. — Taiuocrras orcidiiitalc (Swallow) 156

3,3a. Side and ventral views of an incomplete specimen. Kansas
City. Mo.

Fics. 4-4r;. — Srliislocerds Diissourirusc (Miller and Faber) 15S

4,4fl. Sitle and .apei'tui-al \'iews. Wesi])ort, Mo.

Fig. 5. — Goniolobocems (ju)iiolob)nn (Meek) ]57

, 5. Side view of an incom})lete si)ecjncn. Kan-a:^' City, Mo.

Sayre: Fauxa of the Drim Limestone.

20:5

PLATE XXI.

THE UNIVEBSITY OP KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] July, 1930 [No. 9

The Synthesis and Properties of the Possible Isomeric
Mono-Chloro-mono-Iodo-Toluenes.

HENRY J. LOXG> and F. B. DAINS,
Department of Chemistry, Uni\ersity of Kan-as.

THE introduction of iodine, using nitric acid as an oxidizing
agent, was first recorded by Dyer and ]\Iixter (2). wlio dis-
' olved oxanilide in acetic acid and then added iodine and nitric acid.
La Datta and Chatterjee (-91, extended this method to tiie aromatic
liydrocarbons, describing tlie syntliesis of a number of iodo deriva-
tives of benzene, toluene, cymenc, etc.

The authors have investigated the direct iodination of the three
chh)rotoluenes in oi'der to determine the proper conditions for such
iodination and also to ascertain the orienting and other effects of the
methyl and chlorine groups. For the sake of identification and com-
parison it was found necessary also to prepare nine of the ten pos-
sible isomeric chloro-iodo-tohienes, and the following paper contains
a description of their synthesis and in tabular form their jihysical
constants. While five isomers had been previously listed in the
literature, four of these were again synthesized, using frequently
different methods, in ortler to obtain additional needed data.

1. Constructed from a thesis svibmitted in partial fulfilhnent for tlie requirements of the
degree of doctor of philosojihy at the University of Kansas.

2. Dyer and Mixter: Am. Chem. J., 8, 3r>2 (188(i).

3. Basik La Datta and Nihar Rangan Chatterjee: J. Am. Chem. Soc, 39, 435 (1917)

(205)

206 'I'liK UxivERSiTY Science Bulletin.

EXPERniENTAL.

DERIVATION OF 0-CHLOROTOLUENE.

I.— 1-METHYL-2-CHLORO-3-IODOTOLUENE,
CHgC.HXn I.

Tliis has been obtained in an interesting way by heating toluene
m-iodo-dichloride, CH3C,;H^ICL (4 • . though Wynn and Greeves (5)
first prepared it by the method used below.

PREPARTION OF 3-XITRO-O-TOLUIDINE CHgCr.HaNOoNHo (6).

The best yield (29 per cent) resulted when o-acet-toluide (60
gms.) was added to a mixtme of fuming nitric acid (255 cc.) and
glacial acetic acid (115 cc.) at 0". After standing for three hours,
the mixture was poured on ice, filtered, washed and dried. It was
tlien saponifi?d with sodium hydroxide (20 gms.) in alcoholic solu-
tion. After distilling off the alcohol, the residue was distilled with
steam from acid solution. The sliglitly basic 3-nitro compound is
slowly volatile with steam, while the 5-nitrotoluidine remains in the
acid solution.

The amino group at position 2 was now replaced with cldorine
(Sandmeyer) and the resulting 2-chl()r()-3-nitrotoluene reduced with
tin and liydrochloric acid to the amine (yield 82 per cent), wliicli
was then diazotized in potassium iodide solution (yield 82 per cent).

The 2-chloro-3-iodotohiene thus obtained is a light yellow oil vol-
atile with steam. When treated with finning nitric acid it gave a
nitro compound whieh melted at 118°.

II._l-^IETHYL-2-CHL()R()-4-IC)DUBENZEXE.

The steps in the synthesis involved the nitration of p-toluidine,
yielding the 2-nitro-p-toluidine (7), from which was obtained in
good yield the 2-nitro-4-iodotoluene. iS. )

While the nitro grouji can be reduced with tin ;uid hy(h'ochloric
acid, ferrous sulphate and ammonia gave more satisfactory results
(72 per cent yield of the amine). The l-methyl-2-amino-4-iodoben-
zene is volatile with steam and melts at 50° i9).

The hydrogen chloride sah decomposed at 240-5°.

Analyses: Calcd. for C,H,IN.HC1 : HCl, 13.54. Found: 13.74.

4. Caldwell and Werner: J. Cham. Hoc, 91, 249 (1907).

5. C. B. : 189.5 (2), 529.

G. Reverdin and Crepieux : Ber., 33, 2498 (l!»0o).

7. Nolting and Collin: Ber., 17, 2G3 (1884).

8. Heynemann: Ann., 1.58, 337 (1871). Reverdin: Ber., 30, 3001 (1897).

9. Heynemann: Ann,, 1.58, 338 (1871).

Long and Dains: Isomeric Toluenes. 207

The acetyl derivative had a melting point of 183°, the benzoyl of
173°, and the picrate of 121°. The base combines with phenyl mus-
tard oil, forming the corresponding thiourea (m.p. 152-3°). The
thiourea from o-tolyl isothiocyanate melted at 162°.

The amine when diazotised with cuprous chloride gave the 2-
chloro-4-iodotoluene, a light yellow oil volatile with steam. Its
nitro derivative melted at 90°.

III._l.:\IETHYL-2-CHLORO-.5-IODOBEXZEXE.

Wroblewski first prepared this compound from o-amino-2-chloro-
toluene (10), which was formed by the reduction of the nitro com.-
pound obtained by the direct nitration of o-chlorotoluene. It was
synthesized here using three methods, each different from the above,
and the identity of the products was proven by the fact that each
with fuming nitric acid gave the same nitro derivative, melting
at 84°.

Analyses: Calcd. for C,H,,C1IX0,: X, 4.60. Found: 4.64, 4.51.

PREPARATION OF THE CHLOROTOLUIDINE.

Method A. m-Acettoluide was chlorinated with sodium chlorate
and hydrochloric acid { 11 \ in glacial acet'c-acid solution and the re-
sulting product hydrolyzed with boiling hydrochloric acid. The free
5-amino-2-chlorotoluene is volatile with steam and melts at 83".
The amino group was then replaced with iodine (Sandmeyer), yield-
ing the halogen compound.

]\Iethod B. 2-Amino-5-iodotoluene was prepared in good yield
by the direct iodination of o-toluidine in the presence of calcium or
magnesium carbonate {13). This was then diazotised in tlie usual
manner, replacing the amino group by chlorine.

^Method C. The direct iodination of o-chlorotoluene. o-Chloro-
toluene (45 gms.), iodine (45 gms.) and pyridine (5 cc.) were mixed
and heated in a flask with ground-in condenser in a metal bath at
190-200^ In the course of an hour concentrated nitric acid (45 cc.)
was added in small portions. The heating was continued for six
hours until most of the iodine had disappeared, a little nitric acid be-
ing added from time to time. On cooling, the acid mixture was sep-
arated as completely as possible, the residue in the flask made alka-
line and distilled with steam. The oil was purified by vacuum dis-

10. Wroblewski: Ann., 168, 211 (1873). Goldschmidt and Honig: Ber., 19, 2413 (1886);
20, 2000 (1887).

11. Reverdin and Crepieux : Ber., S3, 2503 (1900).

12. Wheeler and Liddle: Am. Chem. J., 42, 501 (1909). Artmann: Monats, 26, 1097
(1905).

10—5072

208 The University Science Bulletin.

tillation and the product then melted at 20°. This proved to be
identical with the 5-iodo-2-chlorotoluene previously synthesized,
and showed that most of the iodine had entered the ring in the posi-
tion para to the chlorine. The best yield was 59 per cent. A small
amount of an oily chloro-iodotoluene is also produced, which would
seem to be the 3-iodo derivative.

FORMATION OF HALOGEN SUBSTITUTED BENZOIC ACIDS.

At the temperatures involved, the nitric acid oxidizes a portion of
the substituted toluene to the corresponding benzoic acid. This is
shown by some work of Donald M. Hetler in this laboratory, who
iodinated the o-chlorotoluene at 205° and whose. general results are
in agreement with those of Mr. Long, so far as the chloro-iodo-
toluene is concerned. However, from the alkali-soluble residue in
the flask was isolated o-chlorobenzoic acid (also found by Long) and
two iodine-containing acids. One obtained in very small amount
melted at about 195° and would seem to be impure 2-chloro-3-iodo-
benzoic acid (m.p. 210°). The other, which had a melting point of
145°, was proven to be 2-chloro-5-iodobenzoic acid, as follows:
When 2-chlorobenzoic acid (13) was treated with iodine and nitric
acid at 250°, an acid was obtained melting at 147°, after crystal-
lization from boiling water.

Analyses: Calcd. for C-H.CIIO,: CI, 12.56; I, 44.92. Found:
CI, 12.50; I, 44.99.

The position of the iodine atom at 5 was shown by its identity
wdth the acid formed from 5-nitro-2-chlorobenzoic acid, by reduc-
tion of the nitro to the amino group and replacement of that by
iodine.

IV._l-METHYL-2-CHLORO-6-IODOBENZENE.

Cohen and Miller (14) describe this as a colorless oil, prepared
from 2-chloro-6-aminotoluene. It is the only isomer not synthesized
in this investigation.

Y._l.METHYL-2-IODO-3-CHLOROBENZENE.

Following the method of Wheeler and Liddle (15), 2-amino-3-
nitrotoluene was converted into 2-iodo-3-nitrotoluene, the best yield
of which was 86 per cent (compare isomer I). This was reduced
with ferrous sulfate and ammonia in alcoholic solution to the 3-

13. Ullmarm: Am. Chem. J., 16, 533 (1894).

14. Cohn and Miller: J. Chem. Soc, 85, 1027 (1909).

15. Wheeler and Liddle: Am. Chem. J., 42, 451 (1909).

Long and Dains: Isomeric Tolienes. 209

amino-2-iodo compound. The amine (40 gms.) was dissolved in hy-
drochloric acid (100 cc.) diluted with water and diazotized with
sodium nitrite (20 gms.) and cuprous chloride (30 gms.) at 0°.
After standing for several hours the solution was distilled with steam
and the chloro-iodotoluene purified by vacuum distillation. The
yield was only 35 per cent. The yellow oil darkened on standing,
and on treatment with fuming nitric acid gave a yellow nitro deriva-
tive, which, when crystallized from gasoline, melted at 84°.

yi._l.METHYL-3-CHLORO-4-IODOBENZENE.

Preparation.
METHOD I: CHLORINATIOX OF p-ACETTOLUIDE.

The acettoluide (90 gms.) was dissolved in a mixture of glacial
acetic acid (300 cc.) and pure hydrochloric acid (140 cc.) and cooled
in an ice bath. Forty grams of sodium chlorate in concentrated
solution were added slowly during a period of three hours with con-
stant stirring. After standing in an ice box for twenty hours the
mixture was poured into water. The yield of 3-chloro-p-acettoluide
was 65 per cent {16). The acetyl group is best removed by hydrol-
ysis in acid solution. For this purpose it was heated with four times
its weight of 35 per cent hydrochloric acid, or, better, with 20 per
cent by volume of sulphuric acid. Low yields of the amine were
found in some cases to be due to the splitting off of the amino group,
which appeared as ammonia when the reaction mixture was made
alkaline.

The amine gave in 76 per cent yield on diazotizing with potassium
iodide the 3-chloro-4-iodotoluene.

METHOD 2.

It has been found that when the acetyl derivative of p-toluidine is
nitrated, the nitro group enters the 3 position {17), forming the
3-nitro-p-acettoluide, which is easily hydrolyzed with alcoholic
sodium hydroxide. The amino group was replaced with iodine in
the usual manner {18). The 4-iodo-3-nitrotoluene is volatile with
steam and melts at 54-6°. Reduction of the nitro group to the
4-iodo-3-aminotoluene is best carried out by means of ferrous sul-
phate and ammonia {19), and on replacement of the amino group

16. Reverdin and Crepieux : Ber. 33, 2500 (1900).

17. Cossack: Ber. 13, 1088 (1880).

18. Wheeler: Am. Chem. J, 44, 139 (1910). Willgerodt and Simonis: Ber. 39, 269
(1906).

19. Wheeler and Liddle: Am. Chem. J, 42, 445 (1910).

210 The University Science Bulletin.

with chlorine (48 per cent yield ) the same chloro-iodotoluene was ob-
tained. It is a light yellow oil which on treatment with fuming
nitric acid gave a nitro compound melting at 83-5°.

VII._l.METHYL-3-CHLORO-5-IODOBEXZENE.

Since the groups in the substituted benzene are in the symmetrical
(1.3.5) positions, all meta to each other, it could not be formed by
direct substitution. Hence the following procedure was adopted :

The starting point was para-toluidine, which was converted into
3-chloro-4-aminotoluene as described under isomer VI.

1-METHYL-4-AMINO-3-CHLORO-5-IODOBENZENE FROM THE
lODINATION OF 3-CHLORO-p-TOLUIDINE.

A mixture of the amine (44 gms.), calcium carbonate (33 gms.i,
iodine (75 gms. I, ether (80 cc.) and water (80 cc.) was heated under
a rcflrx until the iodine vapor had practically disappeared. The
reaction mixture was then treated with a little sodium thiosulphate
and steam distilled. A light -colored oil, which solidified in the re-
ceived, came over very slowly (18 hours distillation) in 72 per cent
yield. After crystallization from dilute alcohol or acetone, in which
it is very soluble, it melted at 87°.

Analyses: Calcd. for C,H,C1NI: N, 5.52. Found: 5.42.

The position of the entering iodine atom is indicated by the fact
the chloro-iodotoluene obtained from it differs from the other nine
isomers and also by analogy from the work of Wheeler and Liddlo
with p-toluidine {30). They found that when this amine was
treated with two mols of iodine the 3-5-di-iodo-p-toluidine resulted.

BENZOYL DERIVATIVE OF 3-CHLORO-5-IODO-p-TOLUIDINE.

This, made by the Schotten-Baumann reaction, melted at 167^
after crystallization from alcohol.

Analyses: Calcd. for C\JiiiClINO: N, 3.77. Found: 3.83,3.78.

The amine is too weak a base to form a salt when dry hydrogen
chloride is passed into its benzene solution.

ELIMINATION OF THE AMINO GROUP.

The base was diazotized with solid sodium nitrite, using concen-
trated sulphuric acid and absolute alcohol {20). A 70 per cent yield
of the 3-chloro-5-iodotoluene was obtained after distillation with
steam. It is a light yellow oil which gave on treatment with fuming
nitric acid a nitro compound melting at 101°.

^0. Whealer: Am. "Chem. .1, 44, 144 (1910).

Long and Dains: Isomeric Toluenes. 211

VIII.— 1-METHYL-3-CHLORO-6-IODOBENZENE. {21 )

(1-Methyl-2-Iodo-5-Chlorobenzene.)

Preparation.

METHOD 1: FROM 0-ACETTOLUIDE.

This was chlorinated in acetic acid solution with sodium chlorate
and hydrochloric acid and the acetyl derivative hydrolyzed with
concentrated hydrochloric acid (40 gms. substance to 300 cc. acid).
The free base, 2-amino-5-chlorotoluene, was then diazotized in the
presence of potassium iodide. The chloro-iodotoluene is a stable oil
(60 per cent yield) volatile with steam. It gives a nitro derivative
melting at 88°.

METHOD 2: ACTION OF lODINE-MONO-CHLORIDE ON
META-ACETTOLUIDE.

Wheeler (22) has shown that the 3-amino-6-iodotoluene can be
easily n:ade by the action of iodine chloride on m-acettoluide and
hydrolysis of this product with excess of sodium hydroxide. If
hydrochloric acid is used in the hydrolysis iodine is liberated and no
pure product can be obtained. The replacement of the amino group
by chlorine (Sandmeyer) was nnt satisfactory, the yield being only
25 per cent.

IX.— 1-METHYL-2-IODO-4-CHLOROBENZENE. {23.)

This compound had been i)rcviously described by Wroblewski.
His general method was followed though the intermediates were iso-
lated in a more pure state. The reduction of 2-nitro-4-chlorotoluene
from p-chlorotoluene gave the 2-amino-4-chlorotoluene, melting at
21-2° (24). This when diazotized gave in 78 per cent yield the de-
sired chloro-iodotoluene. This is a light orange-yellow oil volatile
with steam. With fuming nitric acid a nitro product melting at
166° was obtained.

X.— l-:\IETHYL-3-IODO-4-CHLOROBENZENE.

This was synthesized by two methods — substitution of the amino
group by chlorine in 3-iodo-p-toluidine, and by the direct iodination
of p-chlorotoluene.

21. Beilstein Kuhlberg: Ann. 156, 82 (1S70).

22. Wheeler: Am. Chem. J, 44, 130 (1910).

23. Wroblewski: Am. 168, 210 (1875).

24. Goldschmidt and Honig : Ber. 19, 243, 842 (1886).

212 The University Science Bulletin.

METHOD 1.

Para-toliiidine was treated with iodine and calcium carbonate ac-
cording to the method of Wheeler and liiddle (25) , giving the 3-iodo-
4-aminotoluene. The mono-iodotolyl urea, CHaCcHsINHCONH.,
melts at 192° (Wheeler, 187°). On replacing the amino group with
chlorine, an oil volatile with steam was obtained which proved to be
the desired chloro-iodotoluene. This reacted with fuming nitric acid
at 0°, giving a nitro compound that melted at 162°.

METHOD 2: DIRECT lODINATION OF P-CHLOROTOLUENE.

Para-chlortoluene (60 gms.), iodine (60 gms.) and pyridine (5 cc.)
were heated in a metal bath at 195°. To this was added in the course
of an hour a mixture of concentrated nitric acid containing 25 per
cent of fuming acid. The heating Avas continued for a number of
hours, adding a little nitric acid from time to time. When the iodine
has disappeared the residue in the flask was steam distilled. The oil
that came over proved to be the 3-iodo-4-chlorotoluene (42 per cent
yield). The last of the distillate, ten grams in all, was a solid melt-
ing at 85°, and was found by analysis to be a di-iodo compound,
C.HsClL.

Analyses: Calcd. for C.H^CII.: CI, 9.38; I, 67.11. Found: CL,
9.36; I, 66.98.

It has doubtless the following structure, viz.: l-methyl-4-chloro-
3-5-di-iodobenzene, since it results from the further iodination of the
4-chloro-3-iodotoluene, and experiment has shown that a second
iodine enters the 5-position of 4-amino-3-iodotoluene. Further light
on the reaction was obtained by Mr. Hetler, who carried out the
iodination at a higher temperature, 220-25°, which increased very
definitely the oxidizing action of the nitric acid.

HALOGEN ACIDS FROM THE IODINATION OF p-CHLOROTOLUENE.

From the alkali soluble portion of the residue was isolated
p-chlorobenzoic acid (m. p. 235°) and a small amount of an impure
acid containing both chlorine and iodine formed by the oxidation of
the 4-chloro-3-iodotoluene.

4-CHLORO-3-IODOBENZOIC ACID.

This acid was obtained in a pure state by the oxidation of 4-
chloro-3-iodotoluene, using the method of Ullmann (26) . It melted
at 208° after crystallization from dilute alcohol.

25. Wheeler and Liddle, Am. Chem. J., 42, 445 (1909).

26. Uullmann, Am. Chem. J., 16, 553 (1894).

Long and Dains: Isomeric Toluenes.

213

TABLE OF CONSTANTS.

Melting
point.

Boiling
point.

Index

ref.
at 23.

SP, G.

at 15.

Anal.

calc.

CI and I.

64.35.

M. P.
nitro
deriv.

I.

l-Methyl-2-Chloro-
S-Iodobenzene.

—12°

110-125°

at
11.1 mm.

1.608

1.657

64.50

L 18°

II.

l-Methyl-2-Chloro-
4-Iodobenzene.

8°

136.5-147.6°

at

16 mm.

1.624

64.19
63.76

90°

III.
l-Methyl-2-Cliloro-
5-Iodobenzeiie.

20°
oil.

108-123°

at
9.5 mm.

1.618

1.78.57

64 . 38
63.72

84°

IV.

l-Methyl-2-Chloro-
6-Iodoboiizene.

132-133°

at
25 mm.

1.844
at 20

V.
l-Methyl-2-Iodo-
3-Chlorobenzene.

—26°

130-145°

at
25.5 mm.

1.608

63.78

84°

VI.
l-Mothyl-3-ChIoro-
4-Iodobonzene.

—12°
—12°
—21°

—25°

120-125°

at
10 mm.

1.618

1.8364

64.71
64.88

83-85°

VII.

l-Mptliyl-3-Cliloro-
o-Iodobenzfiio.

120-142°

at
22 mm.

1.609

1.76S2

64.75
64.76

101°

VIII.

l-Metliyl-2-Iodo-
5-Chlorobeiizene.

110-125°

at
5.5 mm.

1.616

64.52
64.62

88°

IX.

l-Methyl-2-Iodo-
4-Chloioberizene.

133.5-137.5°

at

7.2 mm.

1.620

1.8358

61 . 50

64.20
64.57

160°

X.

l-Methyl-3-Iodo-
4-Cholobenzene.

—10°

120-125°

at
14.5 mm.

1.614

1 . 7940

162°

214 The University Science Bulletin.

Analyses: Calcd. for C,H,C1I0,: CI, 12.56; I, 44.95, Found.
CI, 12.57; 1,44.90.

The same acid as shown by its analysis and mixed melting point
was produced by heating p-chlorobenzoic acid, iodine and nitric acid
at 290°. Its constitution, and as a result that of the original chloro-
iodobenzene, was proven by an independent method. Nitration of
the p-chlorobenzoic acid gave the 3-nitro-4-chlorobenzoic acid which
wais then reduced to the 3-amino-4-chlorobenzoic acid {21) . The acid
formed by replacing the amino group by iodine melted at 203-9° and
proved to be identical with the acids synthesized by the two othc:
methods.

SUMMARY.

The table gives a resume of the properties of the ten possible
chloro-icdotoluenes. Numbers I, III, IV, VIII and IX have been
previously noted in the literature. With the exception of IV, their
preparation has been repeated by the same or usually different
methods and additional data regarding them obtained. Numbers II,
V, VI, VII and X have been synthesized by methods which proved
their constitution, thus completing the list of the possible isomers.
Tw^o isomers have been obtained by direct iodination: No. Ill,
2-chloro-5-iodotoluene, from 2-chlorotoluene; and No. X, 3-iodo-4-
chlorotoluene from p-chlorotoluene. The entering iodine atom occu-
pies the position that would be expected, though the directing in-
fluence would seem to be mainly that of the chlorine atom. Any
other possible isomers must be formed, if at all, in much smaller
quantity.

The nitro derivatives were prepared simply as an aid in identifi-
cation and differentiation. The question of the position of the nitro
group must be left for later investigation.

The formation of m-iodobenzoic acid in this laboratory and of the
two chloroiodobenzoic acids shows the possibility of iodinating ben-
zoic and chlorobenzoic acids if sufficiently high temperatures are
used.

27. Hunn, J. Am. Ch m. Soc, 45, 1057 (1923).

THE UNIVERSITY OE KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] July, 1930 [No. 10

The Preparation of the Di-Substituted Formamidines
and the Reactions of Di-p-Xylyl-Formamidine.

F. B. DAINS and SISTER AGNES ELLEN DAILY.
Departiiitnt of Chemistry, University of Kansas.

DTPHENYL formamidine, C,H,N:CHNHC,H,, has been pre-
{lared by various methods, one of the simplest of which was
suggested by Weith il) and studied more in detail many years latei"
by Shoesmith and Haldane (2). Their description is as follows:
"Forty grams (1 mole) of 80 per cent formic acid were mixed with
160 grams (2.4 moles) of aniline. The water which was present in
the original acid, together with that produced in the reaction, was
distilled away through a fractionating column. The head of the
column was fitted with a device for trapping the water as soon as it
I'eached the top. After four hours gentle boil the tem]~)erature was
raised until 60 cc. of aniline had distilled over. The residual diphenyl
formamidine solidified on cooling, and after recrystallization from
alcohol melted at 137 degrees (yield 63 grams)."

In our own experiments the pyrex flask was fitted with a 20-inch
glass tube (% in. diam.) the upper end of which bent so as to con-
nect with an ordinary water condenser. When tlie contents of the
flask were boiled gently water vapor was given off and condensed,
carrying only a few drops of aniline with it. It was usually found
necessary to continue the heating for from 8 to 12 hours before the
reaction mixture solidified. This product was then transferred to .a
distilling flask and 60 to 70 cc. of aniline distilled over. The residue
was purified by treatment with gasoline or absolute alcohol. The
dipthenyl formamidine obtained was somewhat colored, but of good
quality. However, the yields were not very satisfactory, ranging in
nine trials from 33 to 50 grams, with an average of 37 grams.

1. Ber. 9, 454 (1876).

2. J. Chem. Soc. 123, 3705 (1923).

(215)

216 The University Science Bulletin.

DI-p-TOLYL-FORMAMIDINE, C7H7NCHNHC7H7.

A mixture of formic acid (46 gms.) and p-toliiidine (179 gms.)
was heated under like conditions for 12 hours and then p-toluidinc
(60 cc.) was distilled from the reaction mixture. On working up the
residual product a yield of from 33 to 40 grams of the pure formami-
dine was obtained.

DI-o-TOLYL-FORMAMIDINE, C7H7NCHNHC7H7.

The same proportions and procedure were used as with p-toluidine,
but the yield is still more unsatisfactory, since only 23 grams of pure
di-o-tolyl formamidine were obtained from 179 grams of o-toluidine.

The foregoing results show that the phenyl 0- and p-tolyl for-
mamidines can be synthesized by this method, but it is not practical
except with the cheaper and more available aromatic amines.

The most satisfactory reagent for the preparation of these di-sub-
stituted formamidines is orthoformic ester. This gives clean prod-
ucts and almost quantitative yields, and has been used in this lab-
oratory with a wide variety of aromatic amines. The procedure is
simple, since it consists in heating the ester (1 mole) and the amine
(2 moles) at 100 or 120 degrees for one to two hours and purifying
the product from gasoline or gasoline and penzene, HC (000115)3 -|-
2RNH, = RNCHNHR + SC^H^OH.

DI-p-XYLYL-FORMAMIDINE, (CH3)2C6H3NH-CH:NC6H3(CH3)2.

This was readily prepared in good yield by heating orthoformic
ester (1 mole) and p-xylidine (l-amino-2-5-dimethyl-benzene)
(2 moles) for two hours at 20 degrees in an oil bath. The solid
product was washed on the filter with a little gasoline and purified
by crystallization from benzene. It then melted at 155 degrees.

Analyses: Calcd. for Ci.HooN.: N, 11.11. Found: 10.71.

REACTIONS OF THIS FORMAMIDINE.

In a previous series of papers it has been shown that the methy-
lene hydrogen, both in open chain compounds such as aceto acetic
ester and in heterocyclic rings such as the isoxazolones, could be
readily replaced by the complex >CHNHR, thus giving a carbon-
carbon synthesis, as follows:

X2CH2 + RN :CHNHR — X2C :CHNHR.

Various syntheses were carried out using the xylyl formamidine
in order to ascertain whether the presence of methyl groups at posi-
tions 2 and 5 in the amine would affect the general course of the re-

Dains and Daily: Formamidines. 217

action. The following results indicate that the syntheses proceeded
normally :

3-METHYL-4-P-XYLYL-AMINO-METHYLENE-5-ISOXAZOLONE.

CH3C |C rCHNHCsHg.

I I
N-O-CO

A molar mixture of di-p-xylyl formamidine and 3-methyl-4-ben-
zal-isoxazolone in a little xylene was heated in an oil bath for a few
minutes at 150 degrees and then the temperature was lowered to
115-120 degrees and kept there for tw'o hours. After evaporating
the xylene from the mixture, the reaction product was dissolved in
hot alcohol, from which the above compound crystalizes in dark yel-
low needles, melting at 193 degrees, while the benzal-p-xylidine re-
mains in solution.

Analyses: Calcd. for CisHi.O^N,: N, 12.17. Found: 12.18.

It will be noticed that in this case an unusual type of reaction
occurs, viz., the replacement of a doubly bound benzal grouping by
the xylyl amino methylene complex:
CH3C — -, C iCHCeHs + CsHgNCHNHCsHg = CeHgCHiNCsHg +

N-O-CO C13H14O2N2.

In the case of the benzal compound such replacement takes place
easily and smoothly which in the unsubstituted isoxazolones the
yield is mainly tar.

1-P-TOLYL-3-METHYL-4-P-XYLYL-AMINO-METHYLENE-

PYRAZOLONE, CH3C jCiCHNHCsHo.

li I

N-N(C7H7)CO

The formamidine and p-tolyl-methyl pyrazolone were heated at
120-130 degrees for two hours, with the formation of two products:
(a) an orange red difficultly soluble compound melting at 249 de-
grees which proved to be the methenyl-bis-methyl tolyl pyrazolone ;
and (6) the yellow methylene derivative, which is much more
readily soluble in alcohol.

Analyses: Calcd. for C.oH^.ON,: N, 13.16. Found: 12.94.

The presence of the bis-pyrazolone is due to the action of a second
mole of the pyrazolone upon the amino methylene compound as
follows:

CH3C ,C iCHNHCsHg + HoC 1CH3 =

II ' I I I

N-N(C7H7)CO CON(C7H7)N

HC=^^+C8H9NH2.

218 The University Science Bulletin.

p-XYLYL-AMINO-METHYLENE-CYANACETIC ETHYL ESTER,

CN-CrCHNHCsHg.
I
COOC0H5

This was synthesized when a mixture of ethyl cyanacetate and the
formamidine was heated at 120 degrees for three hours. It crystal-
lized from alcohol in colorless needles, which melt at 153 degrees.

Analyses: Calcd. for Ci,Hie02N2: N, 11.47. Found: 11.39.

P-XYLYL-AMINO-METHYLEXE-ACETYL-ACETONE,

(CH:;CO)2C:CHNHC8H.j.

The methylene hydrogen in the acetyl-acetone was readily re-
placed on heating with the formamidine at 130 degrees for three
hours,

(CHsCOoCHo + CsHgNCHXHCsHo = CsHoXHs + CiiHiiOoX

It is easily soluble in alcohol, from wliich it separated in colorless
needles melting at 125 degrees.

Analyses: Calcd. for C,Ji,,0.^. X, 6.06. Found: 5.77.

p-XYLYL-AMIXO-METHYLEXE-ACETO ACET-p-XYLIDIDE.

CHsCOCiCHNHCgHg
I
CONHCsHg

When the di-xylyl formamidine and ethyl acetoacetate are al-
lowed to react at 110-120 degrees for two hours, not only is the
methylene hydrogen replaced, but the xylidine set free combines
with the carbethoxy group, yielding alcohol and the acid amide de-
rivative. This illustrates the greater reactivity of the COOCoH-,
grouping in acetoacetic ester as compared with the preceeding ethyl
cyanacetate where no such replacement occurred. The new com-
pound melted at 140 degrees when crystallized from alcohol.

Analyses: Calcd. for C,,H,,0,N.: N, 8.33. Found: 7.99.

p-XYLYL-AMIXO-METHYLENE-BENZOYL-ACETO-p-XYLIDIDE,

CgHsCOC : CHXHCsHg.

COXHCsHg

This was the main product when the amidine was heated with
ethyl benzoylacetate for two hours at 110 degrees. It was difficultly
soluble in alcohol and when crystallized from glacial acetic acid
melted at 182 degrees.

Analyses: Calcd. for CooH^eOoN^: N, 7.03. Found: 6.71.

Dains and Daily: Formamidines. 219

A small amount of a compomid melting at 130 degrees was iso-
lated, but not enough for analysis. This was doubtless the ethyl
ester of the amino-methylene derivative.

The p-Xylidides of benzoylacetic ester and acetoacetic ester were
formed in good yields when the esters were heated with p-xylidine
for three hours at 115-130 degrees. They were purified by crystal-
lizing from alcohol.

BENZOYL-ACETO-p-XYLIDIDE. CcHr.COCH^COXHCsHi,.
M. P. 142 DEGREES.

Analyses: Calcd. for Ci,Hi,OoN: N, 5.24. Found: 5.30.

ACETYL-ACETO-p-XYLIDIDE, CHsCOXHCONHCsHg.
M. P. 98 DEGREES.

Analyses: Calcd. for CioH,,,O.N: N, 6.82. Found: 6.83.
ACTIOX OF BROMIXE UPON DI-p-XYLYL FORMAMIDIXE.

Bromine (1 mole) acted upon the formamidine in chloroform solu-
tion, giving a yellow solid, melting at 162 degrees, which was evi-
dently the HBr salt of a monobromo di-p-xylyl formamidine,
C,H,NCHCsH3i-HBr.

Analyses: Calcd. for Ci.HjsN.Br.: N, 6.83. Found: 6.56.

SUMMARY.

(«) A study has been made of tlie jireparation of di-phenyl, di-o-
tolyl and di-p-tolyl formamidine from the amine and formic acid.
The method, while feasible, gives unsatisfactory yields.

(6) Di-p-xylyl formamidine has been synthesized, as well as its
condensation products, with a number of compounds containin*.;
methylene hydrogen.

THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

ToL. XIX] July, 1930 [Xo. 11

Comparative Anatomy Within the Genus Euonyinus.

GEORGE T. McNAIR,

Department of Botany, University of Kansas.

THE family of Celastracese (Lindl.) contains about 38 genera,
with 375 species of trees and shrubs, many of whoch are climb-
ing. It is distributed throughout both hemispheres excepting in the
Arctic zones.

Just where and when the family originated is very uncertain ac-
cording to the available papers on this subject, but it is thought
probable that it had its origin in Europe and was distributed in
Europe and North America during the Cretaceous periods. During
the Tertiary times the family, and especially the genera Euonymus
and Celastrus, is thought to have been distributed not only in
Europe and North America but as far as Greenland, Spitzbergen,
Alaska, Australia and Java. The paleontological findings have
been mostly leaves. The present-day distribution of the Celas-
tracese, and in particular of Euonymus and Celastrus, lends support
to the belief that the Celastraceae were to be found in both Europe
and North America during Tertiary times. Of the species of
Euomjmus living to-day, E. europceu^ and E. latifolhis are known
in the Quaternary strata from Europe.

Rehder lists only five out of the thirty-eight genera of the Celas-
tracese as occurring in North America. The following notes con-
cerning these five genera are taken from his "Manual of Cultivated'
Trees and Shrubs":

"Euonymus: About 120 species, in North and Central America, Europe,
Asia and Australia.

"Celastrus: More than thirty species in eastern and southern Asia, Aus-
">tralia and America.

"Pachistima: Two species in North America.

"Glossopetalon: Three or four species in North America.

"Tripterygium: Three species in eastern Asia."

(221)

222 The University Science Bi'lletin.

Because of their great ornamental value, these trees and shrubs
have been under cultivation for a long time, a fact which makes it
difficult to trace their distribution, or even, in fact, to know their
native habitat in many instances.

Concerning the general distribution of Euonymus, the follow^ing
is quoted from Sargent: "The Sylvia of North America," Volume 2:

"The genus Euonymus is widely distributed through the Northern Hemis-
phere, extending south of the equator to the islands of the Indian archipelago
and to Australia. Botanists now distinguish about forty species, the largest
number occun-ing in the tropical regions of southern Asia, in China and in
Japan Several species are found as far south as the mountains of Ceylon.
One of the Indian species occurs also in Sumatra and in Java, and one species
has been detected in northern Australia.

"The genus is represented in central Asia and is widely scattered with a
number of species through the Orient and through temperate and southern
Europe. In North America two species occur in the Atlantic and one in the
Pacific regions and three or four little-known species inhabit southern Mexico."

This paper will deal with nine species of Euonymus. This
genus contains about 120 species, according to Rehder. He de-
scribes twenty-three species and a number of varieties as occurring
in North America. In "Standardized Plant Names" only fourteen
species and three varieties are listed for North America.

With the exception of E. radicans, all of the species studied are
shrubs or small trees. They are easily recognized by the fruit. The
next most marked field character is the four ridges in the bark,
which is characteristic of most species. The stems are usually
green, due to the persisting assimilatory tissue.

The following is a list of the species which are to be discussed
in this paper. They represent, as far as is known to the writer, all
of the available species to be found growing in this immediate
locality. Rehder's "Manual of Cultivated Trees and Shrubs" has
been used quite freely in writing the following brief descriptions.
The dates of introduction are those given in the manual. Concerning
these dates the following general explanation is quoted from Rehder's
introduction:

"Most of the foreign trees and shrubs and even some native ones have
reached oiu- gardens by the way of Europe, and it is only within the last
fifty years that, chiefly through the agency of the Arnold Arboretum, many
plants have been introduced from their native countiy, mostly from eastern
Asia, directly to American gardens. Lack of space forbids to give in this
book details regarding the introduction, and only the year, if known, is given;
when this could not be ascertained, the first record of the plant as being in
cultivation is given, based either on the mention in horticultural literature

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 223

or on dated herbarium specimens. As the most complete and reliable records
regarding the introduction of plants into cultivation are found in English
horticultural literature, most dates, particularly those of older introductions,
refer to England, though in many cases the plants may have been in cultivation
earlier on the continent of Europe or in this country."

Euonymus alatus Reg.
Winged Shnjb.

Introduced 1860. Tts native habitat is given as Japan, Korea, Manchuria
and China.

This is one of the most easily recognized of all shrubs because of its unique
cork wings, which grow out wedge-shaped along four sides of the stem. It is
a more or less spreading shrub, growing to a height of eight feet. The
branches are stiff with two to four (usually four) broad, corky wings. The
leaves are short-stalked, elliptic or obovate, acute at both ends, finely and
sharply serrate, one to two inches long.

E. amcricanus L.
Strawberry Bush; Brook Euonymus.

Introduced 1683. Habitat from New York south to Florida and west to
Texas.

It is an upright shrub, six to eight feet high, easily recognizable in the late
summer by its very numerous small clusters of fruit, which remind one of
strawberries. The leaves are lance-ovate to lanceolate, one to three inches long,
acuminate, cuneate, crenatc-sen-ate, dark green in color.

E. atropurpiireus Jacq.
Wahoo ; Burning Bush.

Introduced 1756. Native from New York to Florida, west to Minnesota,
Nebraska, Oklahoma and Texas.

A treelike shrub growing from six to as much as fifteen or eighteen feet
high. It has a more or less fluted ash-gray bark on the older stems; the twigs
vary from green to plum color. The leaves are elliptic or ovate-elliptic,
acuminate, serrulate, pubescent beneath, one and one-half to five inches long.
The petioles are one-third to two-thirds of an inch in length. The fruit is
about a half inch across and matures in October. "The purple husk parts and
reveals the seed, enveloped in a scarlet outer coat that fits it loosely. The
delicate pale lining of the purple envelope makes harmony between the two
stronger colors, and the plum-colored twigs and yellow leaves contribute to
make this indeed a burning bush, that glows brighter as the advancing winter
opens' all the husks and displays the scarlet seeds. No brighter dash of color
can be added to gardens or shrubbery borders than this tree, which shows its
beauty chiefly in the dead of winter."

11—5072

224 The University Science Bulletin.

E. bungeanus Maxim.

Winterberry.

Introduced 1883. Native of China and Manchuria.

A shiiib or small tree to fifteen feet high with slender branches. The leaves
are elliptic-ovate to elliptic-lanceolate, two to four inches long, long-acuminated,
broad cuneated at the base, finely serrate with petioles up to almost an inch
in length.

E. europaeus Linn.
Spindle Tree; European Burning Bush.

In cultivation for a long time. A native of Europe to western Asia.

An erect shrub or sometimes a small tree to twenty feet high. The leaves
are elliptic-ovate to lance-oblong, from one and a half to two and a half inches
long, acuminate, cuneate, crenate-serrate, petiole up to half an inch in length.

E. europaeus nanus Lodd.
Dwarf Burning Bush.

Origin and introduction unknown.

This is a dwarf, dense and strictly upright form with elliptic to elliptic-
lanceolate leaves from one to one and a half inches long or on vigorous shoots
to two and a half inches long. Xo fruit has e\er been produced by the plants
which were studied for this paper.

E. maackii Rupr.

Cultivated since 1880. Native of north China, Manchuria and Korea.

Large shrub or small tree ; leaves are glabrous, elliptic-oblong to lance-
oblong, acuminate, gradually narrowed toward the base, serrulate, two to
three inches long and three-fourths to one and one-fourth inches broad. The
petioles are one-sixth to one-fifth as long as the leaves.

E. patens Rehd.
The Spreading Euonymtis.

Introduced about 1860. Native of eastern and central China.

A half evergreen or nearly evergreen spreading shrub to ten feet. The
lower branches procumbent and sometimes rooting, the branchlets obscurely
four-angled, minutely warty. The leaves are elliptic to elliptic-oblong, rarely
obovate-oblong, acute, cuneate at the ba.>;e, crenately serrulate, bright green
above.

E. radicans Sieb.

Winter Creeper.

Introduced 1865. Native of north and central Japan and Korea.

A low procumbent shrub, with often trailing and rooting or climbing
branches, climbing sometimes to twenty feet. Branches are terete, densely and
minutely warty. The leaves are roundish to elliptic-oval, rounded or narrowed

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 225

at the base, crenately serrate, usually dull green above with whitish veins;
one-half to two inches long. According to Schenck: "In Japan it climbs as
an evergreen shrub in light places, especially on evergreen trees, and in tlie
Japanese woods it takes the place of the less abundant ivy to a certain extent."

Of the above group, E. atropurpureiis is the only species growing
wild in this vicinity. Specimens of this species were collected from
four different sources: From the timber on Botany Bluff, two or
three miles east and north of Lawrence. From Gage Park at
Topeka ; some of the plants there had been obtained from the gov-
ernment, others were growing wild. From the timber near Mr.
Bunker's cabin, seven miles south and west of Lawrence. A lawn
in Lawrence; this plant had been brought in from the timber and
replanted.

E. alatus and E. bungeanus specimens were obtained at the ~Slt.
Hope Nurseries near Lawrence. There were about twenty-five
individuals of bungeanus and between fifty and a hundred of alatus.

E. americanus, patens, radicans, europaeus nanus, and maackii
were all collected from Gage Park. Most all of these had been ob-
tained originally from the government, but it was impossible to get
exact information concernmg them. Definite information concern-
ing the immediate genetic relationship of individuals would have
been very iielpful in attempting to explain several peculiarities
which have appeared during the course of this study.

E. europaeus is growing on the University campus.

The most inclusive work that has been done on the genus Euony-
mus is that of Stenzel (18). He studied the leaf and stem of some
seventeen species and made a key for the species studied. The key
was based on the histological structures of the leaf and petiole. His
material was chiefly herbarium specimens. The species he studied
were E. pauciflora, nanus, velutinus, atropupureus, alatus, occiden-
talis, angii-stifolius, japonicus, fmbnatus, pendulus, verrucosus, gar-
cinoides, latifolius, europaeus, scandens, tarmentosus and japanicus.

Metz (8) has fully described the leaf of E. alatus, amencanus and
europaeus.

Petit {11), discussing the occurrence of fat bodies in the assimla-
tory tissue, says that no great degree of systematic value can be
attributed to their occurrence. With the fat bodies Petit also classes
the small caoutchouc bodies which are to be found in some species.
These caoutchouc bodies have been made the subject of two papers.
Col iZ) described their occurrence in a number of species, E. japoni-
cus, fimbr'atus, radicans, nanus, europaeus, latifolius, americanus,

226 The University Science Bulletin.

verrucosus, alatus, and in the root of atropurpureus. He concluded
that they are generally present in the cortex, in the phloem region
of the stem and also of the root, although the cells secreting them do
not appear in all species at the same age. In most species they do
not occur until the stem is at least two years old, and in E. alatus
they do not occur excepting in very old branches. He considered the
secretions to be lactiferous, having some properties characteristic
of caoutchouc. He did not find these secretions in the leaf blade,
petiole, pith or cortical parenchyma. Metz (8), on the other hand,
found what is probably this caoutchouc in the epidermal cells
around the stomata, in the palisade cells and in special containing
cells in the leaf of E. alatus, but not in E. americanus or europaeu^.

Moeller (9), in an examination of the cortical region of E. ob-
ovatus {E. americanus) , latifolius, and verrucosus, found in obovatus
"compact worm-formed fibers" which it is presumed are the cells
secreting the caoutchouclike substance. He considered them to have
arisen by a "mucilaginous or pectin metamorphosis of certain bast
fibers." Col {£) , on the other hand, says that "he is completely
mistaken in their nature inasmuch as he considers them as fibers in
the process of pectic transformation."

The cells described by Moeller were present in the specimen of
americanus studied for this paper. Their walls were slightly thicker
than most of the parenchyma cells of the cortex, and in shape they
are blunt-ended tubes. It seems more likely that they are simply
modified parenchyma cells. The caoutchouclike substance was
quite abundant in a four-year-old stem, occurring not only in these
particular cells but also in other short parenchyma cells of the
phloem, and also in the thin-wallcd parenchyma cells inside of the
assimilatory tissue. The same substance was found in the same
regions in E. radicans and also in the cells of the outer cylinder of
the collenchyma and occasionally in a medullary ray cell and in
pith cells which were near the outer margin. In E. patens some
of the parenchyma cells just outside of the phloem contained
caoutchouc. In the other species studied there was no indication
of it.

Concerning the origin of the bark there are differences of opinion.
Moeller {10) states that the epidermis forms the phellogen in
the species which he studied. Solereder {16), cjuoting Stenzel
{18), says the cork arises in the epidermis throughout Euonymus.
Weiss {19) briefly states his findings in connection with cork
formation in E. alatus, latifolius and europaeus as follows:

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 227

"Cork formation begins in the epidermis, where the outer walls are very
much thickened. At first a phelloderm cell is cut off, then a cork cell toward
the outside, which cell in europaeus and alatus constitute the complete cork
layers in the two-year-old stem. The wings in alatus are cork formation
composed of cells strongly stretched radially."

Gregory (4), in her study of E. alatus, europaeus, and three
varieties of europaeus — variegatus, ovatus and purpureus, found in
E. europaeus purpureus cork originating from the collenchyma cells
immediately below the bundles of bast fibers at the corners of the
stem. In alatus she says:

"The first indication of it externally is a little line of brown flecks at equal
di.stances from the ridges at the corners. They may easily be mistaken for
lenticels, but on examination they are found to be the first stages of the
wing, which originates directly from the stomata. . . . It is well known
that E. verrucosus has warty projections of cork which are said to arise from
lenticels, though at the time of their origin there is no appearance of periderm,
unless the outer cylinder, which we have described as coUenchymatic cells,
be considered periderm."

Concerning the little brown flecks of bark, etc., Stahl {17) says
that these are not lenticels and that their origin is in no way
connected with the stomata, but that they are rather corky out-
growths of the cortical parenchyma which elevates the epidermis.

Quoting from Stenzel (18) :

"Von Hohnel describes the phellem of E. europeus very precisely. He
describes four cork wings and cork masses lying between. The latter are
very irregularly developed, in some places strongly, in others little or none at
all. They consist of alternate layers of phelloid of varying thickness and true
cork. The four cork wings are strong and consist for the most part of phelloid
layers, which are the first thing formed each year, and consist of hard, brown-
walled, radially elongated cells containing one or more red-brown clumps which
are lacking in the cork cells. The three to four layers of cork cells which
regularly alternate with the phelloid are quite small."

From the present studies it would seem that the origin of the
cork is variable in the different species. In E. europaeus nanus
it arises form the epidermis (pi. XXIV, Fig. 2). An epidermal cell
divides first radially and then in the direction of the circumference.
The inner cells then divide in the direction of the circumference of
the stem and produce cork cells on the outside, and by the further
production of these cork cells the epidermal layer is shoved out
until it splits, resulting in a ''little brown fleck" of bark which
resembles a lenticel in appearance. These brown flecks increase in
number, grow in size and unite with each other until eventually the
stem is covered with a thin, rough bark.

228 The University Science Bulletin.

The origin of the wings in alatus was found also to be epidermal
(PI. XXIV, Fig. 4). A cell is cut off from the epidermal cell, this
cell then divides, producing a cork cell on the outside and itself be-
coming a phellogen cell.

In E. americarms the first indication of cork is at the four corners
of the stem during the first season's growth. Here it is formed by
the cells of the collenchyma cylinder inside of the epidermis (PI.
XXIV, Fig. 1, c-c).

It is also derived from the collenchyma in E. atropurpureus and
europaeus. In atropurpureus bundles of bast fibers are always
present at the corners of the stem, but within the collenchyma layers
(as described later). The collenchyma cells around this bundle
produce a ring of corklike cells completely surrounding these fibers,
but more abundant toward the inner side. By their continued pro-
duction the epidermis is broken and a weakly developed and
temporary (as compared with alatus) cork wing arises (PI. XXIII,
Figs. 10, 11,12,13).

Gris (5), according to Stenzel, was the first to investigate the
availability for taxonomy of the anatomical condition of the pith.
On the basis of his results he established three types:

1. Homogeneous pith, consisting of living cells (thick-walled
and starch-bearing) witli or witliout crystal sacs.

2. Heterogeneous pith, consisting of living and of empty cells,
the latter usually thin walled.

3. Empty pith, consisting of empty cells only.

Kasner (6) studied the large peculiar cavities in the pith and de-
cided they were simply the results of tearing of the thin walls dur-
ing growth by the large cluster crystals of calcium oxalate.

The purpose or purposes of this study have been to determine if
the species characters are as clearly marked throughout all or any
of the internal tissues as they are in the external structures, so
that keys could be made for species identification based on the
variations found in the tissues; to ascertain if some tissues are more
variable than others, and if so to account for the differences; and
to find out whether or not species which have been developed in
gcograpliically isolated regions differ from each other more than
those which have been developed in the same general regions.

Cross and longitudinal sections as well as mascerations of the
stem were studied from both fresh and preserved material. These
studies were chiefly made from the fifth and sixth nodes from the
last terminal bud scars of the two-year stems, although the fourth or

McNair: Genus EtoNYMUs. 229

fifth node of the one-year stem was also examined. The sections
were cleared and detailed drawings were made at uniform magnifi-
cations. The leaves were studied from the surfaces and from sec-
tioned material. The petioles were sectioned.

Wliere measurements are given they are the result of an average
of at least ten cells and usually from two to three different pieces of
material.

In the species studied it was impossible to definitely recognize
an endodermis. Therefore, as is customary, all tissues from the
epidermis to the phloem will be called primary cortex. The sec-
ondary cortex will be considered as all tissues produced by the
cambium toward tho outside and all tissues of the periderm.

THE STEM.
E. atropurpnreiis Jacq.

The cells of the epidermis as seen in cross section are strongly arched, al-
most pointed on the outer side, and flat on the inner side, giving them a
somewhat triangular shape (Plate XXII, Fig. 1). The radial diameter of the
cell is 19.9 microns and the diameter at the base is 12.9 microns. The outer wall
of the epidermis is usually comparatively thin. 7 microns, and is never equal to
one-half of the radial diameter of the cell in thickness. Stomata are fairly
numerous, they are sunken and have air spaces below.

Beneath the epidermis is a layer of clear collenchymalike cells. These cells
have their long axes in the direction of the circumference of the stem. They
are about twice as long as wide, being about as long as the epidermal cell
is wide. This layer varies from two cells to three, four or even five cells in
thickness at short intervals, resulting in a wavy or wTinkled appearance of
the epidermis. At four nearly ecjuidistant points these cells cut through the
layer next beneath them and connect with another collenchymalike layer.
Thus there are two cylinders of collenchymalike tissue connected with each
other at four points, which will be termed the corners of the stem (PI. XXIII,
Fig. 1).

Between the two cylinders of collenchyma tissue there is a layer four or
five cells thick of nearly isodiametric thin-walled cells which contain chloro-
plasts. These assimilatory cells in atropurpiireus contain fewer chloroplasts
than imy other species studied, possibly due to the purplish pigment in the
epidermis.

Toward the end of the first year, or during the early part of the second year
of growth, cords of bast fibers are found at the comers of the stem in the
collenchyma which connects the two collenchyma cylinders. These cords de-
velop by differentiation and a thickening of the walls of the collenchyma
cells in a region of tissue connecting the two C3dinders just beneath the line
of the outer cylinder (PI. XXIII, Fig. 10). Differentiation continues until at
times as many as seventy-five or eighty bast fibers are formed. Collenchyma
cells completely suiTound this bundle of fibers. As gro\\-th continues the
bundles are shoved outward, resulting in ridges on the stem. These ridges

230 The University Science Bulletin.

connect the outer angles of the leaf scars as shown in plate XXIII, figure 13.
Toward the end of the second year the ring of collenchyma cells around the
bast fibers produce corklike cells toward the inside, i. e., immediately around
the bast fibers (PI. XXIII, Fig. 11). This proliferation is much greater on
the inner side than on the outer (PI. XXIII, Fig. 12). The epideiTnis is
broken and sloughed off and the bast bundle is shoved to the outside, where
it is gradualh' sloughed off along with the cork cells as new cork is formed.
These cork lines are unquestionably derived from the collenchyma cells. The
portions of the epidermis between the ridges remain intact into the third and
fourth years except for thin, long patches which gradually grow larger and
become more numerous until the entire stem is covered by a thin cork. By
this time all indications of the original ridges of cork have disappeared.

Next inside of the inner collenchyma cylinder thin-walled parenchyma
cells extend in to the phloem region. These cells are all larger than the collen-
chyma cells, those nearer the phloem being the largest. These large cells
form a more or less continuous ring. They measure as much as 62 microns
by 31 microns in cross diameter. Between these and the phloem there is an
irregular layer of much smaller parenchyma cells. Their walls are somewhat
thicker than those of the other parenchyma cells. They are always so WTinkled
that it is impossible to get accurate measurements of their size. Roughly, they
are % to % the size of the larger cells just mentioned and from four to six
times the size of the phloem cells. In longitudinal sections they are seen to be
short, blunt-ended tubes. Between the phloem and the parenchA'ma are occa-
sional solitary thick-walled bast fibers.

Cluster crystals of calcium oxalate are fairly numerous in the parenchyma,
but they are also found in the other tissues of the cortex. Since their occur-
rence IS variable and seemingly dependent on habitat, and possibly seasonal
conditions of the plant, it is not considered that they have much systematic
significance.

The cells of the phloem in cross section are small and thin-walled, rectangular
in shape and regular in size. They appear to be more or less marked off in
squares by the medullary ray cells in the radial direction and by small paren-
chyma cells in the tangential direction. These cells are about four times
as long as wide when seen in longitudinal sections.

The xylem consists chiefly of tracheal tubes, tracheids and wood fibers.
The wood fibers frequently more or less encircle the larger tubes and are by
far the most abundant elements of the xylem.

The medullary rays are one cell in thickness. The cells are flattened as
seen in cross sections, while in longitudinal radial sections they vaiy. Some
are square, some have their long axis in the radial direction and others have
their long axis in the vertical direction (PI. XXIV, Fig. 6). There are from
four to six rays in an arc of 175 microns at the circumference of the xylem.

The pith cavity is roughly almost square in the two-year-old stem, although
it is more rounded in the one-year-old stem, the four comers being at points
alternate with the corners of the stem. The pith cells are empty, with the
exception that some contain large clustered crystals of calcium oxalate, and
are very thin-walled. They are usually torn out in sectioning. Starch is not
stored in the pith.

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 231

E. europaeus Linn.

The epidermal cells are arched on their outer surface, but are more
flattened than in atropurpiirexcs, measuring 12.6 microns in their radial diameter
and 23.1 microns in their tangential diameter. The outer wall of the epidermis
is slightly thicker than in atropurpureus, 8.75 microns, and its surface conforms
to the upper margin of the cavity (PI. XXII, Fig. 2).

The collenchymatic tissue, as in atropurpureus, consists of two cylinders
connected at the four corners and separated, excepting at the corners, by
assimilatory tissue. The cells of this assimilatory tissue are small and rounded,
their long axis in the direction of the circumference. Chloroplasts are very
abundant, giving the stem a bright green color excepting at the four corners,
where the absence of chlorophyll results in a whitish line. For the most part
the stem is predominantly green for at least three years, frequently longer.
The outer cylinder of collenchyma is quite uniformly two cells thick, conse-
quently the epidermis has a smoother contour in contrast with the wavy
or wrinkled condition in atropurpureus . The development of the walls of the
collenchyma cells is much weaker than in atropurpureus. This is especially
true of the inner cylinder, where frequently these cells merge into the thin-
walled parenchyma layer beneath so gradually that it is difficult to distinguish
the dividing line.

On stems of rapid growth bundles of bast fibers followed by lines of cork
formation at the comers may or may not develop. In slow-growing stems
they do not occur. The bundles of bast fibers, if present, never exceed twenty
to twenty-five cells in number, usually fewer. The cork forms a considerable
ridge at times, but generally it is sloughed off almost as rapidly as it is formed.

The parenchyma tissue in the cortex of europaeus is quite similar to that of
atropurpureus, as are also the phloem and xylem tissues, Occasional solitary
bast fibers occur between the parenchyma and the phloem.

The medullary rays are one cell thick. There are four to five of them in an
arc of 175 microns at the outer edge of the xylem in the two-vear stem (PI.
XXIV, Fig. 7).

The pith cells are empty excepting for clustered crystals. They are very
thin-walled and are easily torn out, as in atropui-pureus. The pith cavity in
the one-year-old stem of europaeus is diamond-shaped, less than twice as long
as broad in cross section, the ends of the diamond being rounded and pro-
truding (PL XXIII. Fig. 2).

E. bimgeanus Maxim.

The most noteworthy difference between hungeanus and atropurpureus is
in the size of the cells. The corresponding tissues bear the same relationships
to each other.

The epidermal cells have their long diameter in the direction of the cir-
cumference. They measure 30.8 microns by 19.9 microns. The outer wall
of the epidermis measurers 10.5 microns in thickness. The epidermal cells are
onl}^ slightly arched on their outer sides (PI. XXII, Fig. 3.

The outer cylinder of collenchj'matic tissue is composed of cells which are
larger and more irregular in size and shape than in atropurpureus. The walls
of the cells at the four corners are more thickened than elsewhere. No bundles

232 The University Science Bulletin.

of bast fibers develop at the corners but, usually not before the third year,
cork ridges are formed which are similar in every way to those already described
for atropurpureus and europaeus. The cells beneath these ridges become greatly
stretched, seeming to indicate that growth was taking place more rapidly in
all other parts of the cortex.

The assimilaton- tissue is composed of rather uniformly large cells which
are very abundantly supplied with chloroplasts.

The thin-walled parenchyma inside of the inner coUenchyma cylinder is
similar to that of the other species, excepting for the size of the cells. These
measure as much as 28 by 56 microns. Bast fibers are found, solitary or in
groups of two or three, in the layer of small parenchyma cells next inside of
these large ones. In the great majority of stems these bast fibers are very
scarce, but occasionally a stem is found in which they are quite abundant.

The medullary rays are a single cell in width (PI. XXIV, Fig. 8). They
average five in 175 microns at the outer margin of the xylem.

The pith is heterogeneous. Most of the cells have comparatively thin walls,
but thicker than in europaeus. The cells are not uniform in size and do not
contain stored starch or calcium oxalate crystals. The pith cavity in the one-
year-old stem is diamond-shaped, but is much smaller in proportion to the size
of the stem than in any other species studied excepting alatus (PI. XXIII,
Fig. 3). "

E. maackii Rupr.

The epidermal cells are almost triangular in shape. Their av'erage size is
21.4 microns in both the radial and the tangential diameters. The thin outer
wall, 7 microns in thickness, is strongly arched. The epidermis remains intact
as long as five or six years.

The collenchyma cylinders have their cell walls strongly thickened, especially
so at the corners of the stem where the two cylinders are connected. The cells
are quite regular in size and shape and give the cortex a very compact ap-
pearance (PI. XXII, Fig. 4).

Xo bast fibers develop at the corners, nor is there any indication of cork-
wing formation.

The cells of the assimilatorv tissue are regular in size and shape, with a
tendency to be longer than wide, as seen in cross section, the long axis being
in the direction of the circumference.

The thin-walled parenchyma is not so abundant as in the forms previously
described. The cells vary greatly in size. Those which make up the ring of
large cells may be as much as 45.5 by 70 microns. No bast fibers are to be
found between the phloem and the parenchyma.

The medullary rays are one cell thick, averaging 3 to 4 in 175 microns at
the circumference of the xylem. The cells of the rays are longer in their
radial diameter. (PI. XXIV, Fig. 9).

The xylem is not so compact as in other forms, owing to the greater
abundance of tracheal tubes and fewer wood fibers. This condition may be due
entirely to habitat conditions, however, altho it is marked in all stems studied.

The pith cavity in the one-year stem is diamond-shaped, the corners less
rounded than in europaeus. The points alternate with the corners of the stem.
The stem itself is flattened on two sides and rounded on the other two (PI,

McNair: Genus Euonymls. 233

XXIII, Fig. 4), a condition different from all other species studied. In the
two-year stem the pith cavity is almo.?t square. The pith cells are variable in
size, with larger cavities and thicker walls toward the inside. Most of them
have comparatively thick walls and are filled with starch grains. The cells
containing clustered crystals have thin walls.

E. patens Rehd.

The epidermal cells are flattened, measuring 14.3 microns in their radial
diameter by 26 2 microns in their tangential diameter. The outer wall,
which averages 10.5 microns in thickness, is not so prominently arched as
in other species. Stomata are very numerous (PI. XXII, Fig. 5).

The outer collench.yma cylinder is strongly developed. At short intervals
in the inner margin of this cylinder are large round thick-walled cells like the
collenchyma cells which extend into the cylinder of the assimilator}^ tissue.
The cells of the assimilatory tissue radiate more or less around these cells
where they are present (PI. XIII, Fig. 14).

The cells of the assimilatory tissue differ from all previously described in
that their long axis as seen in cross section is in the direction of the radius.

There is no connection of collenchyma cells between the outer and inner
cylinders. The inner cylinder of collenchyma cells is quite prominent, extend-
ing entirely to the phloem in many places. In other regions thin-walled
parenchyma lies between this and the phloem. The thin-walled parenchyma
cells vary in size from 24 by 52 microns to 45 bj' 70 microns, although the great
majority are small. There is not a continuous ring of large cells.

The medullary rays are seven in 175 microns. The cells in some places are
quite noticeable because of their large size, some of them being as wide in
their transverse diameter as the medium-sized tracheal tubes. Their long
axis is in the vertical direction (PI. XXR', Fig. 10). Many of them measure
as much as five times as long as wide. Thej' are seldom pitted on their
horizontal walls. The rays are for the most part one cell thick, but some are
two and three cells in thickness.

The pith cells are of moderate but fairly uniform size. Their walls are
thick and not easily torn. In the two-year-old stem the cells are living and
contain starch. Numerous large cluster crystals are present. The pith cavity
is much larger than in any other species studied and is almost circular in
cross section in both one- and two-year-old stems, contrasting with the
diamond-shaped cavity of most species (PI. XXIII, Fig. 5).

E. americanus L.

The cells of the epidermis are flattened, irregular in shape and size and
are more or less crushed. They average 16.1 microns in the radial diameter
by 22.7 in the tangential diameter. The outer wall of the epidermis is thick,
measuring 17.5 microns.

The collenchyma cylinder immediately beneath the epidermis is usually
only one cell layer in thickne.ss, although it is two cells thick in places. The
cells are rather irregular in size and shape.

The inner cylinder, if present, cannot be distinguished from the parenchyma

234 The University Science Bulletin.

celk beneath it. The walls of all of these cells are much thicker than the
assimilatory tissue cells. There are no collenchymatic connections with the
outer collenchyma cylinder.'

Cords of bast fibers at the corners of the stem are always present (PI.
XXII, Fig. 6), but these differ from all other species in that they are inside
of the cylinder of assimilatory tissue and remain in the cortex, i. e., they
are not cut out by cork-forming cells as in other species. The first cork
formed is along the four corners and may appear there as early as the fifth
or sixth node of the one-year-old stem (PI. XXIII, Fig. 6). The cork is
derived from the cells of the outer cylinder of collenchyma (PI. XXIV, Fig. 1).

The cells of the assimilatory tissue are thin-walled and have their long
axis in the radial diameter. They are much longer than wide in cross sec-
tion, and as a result this tissue has all the appearance of the palisade tissue
of a leaf.

The parenchyma tissue next inside of the assimilatory tissue, as already
mentioned, cannot be divided into collenchyma and thin-walled parenchyma
cells. All of the cell walls are considerably thicker than those of the assimila-
tory tissue. The long axes of the cells are in the direction of the circumference.
The ring of large cells near the inner margin of this layer is veiy prominent.
These cells measure as much as 52.5 microns in tangential diameter by 35
microns in their radial diameter, while in longitudinal sections some were
found measuring 46.5 microns long. Since these cells show no contents, it is
presumed their function is that of water storage.

The smaller parenchymalike cells between these large cells and the phloem,
already referred to in other species, are quite prominent in americanus. They
are short, bluntended tubes measuring about 10.5 microns in their radial and
tangential diameters by 63 to 70 microns long.

Most of the phloem cells look very much alike in cross section, being
rectangular in shape. Occasional rows of thinner- walled parenchyma cells at
right angles to the medullary rays mark off more or less square areas of the
rectangular cells. In longitudinal sections the cells are found to be sieve tubes
and tube-like parenchyma cells many of them measuring ^4 to 1 mm. in length,
and contain simple pits in their walls. Many of these contain the brown
secretion which is presumed to be the caoutchouc discussed by Moeller (loc.
cit.).

The medullaiy rays are a single cell in thickness, five or six in 175 microns
at the outer margin of the xylem. The long axis of the cells is in the vertical
direction. They measure two to three times as long as wide (PI. XXIV, Fig.
11).

The pith is heterogeneous, being composed of both living and dead cells,
the latter having thin walls. There is great variability in the size of the cells.
Cluster ciystals are numerous; also cells containing caoutchouc are not in-
frequent. In the one-year stem the pith cavity is diamond-shaped, the corners
alternating with the comers of the stem. The region of the vascular bundle
is narrow as compared with the cortex or with the pith region. The one-year
stem of americanus differs from all others studied in that its shape is nearly
square in cross section (PI. XXIII, Fig. 6).

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 235

E. eiiropaeus nami^ Lodd.

The outer wall of the epidermis in europaeits nanus is thick, 12 to 14
microns, and resembles that of ainericanus when seen in cross section. The
epidermal cells are somewhat irregular, but are mostly rectangular in shape,
measuring 22.75 microns in their tangential diameter by 18.2 microns in their
radial diameter. Cells are frequently found which have recently divided.
Sometimes this division is in the radial diameter, sometimes in the tangential.
The walls of the cells cut off by the tangential division thicken and the cells
become collenchymatic. When cork is produced it is in the form of longi-
tudinal flecks scattered promiscuously over the stem. It is epidermal in origin
(PI. XXIV, Fig. 2).

The outer cylinder of collenchyma is one cell thick excepting where it has
been added to by the epidermis.

The assimilatorj- tissue is three to four cells thick and is not cut through
by collenchyma cells. The cells are more or less rounded (PI. XXII, Fig. 7).

The walls of the collenchyma cells of the inner cylinder are not thickened
in the angles between cells, but the walls are quite thick. They have simple
pits. The cylinder is not of uniform thickness, being much thicker at the angles
of the stem; in fact, it seems to be the inceased number of these cells that
produces the angles. It is of interest here to note that the stem of europaeus
nanus has six angles instead of four as in other species (PI. XXIII, Fig. 7).
The first cork forms in flecks between the angles.

Inside of the inner collenchj-ma laj-er is a cj'linder, for the most part only
one cell thick, of thin-walled parenchyma cells. These cells are of about the
same size as the inner collenchyma cells. Interspersed with these thin-walled
parenchyma cells, or more correctly, just inside of the single-cell layer but
intenaipted by other large thin-walled cells are patches of cells, as seen in cross
section, which ha\c their walls considerablj' thickened and pitted (PI. XXIV,
Fig. 3). In longitudinal sections these are short tubelike cells. Their walls are
not lignified and yet thpy do not give the same color reactions for cellulose as
the phloem and other prenchyma cells. Similar cells have been discribed for
other species; in europaeus nayius, however, the}^ are much more strongly
developed. No bast fibers are to be found in the cortex of the two-year-old
stem of the europaeus nanus.

The medullary rays average nine in the arc of 175 microns at the edge of
the xylem. They are a single cell in thickness (PI. XXIV, Fig. 13). The cells
have their long axes in a vertical direction but are seldom more than twice as
long as wide. The walls are exceptionally thin and sparsely pitted (PI. XXIV,
Fig. 12).

The pith cavity is irregularly circular in outline. The pith cells, which are
rather loosely arranged, have fairly thick walls and many of them contain
starch. Clustered crystals of calcium oxalate are very- frequently found.

E. radicans Sieb.

The outer wall of the epidermis is thin, measuring between 6 and 7 microns.
The epidermal cells are of two types. The majority are flattened rectangular
cells measuring 10.5 microns in their radial diameter by 21.8 microns in their
tangential diameter. Interrupting these at short intervals are larger cells, 24

236 The University Science Bulletin.

microns in radial diameter by 21 microns in the tangential diameter. This
gives a series of peaks to the outline of the epidermis as seen in cross section
(PI. XXIII, Fig. 8).

The outer collenchyma cylinder likewise consists of larger and smaller cells
with pits communicating between them. This layer is typically one cell thick.

The assimilatory tissue is three to five cells in thickness. On one side of
the stem the cells of the outer layer of this tissue are elongated in their radial
diameter, while the cells of the other layere are round (PI. XXII, Fig. 8).

On the opposite side of the stem there is a lesser development of this tissue,
and all of the cells aie round. This is probably due to the fact that the vines
from which the specimens were taken were fiat on the ground. On the
under side of the stem most of the cells are of more or le-ss irregular size and
shape.

The inner collenchyma cylinder is well developed but only two to four
cells in thickness. The cells are pitted.

The thin-walled parenchyma layer next inside of this inner collenchyma
cylinder consists of cells having exceptionally thin walls. They are irregular
in size and shape, and it is very seldom that a section is cut without tearing
and crushing this layer. There is a considerable development of the thicker-
walled, pitted, tubelike cells in patches just outside of the phloem, especially
on the upper side of the stem.

The medullaiy ray cells are exceptionally large as compared with the other
species studied, some of them measuring as much as 14 microns in transverse
diameter and occasionally as much as 28 microns in radial diameter. Most of
them, however, are roughly almost square as seen in cross section of the stem.
In longitudinal sections some are square. The great majority, however, are
from 70 to 80 microns in length (PI. XXIV, Fig 14). They are finely pitted
on all surfaces. The rays are one cell in thickness for the most part although
occasional rays two cells thick are found.

The pith is homogeneous. The cells are of fairly uniform size and have
moderately thick walls. They contain stored starch and a few compound
crysta's are present.

E. alatus Reg.

The outer wall of the epidermis in a section of the two-year stem measures
19.75 microns in thickness. The epidermal cells are sharply pointed outward,
but from the margin of the outer wall the sides are perpendicular to the base.
The epidermis is one to two cells thick. The cells measure 18.5 microns in
the radial diameter by 12.25 microns in the tangential diameter (PI. XXII.
Fig. 9).

The outer collenchyma cylinder is strongly developed, being three to four
•cell layers in thickness. Beneath the cork wings these cells are stretched so
much that it is impossible to distinguish them from other types of cells. The
cork wing takes its origin from the epidermal cells (PI. XXIV, Fig. 4). The
shrubs from which specimens for these studies were taken were growing slowly,
which may account for the precocious development of the wing somewhat at
variance with descriptions of other writers. Plate XXIII, figure 9, is from a
section cut two millimeters from the base of the terminal bud. The wings
were well developed on three sides and just starting on the fourth; but two

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 237

millimeters further back this wing was as large as the other three. The other
tissues of the stem were equally well developed in this section.

The cork cells of the cork wings are quite large, thin-walled and elongated
radially (PL XXIV, Fig. 5). Plate XXIV, figure 4, shows only a few of the
■cork cells at the corner of the wing, where they are very small.

The chlorophyll-containing layer is two to three cells in thickness and is
not cut through by the collenchyma tissue, although beneath the wings these
cells, along with all others, become so stretched that they cannot be distin-
guished from the collenchyma cells. The cells of the assimilatory tissue are
small, roughly rectangular in shape, with their long axes in the radial diameter.

The inner collenchyma cylinder is well developed. The cells vary greatly
in size, from 5 microns to 63 microns in the tangential diameter, which is the
long axis of the cell. The lafger cells are at the inner circumference of the
cylinder and only rarely is one found which is as large as the measurement
given. Great numbers of large clustered crystals are stored in the cells of
this cylinder.

The parenchyma cells inside of the inner cylinder of collenchyma is com-
posed for the most part of large cells. The cell walls are exceedingly thin
and easily torn.

The medullary rays are one cell in thickness and average four to the arc of
175 microns at the edge of the xylem (PI. XXIV, Fig. 15).

The pith is heterogeneous. The cells have thick walls, but vary greatly in
size. They are empty excepting for an occasional compound crj^stal. The
pith cavity is diamond-shaped and is smaller than in the other species studied.
The points of the diamond are opposite the four wings. Using the position of
the pith cavity as found in the other species as a criterion, it would seem
that in ahttus the wings form between the lines which produce the angles on
the other species of the genus.

SUMM.\RY OF THE .\NATOMY OF THE TWO-YE.\R-OLD STEM;

The stems of the shrubs and vines of the genus Euonymus are
often said to be charaeteristically four-angled. This statement is
true in a general way, the angles being produced by the excessive
■development of collenchyma tissue under the epidermis. In some
species this condition is so weakly developed that it is almost
impossible to locate the angles. The condition has its typical de-
velopment in E. europaeus, afropiirpureus, bungeanus and maackii.
An extreme condition is found in americanus, where the young
stems are almost square. In europaeus nanus the young stems are
distinctly six-sided. In alafus the angled characteristic of the others
do not appear, but large cork wings are present between the lines
where the angles are formed on the other species. In patens and
radicans the angles are not apparent.

The outer epidermal wall throughout tlie species investigated is
relatively thick. In europaeus, bungeanus, patens, europaeus nanus
.and radicans it is as thick or thicker than half the radial diameter

238 The University Science Bulletin.

of the epidermal cells, and in americanus and alatus it is thicker
than the cavities in their radial diameter. In only two species
studied, atropurpureus and maackii, it is less than half of the radial
diameter of the cavities of the epidermal cells.

In atropurpureus and alatus the epidermal cells are pointed on
the outer side and are longer in the radial than in the tangential
diameter. In alatus the epidermis is variable, from one to two cells
thick. In maackii the two diameters are of about equal length and
the cells are somewhat pointed. In the remaining species the
tangential diameter is the longest, europaeus and patens varying
from one to two cells in thickness. The outer cell surface is rounded
in europeaus, bungeanus and patens, but almost flat in americanus,
radicans and europaeus nanus. In radicans single cells much larger
than the others occur at short intervals, producing small peaks over
the epidermis.

Cork is relatively slow in forming in most species. The cork
wings of alatus are very precocious in their development. In atro-
purpureus, europaeus, bungeanus and americanus lines of cork ap-
pear along the angles of the stem usually by the early part of the
second year of gro^\'th. In the two first-named species these lines
take the form of rather temporary, weakly developed wings. In
bungeanus these winglike growths appear occasionally, very weakly
developed. The spaces between these lines remain more or less green
from two to five years. In all species examined the cork, excepting
in the wings of alatus and in that formed at the angles of the stem
in the above-mentioned species, arises as little brown longitudinal
flecks which resemble lenticels in appearance. These multiply in
number and size until the stem is covered.

From my own findings and the work of other investigators it may
be said that the cork usually is of epidermal origin. At the angles
of the stem in atropurpureus and americanus however, it is derived
from the collenchyma tissue beneath the epidermis.

Next beneath the epidermis is a layer of colorless collenchyma
cells. This layer is only one cell thick in patens, americanus,
europaeus nanus and radicans, but more than one cell thick in atro-
purpureus, europaeus, bungeanus, maackii and alatus. In patens
and radicans large, round, thick-walled colorless cells occur in
(radicans) or just beneath (patens) this layer of tissue.

A second layer of collenchyma tissue inside of a layer of chloro-
phyll-containing cells is characteristic of the genus, altho this is
variable in the degree of its development. In some cases it grades

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 239

off into an inner layer of thin-walled parenchyma cells so gradually
that it is difficult to ascertain the dividing line.

The two cylinders of collenchyma tissue are connected with each
other by collenchyma cells at the four corners of the stem in
atropurpureus, eiiropaeus, bungeanus and maackii, but not in the
other species. These collenchyma cells cut through the layer of
chlorophyll-containing cells and thus produce the white lines which
show through the epidermis in young stems.

The chlorophjdl-containing layer is usually from three to five cells
in thickness. In atropurpureus and europaeus nanus the cells are
almost isodiametric in shape; in europaeus, bungeanus and maackii
they have their long axes in a tangential direction, while in patens,
americanus, radicans and alatus the long axis is in the radial diam-
eter. In these last-named species this layer frequently looks very
much like the palisade layer of leaves. The degree of development
in this direction seems to be in response to the sunlight, since in
radicans these assimilatory cells on the side of the stem which lies
on the ground are irregular to isodiameteric in shape.

Inside of the inner collenchyma cylinder is a layer of parenchyma
tissue of varying thickness. The cell walls of this tissue are char-
acteristically thin, but in some of the species they are rather thick.
In those forms in which the walls are thickened they are rather
conspicuously pitted. The cells of this layer always have their long
axis in the tangential direction. They vary in size, being smaller
in the outer circumference and gradually becoming larger towards
the inner circumference. These large cells at the inner circumference
reach their greater development in americanus.

Between this layer and the phloem are irregular patches of smaller
blunt-ended tubelike cells. In most species the walls of the cells are
only slightly thicker than those of the surrounding parenchyma
cells, but in others, especially europaeus nanus, the walls become
greatly thickened.

Bast fibers are not formed in the cortex of maackii, patens,
europaeus nanus, radicans or alatus. In atropurpureus rather large
bundles of fibers are found at the corners of the stem in the tissue
just beneath the outer collenchyma cylinder. Also scattered fibers,
single or in groups of two or three, are found just outside of the
phloem. In europaeus scattered fibers are found outside of the
phloem and small bundles may or may not develop at the corners
of the stem. In americanus bundles of fibers develop at the corners

12—5072

240 The University Science Bulletin.

of the stem, but in this species they are inside instead of outside of
the assimilatory tissue.

The vascular bundles of the stem were quite similar in all species
studied. The cells of the phloem region are all thin-walled and more
or less rectangular in shape, so that it is impossible to distinguish
the sieve tubes and companion cells in cross sections. In the xylem
wood parenchyma is scarce and tracheids with bordered pits are
only infrequently found. The tracheal tubes are broadly pitted
and have spiral or concentric thickenings of the walls. The wood
fibers are mostly pitted and assist in the transportation of water.

The medullary rays in all species are normally one cell wide,
although rarely here and there a ray of two cells in thickness was
observed. In maackii, patens, americanus, eiiropaeus nanus and
radicans the cells of the medullary rays vary from square to long,
the long axis being in the vertical direction. In radicans some of
these cells are extremely long. They are very thin-walled and finely
pitted. In europaeu-s nanus the cells are small, thin-walled and
finely pitted. The rays in this species are seldom more than three
to four cells high and never more than one cell wide. In atropur-
pureus the rays are prominent. The cells vary from square to long,
but some of the long cells have their long axes in the vertical direc-
tion while others have it in the radial direction. In europaeus,
bungeanus and alatu^ most of the cells are oblong and all have
their long axes in the radial direction. Starch is stored in the
medullary rays of all species investigated.

The pith throughout the group is alike in that the cells are longer
in their vertical diameter, and compound crystals of calcium oxalate
are found in all species. Starch is not stored in the pith of atropur-
pureus, europaeus and alatus, but is found in varying quantities in
the other species. The cells are of different sizes in atropurpureus,
europaeus, bungeanus, maackii, americanus and alatus, but more
or less uniform in size in patens, europaeus nanus and radicans.
According to the types of pith as described by Gris (5), the species
studied are grouped as follows:

Homogeneous — patens, europaeus nanus and radicans.

Heterogeneous — bungeanus, aynericanus and maackii.

Empty — atropurpureus, europaeus and alatus.

McNair: Gexis Euoxymls. 241

THE PETIOLE.
E. atropurpureus Jacq.

(PL XXVII, Fig. 1.)

The petiole is strongly arched out on the upper surface between prominently
projecting margins.

Two types of vascular bundles are present: The large central bundle is
very curved with the ends bent sharply in. Opposite each upper outer angle
where the ends bend in on each side is a small closed vascular bundle with the
phloem completely surrounding the xylem.

Outside of the vascular bundles the walls of all the cells are a little thickened
and are finely pitted. Finely pitted collenchyma tissue occupies a layer five
cells thick around the outside margin, immediately around the phloem and
inside of the xylem. One or two small vascular bundles occur at the bases of
the projecting margins.

Compound crystals are abundant in the phloem and are scattered in the
outer parenchyma and collenchyma.

E. europaeus Linn.

(PI. XXVII, Fig. 2.)

The petiole is somewhat arched outward on the upper surface between
slightly projecting margins.

The vascular bundle it strongly curved with the ends curved in. Opposite
each of the upper outside angles of this central bundle is a small open bundle.

Just beneath the epidermis is a laj-er five to six cells thick of strongly
developed, unpitted collenchyma cells. Another layer of smaller collenchyma
cells is just outside of the phloem, but not inside of the xylem. Comparatively
large, more or less rounded, thin-walled parenchj'ma cells extend between these
two layers on the under and lateral sides and between the xylem and outer
collenchyma on the upper side.

Compound crystals are abundant in the phloem and thin-walled parenchyma
and are found here and there in the collenchyma.

E. bungeanus ]\Iaxim.

(PI. XXVII, Fig. 3.)

The upper surface is strongly arched inward from slightly projecting margins.
The large \ascular bundle is a wide, open arc, not bent in at the ends. A
small open bundle is opposite each end of the arc.

Just beneath the epidemic; is a layer four to five cells thick of greatly
thickened collenchyma cells. Their cavities are angular and each cell connects
with neighboring cells by a single pit to each cell. There is no collenchyma
layer immediately outside of the phloem.

The parenchyma tissue is composed of fairly thick-walled, finely pitted cells
on the outer margin, small thin-walled cells just outside of the phloem and
inside of the xylem and large thin-walled cells between these two layers.

Compound crystals are scattered in the phloem and parenchyma.

242 The University Science Bulletin.

E. maackii Riipr.

(PI. XXVII, Fig. 4.)

In cross section the petiole of maackii is longer than wide. The upper
surface is slightly curved outward between projecting margins.

The ^'ascular bundle is curved and slightly bent in at the ends. No small
bundles are present at the angles of the one large bundle.

The collenchyma layer beneath the epidermis is strongly developed and is
three to four cells in thickness. The cells are finely pitted. The tissue im-
mediately outside of the phloem is variable. Small patches of the cells have
their walls so thickened as to almost obliterate the cavity of the cells. Others
are hardly thickened enough to be called collenchyma.

The parenchyma cells have only slightly thickened, unpitted walls excepting
those below the phloem, which are quite large and thin-walled. Crystals are in
the phloem and parenchyma, but not abundant.

E. patens Rehd.

(PI. XXVII, Fig. 5.)

The petiole is wider than long in cross section. There are no projecting
margins. The upper surface is not smooth, due to small, protiiiding irregu-
larities on the surface. In general outline it is curved inward for about the
middle third; the outer third on each side curves outward.

The vascular bundle is flattened, curved at the ends, but not bent in.

The collenchyma layer beneath the epidermis is prominently pitted and is
three to four cells thick. The cells have very thick walls and are considerably
smaller on the upper than on the lower side of the petiole. That outside of
the phloem is irregularly developed and is not in a continuous layer. It is
composed of small cells.

The parenchyma cells between the collenchyma layers have thick walls, are
very noticeably pitted and have abundant large intercellular spaces between
them.

Compound crystals are found in the phloem and some in the collenchyma,
but are most abundant in the outer region of the parenchyma.

E. americanus L.

(PI. XXVII, Fig. 6.)

The upper surface curves inward. Small, blunt, single-cell trichomes are
present on all sides of the petiole.

The vascular bundle is an open arc not curved in at the ends.

The collenchyma layer on the upper side and around the corners of the
petiole is very strongly developed and is pitted. It merges into a thick-walled
parenchj'ma layer which extends to the level of the tips of the vascular
bundle. Beneath this and inside of the arc of the xylem the parenchyma cells
are rounded and thinner-walled. Around the remainder of the circumference
of the petiole the collenchyma is difficult to distinguish from the parenchyma,
in so far as thickness of cell walls is concerned. The cells have their long
axes in the direction of the circumference and any intercellular spaces are

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 243

inconspicuous. The collenchj'ma layer outside the phloem is poorly de-
veloped. There are scattered groups of small collenchyma cells. The paren-
chyma cells have very thick walls, very conspicuously pitted and large, promi-
nent intercellular spaces. There are very few crj-stals.

E. europaeus nanus Lodd.

(PI. XXVII, Figs. 7 and 8.)

This petiole is verj^ small. Figure 7 is photographed at the same magnifi-
cation as the others on the plate. The upper surface is flat.

The vascular bundle is in the form of a thick arc, almost fan-shaped.

The collenchyma tissue is not strongly developed. Around the margin of
the petiole it is one to two cells in thickness. The cells are more or less
rectangular in shape. On the upper surface the lateral cell walls are not
thickened. This causes a layered appearance in this region. The cells are
pitted.

Immediately outside of the phloem and inside of the xj'lem the cells are
small and have only slightly thicker walls than the thin-walled parenchyma
which surrounds them. The walls of the parenchyma cells gradually get
thicker toward the outer margin of the petiole until they merge into the
collenchyma layer. Crystals are very few.

E. radicans Sieb.

(PI. XXVII, Fig. 9.)

The outline of the cross section of the petiole of radicans is irregular, due
to projections produced by occasional extremely large epidermal cells, or at
tim.es also to an enlarged collenchyma cell which shoves the epidermal cells
out. As noted in the description of the stem of this species, the epidermal
cells and the collenchyma cells are each quite uniform in size and shape
excepting at short intervals, where much larger cells occur.

The upper surface of the petiole curves inward from rounded corners.

The vascular bundle is a broadly opened arc.

Groups of verj' small cells are immediately outside of the phloem, but
in this species they are not collenchj-matous.

The collenchyma beneath the epidermis is one to two cells thick. The
cell walls are pitted. The cavities of these cells are more or less rounded
The parenchyma cells are rounded, have heavy, inconspicuously pitted walls
and prominent intercellular spaces.

Crystals are few and scattered, with none in the phloem.

E. alatus Reg.

(PL XXVII, Fig. 10.)

Occasional short single-cell trichomes are present. The upper surface is
arched out in a peak almost to the level of the tips of the projecting margins.
The vascular bundle is fan-shaped and not concave inside of the xylem.

There is no parenchyma layer, the entire region from phloem to epidermis
being a highly developed collench3-ma. Even the phloem parenchyma cells

244 The University Science Bulletin.

have their walls greatly thickened. At the corners inside of the marginal
projections the cells are rather loosely arranged with large intercellular spaces.
Crystals are numerous.

SUMMARY OF THE ANATOMY OF THE PETIOLE.

There are some very noticeable differences in the general outline
of the cross section of the petioles among the species studied.

Scattered trichomes were found on the upper surface in alatus
and on all surfaces in americanus. In patens the upper surface has
many small irregularities in its contour. In radicans smaller irreg-
ularities occur more or less at intervals all around the petiole. In
this case, as was described in the stem for this species, the epidermis
has much larger cells at intervals, which produce small, peaked
elevations.

The margins project up above the top in atropurpureus, europaeus,
bimgeanus, maackii, and alatus, but not in patens, americanus,
radicans, and europaeus nanus.

The upper surface is flat in europaeus nanus. It is convex in
atropurpureus, europaeus, maackii and alatus, and concave in
bungeanus, patens, americanus and radicans. In patens the corners
round in so gradually that only the middle third is concave.

The vascular bundle is more or less in the form of an arc in all
species excepting alatus, where it is fan-shaped. In patens the arc is
greatly flattened with only the ends cuurved. In atropurpureus,
europaeus and 7?iaackii the ends of the arc are bent in sharply.
Small bundles are present just above and outside the ends of the arc
in atropurpureus, europaeus and bungeanus. In atropurpureus
these small bundles are completely surrounded by phloem, and
there are also other small bundles at the bases of the marginal pro-
jections.

Bast fibers were not found in the petioles of any of the species
studied.

The distribution of collenchyma tissue is somewhat variable in
the nine species. In alatus all cells outside of the vascular bundle
are strongly collenchymatous, while in radicans the only collenchyma
tissue is a layer one to two cells thick around the outer margin,
and even this is not strongly developed collenchyma. In alatus these
cells are not pitted, but in radicans they are. In the other species,
atropurpureus, europaeus, bungeanus, niaackii, patens, americanus
and europaeus nanus, there is a definite layer of collenchyma cells
around the outer margin next beneath the epidermis. In americanus

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 245

this layer is only two or three cells thick around the lower side, but
is four to five rows thick across the upper surface. In europaeus
nanus it is only one cell thick around the lower side, and these cells
do not have greatly thickened walls. On the upper surface it is
four to five rows thick, but here the side walls are not thickened,
while the upper and lower walls are thick. These collenchymatic
cells were not pitted in europaeus and alatus. In atropurpureus
and maackii, the pits ware very fine, while in bungeanus, patens,
americanus, radicans and europaeus nanus the pits were quite prom-
inent.

Just outside of the phloem there was a layer of small collenchyma
cells in atropurpureus, maackii, patens and americanus and, of
course, alatus. In europaeus, bu7igeanus, radicans and europaeus
nanus very small thin-walled parenchyma cells occupied this region.

Similar small collenchyma cells were found just above the xylem
in atropurpureus and bungeanus but in all other species these cells
were very small, thin-walled parenchyma.

The region between the vascular bundle and the outer collenchyma
is occupied by rounded parenchyma cells. These parenchyma cells
are thin-walled and without pits in europaeus, maackii and euro-
paeus nanus; thin-walled with very fine pits in atropurpureus and
bungaeus; while they have rather tliick pitted walls in patens,
americanus and radicans.

THE LEAF BLADE.
E. atropurpureus Jacq.

In surface view the epidermal cells of the upper surface of the leaf are
irregular but have almost straight boundaries. The palisade cells are rather
loosely arranged so that small intercellular spaces often reach the epidermis
(PL XXV, Fig. 1). The cells of the lower epidermis are somewhat sinuous
and are smaller (PI. XXV, Fig. 2). The side walls of some of the cells of
the upper epidermis are finely pitted, those of the lower epidermis are not
pitted.

In cross section the cells of the upper epidermis are taller than those of
the lower, in both they are more or less rounded and in both the cells are
slightly broader than high. The outer walls on both surfaces curve outward;
those of the upper epidermis are slightly thicker than those of the lower. The
side walls are thinner than the outer walls and the inner walls are still thinner
than these (PI. XXVI, Fig. 1).

Stomata are present on the lower surface only. They are broadly elliptical
in outline and are almost level with the surface. Short, blunt, single-cell
trichomes are present on the lower surface of the leaf.

246 The University Science Bulletin.

The palisade layer is two-rowed. The cells of the upper row are from three
to four times as high as wide; those of the lower row are somewhat shorter.

The spong.y mesophyll is from four to five cells thick, the cells are rounded
or slightly elongated parallel to the surface. The walls of all mesophyll cells
are very thin.

The vascular bundle of the midrib is only slightly curved. The bundle is
surrounded by thin-walled parenchyma (PI. XXIV, Fig. 16). A layer one to
two cells thick above the xylem contains chloroplasts and is continuous with
the palisade of the leaf. Collenchyma cells fill the region from the paren-
chyma to the epidermis on both the upper and the lower surfaces. The
larger veins connect with both upper and lower surfaces of the leaf by rather
large collenchyma cells. The smaller veins are completely immersed.

Compound crystals are found in the cells of all tissues of the leaf, but not
abundantly in siny. They are more numerous in the phloem of the midrib and
in the parenchyma sheath of the smaller veins.

E. euro'paeus Linn.

The cells of the upper epidermis are irregular in size and shape, but for the
most part have almost straight walls (PL XXV. Fig. 3). The cells of the
lower epidermis are quite variable in size, but most of them are much smaller
than those of the upper epidermis. They are slightly sinuous (PI. XXV,
Fig. 4). The side walls of the upper epidermis are finely pitted; those of the
lower are not. The palisade cells are quite compactly arranged. S'tomata
are found only on the lower surface. They are broadly elliptical and protrude
but slightly below the level of the epidermal cells. No trichomes are present.

In cross section the cells of the upper and lower epidermis are about the
same height. The outer walls of both are arched out slightly; those of the
upper epidermis are much thicker than those of the lower. The side walls
of both of the upper and the lower epidermis are quite sinuous and are only
a little thicker than the curved inner wall.

The palisade layer is two rowed. The cells of the upper row are about four
times as tall as broad. Those of the lower row are very irregular in shape and
size and are not more than one and a half to two times as tall as broad.
Most of them are broader than those of the upper layer.

The spongy mesophyll is three to four cells thick. The cells are rounded
or irregular in shape and more or less compact (PI. XXVI, Fig. 2).

The midrib protrudes on both sides (PI. XXIV, Fig. 17). It, as well as
the larger veins, are connected with both surfaces of the leaf by collenchyma
tissue. The vascular bundle is a broadly open arc not bent in at the ends.
Above, collenchyma tissue forms the ridge which protrudes on the upper
surface of the leaf. Rounded cells containing chloroplasts extend in at
least a third of the width of the rib on each side just beneath the collenchj'ma
tissue. Between these cells and the xylem are comparatively large thin-walled
parenchyma cells. Beneath the bundle outside of the phloem, first small
then larger thick-walled somewhat collenchymatous cells make up the portion
of the rib which protrudes beneath the leaf. A layer four to six cells wide of
collenchyma is around the margin. No other sclerenchyma cells are present.
The larger veins extend through, both above and below, by strongly developed

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 247

collenchyma cells. The fmaller veins are completely immersed and surromided
by a parenchyma sheath.

Occasional compound crystals are found in the upper epidermis as well as
in the upper palisade and the spongy mesophyll, but they are by far more
nimierous in the lower row of the palisade layer of the leaf.

E. hungeanus Maxim.

In surface view the cells of the upper epidermis are fairly regular is size
with straight sides. The palisade cells are compactly arranged (PI. XXV, Fig.
5). On the lower epidermis the cells are only slightly smaller than those of the
upper and are not so regular in size or shape ; the sides are frequently more or
less curved, but are not sinuous (PI. XXV. Fig. 6) . The side walls of both
the upper and the lower epidermis are finely pitted. Stomata are present on
the lower surface only. They are rather broadly elliptical in shape.

In cross section the side walls of both the upper and the lower epidermises
are not straight; some are curved, some are quite sinuous, some slant one
direction and some the other. The outer cell walls curve outward slightly and
are only a little thicker than the side walls. The cells on both svu'faces are
broader than tall (PI. XXVI, Fig. 3).

The palisade tissue is two-rowed. The cells of the upper row are more than
three times as tall as broad, those of the lower row are broader and are less
than three times as tall as broad.

The spongy mesophyll is for the most part rather compact. It is composed
of rounded, somewhat fiattonod cells. All of the mesophyll cells have very
thin walls.

The midrib protrudes both above and below the leaf (PI. XXIV. Fig. 18) . The
vascular bundle of the midrib is a very greatly flattened arc. It is surrounded
by parenchyma cells which extend out to a collenchyma layer three to fi\e
cells thick on both the upper and lower surfaces. No sclerenchyma fibers are
present in the midrib. Chlorophyll-containing tissue does not extend entirely
across the upper surface of the vein. The lateral veins are immersed above, but
extend through on the under side by slightly thickened parenchymalike cells.

A few compound crj-stals are scattered here and there in the tissues of the
leaf and are not more abundant in one tissue than another.

E. maackii Rupr.

In surface view the cells of both epidermises are elongated, mostly twice as
long as broad, with slightly curved edges. The elongation does not seem to
bear any relationship to the long axis of the leaf (PI. XXV, Figs. 7 and 8).
The side walls of the cells of the upper epidermis are finely pitted; those of
the lower are not. The palisade cells are rather loosely arranged. The cells
of the lower epidermis are smaller than those of the upper, and are somewhat
sinuous in outline. The cells of the spongy mesophyll, as seen through the
epidermal cells, are smaller than the cells of the epidermis and are mostly
rounded or elongated. The stomata are rather elongate-elliptical in shape and
are found only on the lower surface.

In cross section (PI. XXVI, Fig. 4) the cells of both epidermises are broader

248 The University Science Bulletin.

than tall. The outer walls curve outward. The outer walls of the upper
epidermis are thicker than those of the lower and both are thicker than the
side or inner walls. The side walls of the cells of both the upper and lower
epidermises vary from straight to sinuous.

The palisade tissue is two rows high. The cells of the upper row are usually-
more than three times as high as wide. The cells of the second row are more
than twice as high as broad. About two-thirds of the thickness of the leaf is
occupied by palisade tissue. The spongy mesophyll is composed of loosely
arranged, rounded cells, three to four cell layers thick.

The midrib protrudes on both upper and lower surfaces (PI. XXIV, Fig. 19).
The vascular bundle is a broad arc and is surrounded by a broad region of thin-
walled parenchyma tissue. No sclerenchyma fibers accompany the bundle.
Rounded chlorophyll-containing cells extend entirely across the upper surface
of the rib. Above, outside of the assimilatory tissue, coUenchyma tissue ex-
tends to the epidermis. On the lower side a layer of collenchyma tissue, five
to six cells thick, is beneath the epidermis. The lateral veins extend through
to both surfaces by rather large collenchymatous cells.

Compound ciystals are scattered in all tissues, but are most numerous in the
lower palisade layer, where they are contained in large rounded cells.

E. patens Rehd.

In surface view the cells of both surfaces are about the same size (PI. XXV,
Figs. 9 and 10). The cells of the upper epidermis are less than half as large
as the corresponding cells of maackii. Their margins are slightly rounded and
their side walls are pitted. The palisade tissue is fairly compact. The margin.^
of the cells of the lower epidermis are irregular, usually cur\ed but not sinuous.
The side walls are pitted. The cells of the spongy mesophyll are rounded and
irregular in shape with protruding processes. They are larger than the cells of
the lower epidermis.

Stomata are present on the lower surface only. They are rather elongate
elliptical in shape and protrude only slightly below the surface (PI. XXV,
Fig. 11).

In cross section the cells of both surfaces are broader than tall. In the
upper epidermis the outer cell walls are almost flat and are thicker than the
outer walls; the inner wall is thicker than the side walls. The side walls are
straight for the most part, although many are quite sinuous. In the lower
epidermis the outer wall is thicker than the other walls, but is not so thick
as the outer wall of the upper epidermal cells. The side walls are quite sinuous.

The palisade layer is mostly three rows in height and occupies about half
the thickness of the leaf. The cells of the top row and the second row are
about the same size, being a little more than twice as high as wide. Those of
the third row are only slightly elongated in the vertical direction (PL XXVI,
Fig. 5).

The midrib protnides on both surfaces only slightly (PI. XXIV, Fig. 20).
The vascular bundle is a greatly flattened arc and is surrounded by thin-walled
parenchyma. A bundle of bast fibers is just outside of each end of the phloem
Assimilatory tissue extends entirely across the upper surface. Outside of the
assimilatory tissue to the epidermis is collenchyma. On the lower surface

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 249"

collenchyma is confined to a verj' naiTow layer beneath the epidermis. Bast
fibers accompany many of the smaller veins on their under side. These smaller
veins have a prominent parenchyma sheath. They do not extend through
to the surface of the leaf.

Compound crystals are fairly numerous and cannot be said to be more
abundant in one tissue than another.

E. americanus L.

In surface view the cells of the upper epidermis are rounded or quite
sinuous in outline. At the points where the cells join there is usually a very
definite triangle produced by pectic modification of the side walls where three
cells join (PI. XXV, Fig. 12). The side walls are pitted. The palisade cells
are quite compact. Short, blunt, single-cell trichomes (PI. XV, Fig. 14) are
found along all the larger \'eins on the upper surface and rarely on the epi-
dermis other than above the veins.

The cells of the lower epidermis are quite sinuous but join together com-
pletely (PI. XXV, Fig. 13). The side walls are finely pitted. No trichomes
are present on the lower surface. The stomata, which are found only on the
lower surface, are almost circular in surface view.

In cross section the cells of the epidermises are broader than tall. The outer
wall of cells of the upper epidermis protnades slightly and is somewhat
thickened. The side walls are bent or sinuous. The cells of the lower epidermis
are not so tall as those of the upper. The outer walls are thin.

The palisade layer is mostly one cell thick. The cells are broad, about
twice as tall as wide. The spongy mesophyll occui^ies about two-thirds of
the thickness of the leaf. The cells are short and stretched, with large inter-
cellular spaces (PI. XXVI, Fig. 6).

The midrib protrudes slightly on both surfaces (PI. XXIV, Fig. 21). The
vascular bundle is almost fan-shaped. Small bundles of bast fibers are scattered
in the parenchyma just outside of the phloem. In some leaves small bundles
of ver>' thick-walled sclerenchyma cells were found just above the xylem; in
others they were not present. Assimilatory tissue extends entirely across the
vein. Collenchyma cells above this tissue produce the elevation on the upper
side of the leaf. Below the bundle a layer of greatly thickened collenchyma
cells occupy most of the space between the vein and the epidermis.

The smaller veins are immersed on the upper side, but connect with the
epidermis by collenchyma cells on the lower. Bast fibers frequently accompany
these smaller veins.

Compound crystals are chiefly found in the spongy mesophyll, but are not
absent from the other tissues.

E. enropaeiis nanus Lodd.

In surface view the cells of the upper epidermis are mostly elongate, five- or
six-sided polygons with straight sides. There is no con-elation between the long
axis of the leaf and the long axis of these cells. The side walls are prominently
pitted with long oval pits. The palisade cells are quite compact (PI. XXV,
Fig. 15). On the lower epidermis the cells are only slightly smaller than those

250 The University Science Bulletin.

of the upper. They are not so regular in shape and in outline the walls are not
straight but deeply curved, almost sinuous (PI. XXV, Fig. 16). The pits in
the side walls are like those of the upper epidemiis but are finer. Stomata
are present on the lower side of the leaf only.. They are elongate-elliptical
in shape and ha\e their long axes parallel with the midrib. The spongy
mesophyll cells are rather small and rounded with small air spaces between.

In cross section the cells of the upper epidermis are much broader than
tall. The outer wall protrudes usually to rather a broad peak, and is quite
thick as compared with the previous species described. The side walls are
straight and of about the same thickness as the inner wall. The lower epi-
dermal cells are almost square or rectangular in shape. The outer wall is
only slightly thicker than the others.

The palisade tissue is mostly three-rowed and occupies a little less than
half of the thickness of the leaf. The cells of the upper layer are about twice
as tall as broad. Those of the two lower rows are variable in form and are
very loosely arranged. The spongy mesophyll in cross section shows up as
rather compact, squarish cells (PI. XXVI, Fig. 7).

The midrib protrudes only very slightly on the upper surface and but little
on the lower (PI. XXIV, Fig. 22). The vascular bundle is a greatly flattened
arc. There is no coUenchyma tissue in the midrib. Above the vascular bundle
an outer row of palisade and below this one to two rows of rounded cells
containing chlorophyll reach to the epidermis. Below the bundle almost
round, thin-walled parenchyma cells fill all of the space to the epidermis.
There are no bast fibers. The lateral veins are all completely immersed.

Compound crystals are found mostly in the spongy mesophyll.

E. radicans Sieb.

In surface view the cells of the upper epidermis are irregular polygons with
mostly straight sides (PI. XXV, Fig. 17). The side walls have prominent
round pits. The palisade cells are compactly arranged. The cells of the lower
epidermis are smaller and have slightly curved boundaries (PI. XXV, Fig. 18).
The side walls, also, have prominent round pits. Stomata occur on the
under surface only and are broadly elliptical in shape.

In cross section the cells of the upper epidermis are broader than tall.
The outer walls bulge outward and are only a little thicker than the other
walls, all being relatively thick. The side walls are straight and the inner
walls are convex, producing an almost oval cavity. The cells of the lower
epidermis are smaller, but in general shape they resemble the upper epidermal
veils. The outer wall is thicker than the side walls or the inner wall (PI.
XXVI, Fig. 8).

The palisade layer is made up of two rows of cells of about the same size
and shape. They are broad and less than twice as tall as broad for the most
part; frequently they are almost oval. The layer occupies one-third or less
of the thickness of the leaf. The cells of the spongy mesophyll are much
larger, irregular in shape and loosely arranged with large air spaces.

The midrib protrudes a little on the upper surface and not at all promi-
nently on the lower (PL XXIV, Fig. 23). The vascular bundle here is an
open arc and is accompanied outside of the phloem by bundles of bast fibers.

McNair: Genus Euonymls. 251

Assimilatory tissue extends entirely across the upper surface of the vein.
Above this are a few collenchyma cells. The lower portion of the vein is
composed chiefly of thin-walled parenchyma cells, excepting for a very narrow
layer of collenchyma just beneath the epidermis. The larger veins are im-
mersed, but are surrounded by thick-walled cells which extend out to within
one or two cells of the epidermis on both surfaces. Bast fibers are not present.
Crystals are not abundant, but are scattered through all of the tissues.

E. alatiis Reg.

In surface view the cells of the upper epidermis are irregular polygons with
rounded borders (PI. XXV, Fig. 19). The side walls are finely pitted.
Scattered trichomes are present on the epidermis above the veins. The
palisade cells are compactly arranged. The cells of the lower epidermis are
quite sinuous in shape (PI. XXV, Fig. 20). In some of the cells small pits
are present in the side walls, but in the majority they are not present.
Storaata occur only on the imder surface and are rather elongate-elliptical in
ehape.

A striking feature found in leaves cleared in chloral hydrate is the lower
layer of the spongy mesophyll (PI. XXV, Fig. 21). This layer contains a
substance that becomes somewhat of a salmon color and is almost opaque in
this reagent only. The cells are extremely large as compared with all other
cells of the leaf and in shape resemble giant flattened amebas, joined to-
gether by blunt pseudopods, leaving large air spaces between. The other
mesophyll cells can be seen where they project over the air spaces and are
of the same shape, but are colorless. This is in great contrast with the
description of the spongy mesophyll as given by Metz (S), who says that
they are "small oval cells." It is probable that he made this statement after
observing the cells in cross section only. (See PI. XXVI. Fig. 9.)

In cross section the cells of the upper epidermis are much broader than
tall. The outer walls curve outward and are only slightly thicker than the
other walls. The side walls are mostly almost straight; the inner walls curve
inward somewhat. The cells of the lower epidermis are irregular in size and
shape, as would be expected because of their sinuousness. The outer wall is
slightly thicker than the others and is flat in some cells, bulged out in others.
The side walls are straight in some cells, bent in others.

The palisade layer is very irregular— one, two or even three cells thick.
The two- to three-rowed condition predominates. This layer occupies about
half of the thickness of the leaf, and in places single long slender cells reach
the entire distance across. Where two or three rows are found the inner row.-
are irregular in size, shape and position. The walls of almost all of the palisade
cells are curved or bent. The cells of the spongy mesophyll appear rounded
and fairly small when seen in cross section.

The midrib protrudes sharply- on both surfaces (PI. XXIV, Fig. 24). The
vascular bundle is a thick open arc accompanied on the lower side by several
bundles of bast fibers, on the upper side by bundles of very thick-walled
sclerenchyma cells. The assimilatory tissue extends across the upper surface
of the vein, but extends up into the elevated region. Collenchyma cells extend
out to the epidermis. Between the assimilatory tissue and the xylem is

:252 The University Science Bulletin.

parenchyma tissue. Below the bundle the entire vein is composed of thick-
walled collenchyma tissue. The lateral veins are connected to both surfaces by
large collenchyma cells. Below the vascular bundle of these veins large
bundles of bast fibers are present.

Large compound crystals were found in all of the types of cells in the
cross section of the leaf. They were most numerous around the veins, where
there were often six or seven large crystals. Only occasionally were crystals
found in either the upper or lower epidermis, more frequently in the lower,
a few in the palisade, and fairly numerous in the spongy mesophyll.

SUMMARY OF THE AN.\TOMY OF THE LEAF BLADE.

The cells of the upper epidermis in all of the nine species studied
were broader than tall. In surface view all are polygonal in shape,
the sides of the polygon being more or less straight in atropurpureus,
europaeus, bungeaniis, europaeus nanus and radicans, curved in
maackii, patens and alatus, but quite sinuous in americanus. In
size the cells of maackii, americanus and europaeus nanus are quite
large, those of atropurpureus, europaeu^s, radicans, and patens are
intermediate, while those of bungeanus and alatus are small.

The cells of the lower epidermis are of about the same size as
those of the upper in bungeanus, patens and alatus, but are smaller
than the upper in all other species. They are also polygonal, but
the sides of the polygon are more or less curved in all the species,
even quite sinuous in alatus and americanus.

The side walls of the cells of the upper epidermis were pitted in
all the species studied, and those of the lower epidermis in bungea-
nus, patens, americanus, europaeus nanus, radicans and alatus.
The pits were very fine in europaeus, atropurp^ireus , bungeanus,
maakii and alatus, but were Cjuite prominent in the others. In
europaeus nanus the pits are very long ovals in shape.

Stomata are found on the lower surface only, they protrude
below the lower epidermis very slightly (PI. XXV, Fig. 11, is
typical) and have no distinctive characters excepting in europaeus
nanus, where all have their long axes more or less parallel with the
midrib.

Trichomes are present in only three species; alatus has very few
on the upper surface above the midrib, americanus has them on the
uppeii epidermis above all the larger veins, and atropurpureus has
them on the lower epidermis excepting along the veins.

The palisade layer is mostly two rows of cells high, although in
americanus there is only one row, and in patens and europaeus
nanus there are three rows, while in alatus it ranges between one,
two and three cells in height. The palisade tissue makes up about

McNair: Gexls EroNYMrs. 253

a third of the thickness of the leaf in americanus and radicans,
about half in atropiirpureus , curopaeus, bungeanus, patens, euro-
paeus nanus and alatus, and about two-thirds in maakii.

The spongy mesophyll is not distinctive excepting in alatus, where
the lower layer is composed of very large, flattened, ameba-shaped
cells which contain a substance that becomes somewhat salmon-
colored when the leaves are cleared in chloral hj^drate.

The midrib protrudes both above and below the leaf in all species
excepting in europaeus nanus, and in radicans only a little. In all,
the vascular bundle is in the form of an arc, varying only in the
extent that the arc is flattened. Bast fibers accompany the vascular
bundle in patens, americanus, radicans and alatus, but are not
present in the others. Parenchyma tissue surrounds the vascular
bundles in all species excepting alatus, where all of the cells are more
or less collenchyma. Assimilatory tissue, continuous with the pali-
sade layer of the leaf blade, extends across the midrib in all species
excepting europaeus and bungeanus. The cells of this tissue are
rounded instead of elongate in all excepting europaeus nanus, where
they are very similar to the palisade cells of the mesophyll. A
layer of collenchyma tissue is just beneath the epidermis on both
the upper and lower surface of the midrib in all species excepting
•europaeus nanus. In patens and radicans this layer is very thin.

The lateral veins are connected with both upper and lower sur-
faces by more or less collenchymatous cells in atropurpureus, euro-
paeus, maackii and alatus, connected to the lower surface by
collenchyma but immersed above in bungeanus and americanus,
and completely immersed in patens, europaeus nanus and radicans,
although in radicans the sheath around the bundle extends to within
about one cell layer of the epidermis. Bast fibers accompany the
lateral veins in patens, europaeus nanus and alatus, but not in the
others.

GENERAL SUMMARY.

The descriptions of the stem are based on studies of the fifth or
•sixth internode from the terminal bud-scale scars of the second year
of growth, with supplementary studies of the fourth or fifth inter-
node of the present year's growth.

The outer wall of the epidermis of the stem is rather thick; in
only two species, atropurpureus and maackii, is it less than half
of the thickness of the radial diameter of the epidermal cells. The
epidermis is quite persistent, being still present in places on stems

254 The University Science Bulletin.

three to six or seven, or even more, years of age. It is usually but
one cell in thickness.

Cork begins its formation in all species in either the first or second
year, either as lines or wings at or between the corners of the stem or
as small flecks which resemble lenticels scattered promiscuously
over the stem. The so-called wings of atropurpureus, europaeus, and
bungeanits are not homologous with the wings of alatus, either in
the method of their origin, the general appearance of their cells,
or their location on the stem. The cork is formed both from cells
cut off from the epidermal cells and from the coUenchyma cells
beneath the epidermis.

Two cylinders of collenchyma tissue in the outer cortex, separated
from each other by a layer of assimilatory tissue, is characteristic of
the genus. The outer cylinder is just beneath the epidermis and is
composed of colorless cells. The inner may or may not contain
some chloroplasts. In some species the two cylinders are connected
by collenchyma cells cutting through the assimilatory tissue at the
corners of the stem. The inner layer of collenchyma is more variable
than the outer in its prominence, the thickness of the cell walls, etc.

The assimilatory tissue present in the cortex of all species is from
three to six cells in thickness. The cells in some species are palisade-
like in arrangement, in others the long axis of the cells is in the
direction of the circumference of the stem.

Between the inner layer of collenchyma and the phloem is a layer
of thin-walled parenchyma cells.

Bundles of bast fibers are found just outside of the assimilatory
tissues at the corners of the stem in atropurpureus and europaeus,
and just inside of the assimilatory tissue in americanus. Scattered
fibers, singly or in groups of two or three, are present just outside of
the phloem in atropurpureus, europaeus, bungeanus and americanus.

Tracheal tubes, tracheids, wood fibers and wood parenchyma are
all found in the xylem throughout the genus. The wood parenchyma
is scarce, the cells are rather short and blunt and thin- walled as
compared with the other elements. The borders of the pits of the
tracheids are very narrow, making them very difficult to recognize.
The cells are about the size and shape of the wood fibers. Solereder
states that the tracheids are more abundant than the wood fibers.
My observations have led me to believe that just the reverse is true.

The medullary rays may be considered as one cell thick through-
out the genus. In some species the long axis of these cells is in the

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 255

radial direction, in some it is in the vertical direction, and in still
others long axes are found in both directions.

The cells of the pith are somewhat elongated vertically and are
rounded in cross section. The pith varies with the species. In some
it is empty, in others homogeneous and filled with starch, while in
others it is heterogeneous, consisting of both living and dead cells.

In the petiole the vascular bundle in all species is an arc, although
in alatiis the xylem is more extended, making the bundle more fan-
shaped. The ends of the arc in a few species bend sharply inward.
In some species small cylinderical bundles occur just outside of the
main bundle. In atropurpureiis these small bundles have phloem
completely surrounding the xylem, but in the others this is not the
case.

Bast fibers were not found in the petioles of any of the species
studied. Stenzel reports bast fibers in the petiole of europacus, but
after repeated search I failed to find any in the materials used for
this study.

Outside of the vascular bundle, the remainder of the petiole is com-
posed of parenchyma and collenchyma cells, the collenchyma being
constant for all species in the region just beneath the epidermis.
The collenchyma and also the parenchyma cells are pitted in some
species.

The upper surface of the petiole varies among the different species,
and although the variations are probably dependent on the varia-
tions in the length of the petiole itself, they nevertheless seem con-
stant enough in the species to be of systematic value. The margins
project above the upper surface in some species, notably so in
atropurpureus, in others the margins are completely rounded. The
upper surface is concave in some species, fiat in europaeus nanus,
and convex in other species. Trichomes are present in alatus and
americanus, although quite rarely in the former.

The epidermal cells of the leaf are always broader than tall. The
outer walls are not greatly thickened, and for the most part vary
from flat to slightly bulged outward, a variation which, like the
variations from straight to curved or sinuous of the side walls,
could be dependent on the amount of turgidity of the cells. Only
in europaeus nanus w^as the bulging a noticeable natural character
of the cells. The side walls of the cells of the upper epidennis in all
species studied were pitted, although in some the pits were very

13—5072

256 The University Science Bulletin.

fine. Those of the lower epidermis varied in this regard. In some
they were pitted, while in others they were not.

Stomata were found on the under side of the leaves only.

Trichomes are present on the under surface of the leaf in atro-
purpureus, and along the veins on the upper surface in alatus and
americanus.

The palisade layer is mostly two-rowed, although in one species
it is only one row high and in others it is three rows. For the most
part this layer makes up about one-half of the thickness of the leaf,
but in maackii it occupies two-thirds of the thickness, while in
americanus and radicans it occupies only one-third.

Collenchyma tissue is quite prominent in the midrib of most
of the species studied. Bast fibers accompany the midrib and lateral
veins in some species, but not in others. The lateral veins connect
with both surfaces of the leaf by collenchyma cells in some species ;
with only one surface, the vein being immersed on the other side,
in other species, while in still others it is completely immersed.

Concerning the effects of geographical isolation, it does not seem
possible to attribute the variations found between the species
studied to this cause, nor do those species found in comparative
proximity seem to show greater likenesses to each other than to other
species widely separated from them. Patens is a native of China
and radicans a native of Japan and Korea. The foraier is a re-
cumbent shrub while the latter is a trailing or climbing vine. These
two species have a number of systematically important characters
in which they do agree. Alatus, a native of Japan, Korea, China
and Manchuria, stands out distinctly different from all other species.
Further, europaeus, native of Europe, atropurpureus of North Amer-
ica and maackii of Korea, Manchuria and China, are much alike
in many characters. Bungeanus, a native of China and Manchuria,
strongly resembles americanus in some characters and europaeus in
others.

KEY TO SPECIES BASED ON THE CHARACTERS OF THE STEM.

I. Collenchymatic cyHnders connected at the cornei-s of the stem.
1. Outer collenchymatic cylinder more than one cell thick.

A. Bast fibers in the cortex, at the corners very weakly developed
cork wings which are soon sloughed off.

a. Bundles of fibers at the corners just beneath the outer collen-
chymatic cylinder. Empty pith.

(1) Assimilatory tissue cells with long axis in tangential direc-
tion, medullary-ray cells with long axes in their radial
diameter. Outer wall more than half as thick as radial di-
ameter of epidermal cells E. europaims.

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 257

(2) Assimilatory tissue cells with long axis not in tangential
direction, medullary ray cells — some with long axis in ver-
tical and others in radial diameter. Outer walls less than
half as thick as the radial diameter of the epidermal cells.

E. atropurpureu,s.
b. No bundles of bast fibers present. Pith is heterogeneous.

(1) Assimilatory tissue with the long axis of the cells in tangen-
tial direction. Medullary-ray cells with long axes in radial
direction. Outer wall more than half as thick as radial di-
ameter of epidermal cells E. bungeanus.

B. No bast fibers in the cortex. No corkwings.
a. Heterogeneous pith.

(1) Assimilatory tissue with long axes of cells in tangential di-
rection. Medullary-ray cells with long axes in vertical di-
rection. Outer wall more than half as thick as the radial
diameter of the epidermal cells E. maackii.

JI. Collenchyma cylinders not connected at the corners.

1. Outer collenchyma cylinder more than one cell thick.

A. No bast fibers in the cortex. Well-developed cork wings between
the corners of the stem,
a. Empty pith.

(1) Assimilatory tissue cells with long axis in radial diameter.
Medullary-ray cells with long axes in their radial direction.
Outer wall thicker than the radial diameter of the epidermal
cells E. alatus.

2. Outer collenchyma cj'linder one cell thick.

A. Bast fibers in the cortex. Corkwings not present at the corners of
stem.

a. Bundles of fibers at the corners of the stem inside of the as-
similatory tissue. Heterogeneous pith.

(1) Assimilatoiy tissue with long axes of the cells in radial
diameter. Meduliaiy-ray cells with long axes in vertical
direction. Outer wall thicker than radial diameter of the
ejiidermal cells E. americaym^.

B. No bast fibers in the cortex. Cork wings not present at the corners
of the stem.

a. Pith homogeneous. Medullary-ray cells with long axis in ver-
tical direction.

(1) Assimilatorj' tissue cells with long axis in radial diameter.
Outer wall more than half the radial diameter of the epi-
dermal cells.

*. Assimilatory tissue palisadelike entirely around the stem.
Epidermis one to two cells thick, cells of fairly uniform
shape and size E. pnteris.

f. Assimilatory tissue palisadelike on one side of the stem,
irregular on the other. Epidermis one cell thick; large
cells occur at short intervals, throwing the epidermis into
small peaks E. radicans.

(2) Assimilatory tissue cells with long axes not in radial
diameter. Outer wall more than half the radial diameter of
the epidermal cells. Epidermis one cell thick.

■J. E. europaeus nnnn^.

258 The University Science Bulletin.

KEY TO SPECIES BASED ON THE CHARACTERS OF THE PETIOLE.

I. Margins project above upper level of petiole.

1. Upper surface of petiole convex.

A. Collenchyma around outer margin pitted,
a. Fine pits.

(1) Vascular bundle an arc, ends bend sharply in.

*. Accessory vascular bundles (closed bundles) near ends
of the arc. Parenchyma outside of the vascular bundle

thin-walled with fine pits E. atropurpureus.

t. No accessory vascular bundles. Parenchyma outside of
the vascular bundle thin-walled with no pits.

E. maackii.

B. Collenchyma around outer margin not pitted.

(1) Vascular bundle an arc, ends bent sharply in.

*. Accessory. vascular bundle (open bundles) near ends of
the arc. Parenchyma outside of vascular bundle thin-
walled ; no pits E. europacus.

(2) Vascular laundle fan shaped.

*. No accessory vascular bundles. Very thick-walled col-
lenchyma instead of parenchyma outside of vascular
bundle; no pits. Scattered trichomes on upper surface.

E. alatus.

2. Upper sin-face of petiole concave.

A. Collenchyma around outer margin pitted,
a. Prominent pits.

(1) Vascular bundle an arc, ends not bent in.

*. No accessory bimdles. Parenchyma outside of vascular

bundle thin-walled, fine pits E. bungeanus.

II Without margins projecting above upper level of petiole.

1. Upper surface of petiole convex.

2. Upper surface of petiole concave.

A. Collenchyma around outer margin pitted,
a. Prominent pits.

(1) Vascular bundle an arc; ends not bent in.

*. No accessory vascular bundles; parenchyma outside of
vascular bundle thick-walled with prominent pits,
o. Irregularities in epidermis but no trichomes.

J. Arc of the vascular bundle greatly flattened; only
the ends are curved. Middle third of the upper
surface concave, outer thu'ds strongly convex.

E. patens.
§. Collenchyma layers around outer margin only one

to two cells thick E. radicans.

oo. Trichomes present E. amcricanus.

3. Upper surface of petiole fiat.

A. Collenchyma around outer margin pitted.

a. Prominent pits. (Only the outer and inner walls of these col-
lenchyma cells are thickened.)
(1) Vascular bundle an arc; ends not bent in.

*. No accessory bundles. Parenchyma outside of the vas-
cular bundle thin-walled with no pits.

E. europaeus nanus.

McNair: Genus Euonymus. 259

KEY TO SPECIES BASED ON THE CHARACTERS OF THE

LEAF BLADE.

I. Bast fibers in the midrib.

1. Bast fibers in lateral veins.

A. Lateral veins immersed. Three rows of palisade cells. Side walls
of both upper and lower epidermis pitted. No trichomes.

E. patens.

B. Lateral veins immersed on upper side; on under side extending

through by collenchyma tissue. One row of palisade cells. Side
walls of both upper and lower epidermis pitted. Trichomes on
upper epidermis above all larger veins E. americanus.

C. Lateral veins extending from surface to surface by means of col-
lenchyma tissue. One-two-three rows of irregular palisade cells.
Side walls of upper epidermis finely pitted, of lower may or may
not be pitted. Scattered trichomes above midrib E. alatus.

2. No bast fibers in lateral veins.

A. Lateral veins immersed (collenchyma cells around these veins al-
most through the leaf above and below.) Two rows of palisade
cells. Side walls of both upper and lower epidermis prominently

pitted. No trichomes E. radicans.

H. No bast fibers in midrib or lateral veins.

A. Lateral veins immersed. Three rows of palisade cells. Side walls
of both upper and lower epidermis pitted (long oval pits). No
trichomes. No collenchyma in the midrib. . .E. curopaeus nanus.

B. Lateral veins immersed on upper side; on under side extending
through by collenchyma tissue. Two rows of palisade cells. Side
walls of both upper and lower epidermis finely pitted. No tri-
chomes E. bungeanus.

■ C. Lateral veins extending from surface to surface by means of col-
lenchyma tissue. Two rows of palisade cells. Side walls of upper
epidermis pitted, of lower not pitted.

a. Trichomes on lower surface of the leaf E. atropurpurens.

h. No trichomes.

(1) Cells of the upper epidermis very large, of the lower
epidermis rather sinuous. Palisade cells very loosely ar-
ranged; occupy two-thirds of thickness of leaf.

E. maackii.

(2) Cells of upper epidermis moderate in size, of lower epi-
dermis sides rounded but not sinuous. Palisade cells com-
pactly arranged; occupy one-half of thickness of leaf.

E. europaeus.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT.

This work was done in the botany laboratories of the University
of Kansas under the direction of Prof. W. C. Stevens. It is with a
deep sense of obligation that I wish to express my sincere apprecia-
tion to Professor Stevens for many helpful suggestions and for his
continuous interest throughout the time that the work was in prog-
ress.

260 The University Science Bulletin.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Bailey. Cyclopedia of American Horticulture.

2. Col. 1901. Lacticiferes a contenu special dans les Fusains. Comptes

Rendus. CXXXII.

3. Gr.\y. New Manual of Botany.

4. Grexjory. 1888. Development of cork wings on certain trees. Botanical

Gazette, December, pp. 312, 316.

5. Gris. 1870. Memoire sur la moelle des plantes ligneuses; Nouvelles

Archives du Mus. d'hist. Nat., T. VI.

6. K.-iSNER. 1884. Ueber das Mark einiger Holzpflanzen. Diss. Basil.

7. LosNER. 1892. Engler-Prantl ; Natiirliche Pfianzenfamilien, Celastracese.

Ill Teil, Abteil 5.

8. Metz. 1903. Anat. d. Laubbliitter d. Celastrineen met be.sonderer Berock-

sichtigung des Vorkommens von Kautschuk. Beiheft zum Botanischen
Centralblatt. Band. XV. p. 309.

9. Moeller. 1876. Holzanat. Denkschr. Wiener Akad. p. 90 and 386.

10. MoELLEK. 1882. Anatomie der Baumrinden. Berlin, p. 284.

11. Petit. 1901. Globules refringents. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Paris.

CXXXIII. 2e Sem. p. 1250.

12. Rehder. 1927. Manual of Cultivated Trees and Shrubs.

13. Rogers. 1917. The Tree Book.

14. Sargent. The Sylvia of North America. Vol. 2.

15. Schenck. 1893. Anatomie der Linden, pp. 100-131.

16. Solereder. Systematic Anatomy of the Dicotyledons.

17. Stahl. 1873. Entwickelungsgeschichte und Anatomie der Lenticellen.

Botanische Zeitung, No. 39.

18. Stenzel. 1892. Anatomie der Laubbliitter und Stamme der Celastracese.

und Hippocrateacese. Breslau, Diss. Commun. to U. of Erlanger,,
1892- '93.

19. Welss. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Korkbildungen.

262 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XXII.

Figs. 1 to 9. — Cross sections through the cortex of two-year-old stems.

1, E. atrojmrpureiis ; 2, eiiropoEUs; 3, E. bungeanus ; 4, E. maackii; 5, E.
-patens; 6, E. americanus ; 7, E. europceus nanus; 8. E. radicans;
9, alatus.

McNair: Genus Euonymus.

263

PLATE XXII.

264 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XXIII.

Figs. 1 to 9. — Semidiagrammatic cross sections through one-year-old stem :

1, E. alropurjmretis ; 2, E. europoeiis ; 3, E. bungeamis; 4, E.maackn;5,E

■patens; 6, E. americanus; 7, E. europoeus nanus; 8, E. radicans;

9, E. alatus.
Fig. 10. — E. atropurpiireus. Origin of bast fibers in cortex of two-year-old stem.
Fig. 11. — E. atropurpureus. Collenchymatic origin of cork.
Fig. 12. — E. atropurpureus. Cork formation cutting out bundle of bast fibers

at corner of stem.
Fig. 13. — E. atropurpureus. Drawing of the stem to show the location of the

first cork lines.
Fig. 14. — E. patens. To show enlarged collenchymatic cell at A.

abbreviations on plate.

B, cork; C, collenchyma; X, assimilatory tissue; P, parenchyma (thin-
walled).

McNair: Genus Euonymus.

265

PLATE XXIII.

266 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. — E. americanus. Collenchymatic origin of cork.

Fig. 2. — E. europoeus nanus. Epidermal origin of cork in one of the^lenticel-

like cork warts.
Fig. 3. — E. europams nanus. Cross section of thick-walled parenchyma tubes

just outside of the phloem.
Fig. 4. — E. alatus. Epidermal origin of cork wing.
Fig. 5. — E. alatus. Cork cells from the wing.
Figs. 6 to 15. — Portions of medullary rays drawn from radial sections:

6, E. atropiirpiireus ; 7, E. europcBUs; 8, E. hungeanus; 9, E. maackii; 10,

E. patens; 11, E. americanus; 12, E. europceus nanu^; 13, E. euro-

poeus nanu^s, tangential section; 14, E. radicans; 15, E. alatus.
Figs. 16 to 24. — Semidiagrammatic cross sections through the midrib of the

leaves.
16, E. atwpurpureus ; 17, E. europceus; 18, E. hungeanus; 19, E. maackii,

20, E. patens; 21, E. americanus; 22, E. europceus nanus; 23, E.

radicans; 24, E. alatus.

.^BBREVI.'iTIONS ON PL.\TE.

C, collenchyma; B, bast fibers; X, assimilatory tissue; S, sclerenchyma cells;
P. thin-walled parenchyma.

McNair: Genus Euonymls.

267

PLATE XXIV.

^Sft^-^n^r .^^s

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

268 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XXV.

Surface views of the upper and the lower epidermis of the leaves. The pali-
sade cells are .shown beneath the upper epidermis.
Figs. 1 .-^nd 2. — E. atropurpureus.
Figs. 3 .and 4. — E. europcetts.
Figs. 5 and 6.—E. hungeanus.
Figs. 7 and 8. — E. maackii.
Figs. 9 and 10. — E. patens.
Fig. 11. — Stoma from E. patens.
Figs. 12 and 13. — E. americanus.

Fig. 14.— Trichome from the epidermis of E. americanus.
Figs. 15 and 16. — E. europceus nanus.
Figs 17 and 18. — E. radicans.
Figs. 19 .a.nd 20.— .B. alatus.

Fig. 21.— E. alatus. Lower layer of spongy mesophyll as seen through
the epidermis.

McNair: Genus Euonymus.
PLATE XXV.

269

■■■^.

11

°AQe'

14

270 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XXVI.

Cross sections through the leaves
Fig. 1. — E. atropurpureus.
Fig. 2. — E. europceus.
Fig. 3. — E. bungeanns.
Fig. 4. — E. niaackii.
Fig. b.—E. patens.
Fig. 6. — E. aniericanus
Fig. 7. — E. europceus vafius.
F'ig. 8. — E. radlcans.
Fig. 9.— £'. alahis.

McNair: Genus Euonymus.

271

PLATE XXVI.

'QQQQ^^

2 ^^

^000^3

SQO^^^r

)72 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XXVII.

Microphotogiaphs of petioles.
Fig. 1. — E. atropurpureus.
Fig. 2. — E. europoeus.
Fig. 3. — E. bungeanus.
Fig. 4. — E. maackii.
Fig. 5. — E. patens.
Fig. 6. — E. americanus.
Fig. 7. — E. europceus naus.
Fig. 8.- — E. europoeus nanus, enlarged.
Fig. 9. — E. radicans

Fig. 10. — E. alatus.

PLATE XXVn.

(273)

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] July, 1930 [No. 12

Metachaos granulosa in Kansas; Third Recorded
Appearance of Gruber's Rare Ameba.

M. ANTHONY PAYNE,
Department of Zoology, University of Kansas.

I.

THIS ameba, whose first aiijiearance was recorded in Germany
by Griiber in "Studien iiber Amoben," 1885, was again observed
and described in France by Penard, 1902. It has been found for the
third time, in Kansas, in fresh laboratory cultures which were set
up at the State University in the early j^art of June.

1. Gruber {2) described many species of amebas. He treated, in
great detail, ^^ Amoeba proteus" (Poly chaos dubiaf) and several other
species which he called "prima," "secunda" "tertia," etc. Then he
mentioned a collection of smaller amebas with which he did not
greatly concern himself, but which were of interest. In this collec-
tion there were two kinds of amebas which he watched as long as he
could keep them alive, and then he recorded the fact that they were
very different types. One he called {Amoeba) spumosa; the other
{Amceba) granulosa.

He writes that granulosa is about 0.03 mm. in thickness. The
body is filled with a great number of clear refractive elliptic gran-
ules through which a vesicular nucleus may be seen. There is a
single contractile vacuole and some food bodies.

In 1885 Gruber com})lained because too many species of amebas
had been inadequately described. He said that it was hard to
classify amebas because no secure basis for classification had been
arranged. Nevertheless, he recognized that there were different kinds
of amebas, and perhaps he realized that these maintained their
individuality of structure, for he speaks of "Korper Merkmale"
and of characteristic granules. At any rate, he did not hesitate to

(27.5)

276 The University Science Bi'lletin.

name a number of new species, among them iA.) granulosa, when
markedly different organisms appeared in his cultures. Plate
XXVIII, figure 1, is a reproduction of his drawing of granulosa.

2. Seventeen years later, Penard described (A.) granulosa Gruher
in much greater detail. His scientific observations and illustrations
(PI. XXVHI, figs. 2-4) are a great addition to the meager remarks
of Gruber. Penard, following the lead of Gruber, characterizes the
species by means of the nucleus and the immense number of small
crystals which fill the body — "d'une quantite immense de petits
grains reguliers elliptiques, qui remplissent le corps presque com-
pletement et paraissent de nature siliceuse" (PI. XXVIII, fig. 2). He
says that the crystals are always regular and pointed at both ends.
At first they seem to be simple ellipses, but on close examination it
is evident that they are bicuspid and that the edges are rounded off.
He notes the high refractive index, as well as the color: "They are
a brilliant yellow, but give the body of the ameba a cast of dark
violet when they are examined under high power.

Some time later Penard found more amebas in a culture which he
obtained from a marsh mear Gaillard. These measured from 300 \).
to 500 \i. and were at first grouped with "A. proteus" (P. dubia).
Later he decided that they approached nearer to (A.) granulosa, be-
cause they were filled with "de petits grains bicuspides."

Mention is made of a contractile vacuole which is always seen at
the posterior end of the organism. The vesicular spherical nucleus
is generally about 50 [l (PI. XXVIII, fig. 14). It has a clear and
strong membrane and the chromatin material, consisting of small
grains, is arranged in a layer immediately under the membrane.
The illustration of the nucleus (PI. XXVIII, fig. 4) is doubtlessly a
polar view, not an optical section.

The movement, generally very rapid, is compared to that of
"A. proteus." Large pseudopods are produced on various parts of
the body, and the endoplasm, with its inclusions, quickly penetrates
these. The length of the organism, when still, is 300 [t.. When flow-
ing it may measure 500 [i. Extremely fine, dustlike granules are
mentioned among the inclusions of the protoplasm; also brilliant
bodies, yellow or greenish, globular in form or variable. Penard
says that these may play the part of spore bodies.

3. Cash (i) cites a granulosa as a variety of "A. proteus," but it
is evident from his figures that he is confusing Chaos diffluens with
(A.) granidosa Gruber. The shape of the nucleus as well as the
pronounced mulberry-shaped caudal extremity, as Cash has them.

Payne: JMetachaos Granulosa. 277

are not characteristic of granulosa. Cash refers to Leidy's figure
(3) in confirmation of his assertion, but from Schaeffer's ('20) re-
search and differentiation (J) it is evident that both Cash and Leidy
were dealing with Chaos diffluens, and probably also with Metachaos
discoides.

11.

1. There is some question as regards the exact source of the local
culture in which granulosa appeared at the University of Kansas.
They were first observed in two watch glasses of green scum which
came from the entomology greenhouse. Here a slow stream of water
flows through a series of cement water basins in which blue-green
algse are growing. Scum and debris were collected and brought to
the laboratory and distributed in culture dishes and watch glasses,
which were half filled with hydrant water. In about three weeks
there was a score of unfamiliar amebas in two of the watch glasses.
After thej^ were studied for some time it was concluded that they
were the species which Penard called (.4..) granulosa Gruber.

2. (a) This Metachaos granulosa most closely resembles M. dis-
coides. It is from 200 [x to 250 [x in length and is densely filled with
refractive granules, which often give the body a pronounced cerulean
tint. It is fast-moving, a rate of 250 \t. per minute having often been
observed. (PI. XXVUI, figs. 7, 8.) Very few lateral pseudopods
are formed during locomotion. Wave after wave of clear hyaline
ectoplasm is thrown out at the anterior end. The granular endo-
plasm follows. The manner of streaming is similar to that observed
in the large amebas, Chaos diffluen.s and Metachaos discoides, es-
pecially the latter. The hyaline margin of ectoplasm is wider at the
anterior end than that observed in closely related species. The hya-
line margin or band becomes narrower toward the posterior end of
the amebas, where it is hardly perceptible. The ectoplasmic sur-
face is smooth, as in discoides. The large, well-defined contractile
vacuole, pulsating about every 3.5 minutes (temp. 26° C.) is always
at the extreme posterior part of the cell. A uroid is not present and
the ameba never carries debris. A very common body form is
limned by means of a posterior and lateral pseudopod which is re-
tained for long periods (PI. XXVIII, figs. 5, 6).

(6) The crystals, mentioned by Gruber and described by Penard,
are a nominal outstanding characteristic. As mentioned before, they
are so closely packed that when the light is diminished and the
amebas are observed under low power the crystals cause the amebas
to appear of a cerulean tint. The shape of most of the crystals is

278 The University Science Bulletin.

similar to those found in discoides. A polar view shows plainly the
square base of its pyramidal form, while a side view shows the bi-
pyramidal form. Together with these are found the bipyramidal
crystals "pointed on both ends" (PI. XXVIII, figs. 9, 10). An esti-
mate of the percentage of each was not obtained, but there seemed
to be more of the truncated variety.

Intermingled with the crystals are numerous — perhaps 200 — so-
called excretion spheres. Many are over 1 \). in diameter. Larg3
food vacuoles are not present. No definitely recognized food masses
were seen in any of the specimens.

(c) In the last analysis, it is the nucleus wdiich most sharply
separates granulosa from discoides and other species. To quote
Schaeffer ('20), "No two species are alike in any respect whatso-
ever" (5). It does not require the expert's trained eye to see the
difference in the nuclei of discoides and granulosa (see PI. XXVIII,
figs. 12, 14). Metachaos granulosa has a spherical nucleus; it is
never a biconcave disc. The diameter of the nucleus is about 25 \)..
A clear membrane surrounds the chromatin material, which appears
as a single layer of small spheres at a uniform depth. A polar view
of the nucleus and an optical section are shown in (PI. XVIII,
fig. 14.)

III.

These descriptions are based on somewhat meager data, for the
culture was not successfully established; hence the records cannot be
enlarged upon or accurately checked. Extensive research has been
made on cultures similar to the ones first prepared, but granulosa
amebas were not again discovered. It is just barely possible that the
amebas were introduced from other local cultures, for the glassware
was not sterilized. It has, nevertheless, been thought worth while to
record the appearance of this interesting ameba, for when once it is
seen and examined the distinctive characteristics are such that it is
recognized as granulosa. It is probable, too, that there are more of
these amebas in the Kansas distribution and these data may call
attention to them.

LITERATURE.

1. Cash, James, and G. H. Wailes. (1905.) The British Freshwater Rhizo-

pods and Heliozoa. Vol. I, 46-48. London: The Ray Society.

2. GRruER, F. A. (1884.) Studien iiber Amoben. Zeits. wiss ZooL, XLL 2.

186-225.

3. Leidy, J. (1879.) Fresh-water Rhizoi)ods of North America. Washington

Printing Office.

Payne: Metachaos Granulosa. 279

4. Penard, Eugene. (1902.) Faune Rhizopodique du Ba.siii du Leman.

Geneve. Libraire de I'lnstitut.

5. ScH.^EFFER, A. A. (1920.) Ameboid Movement. Princeton University-

Press, Princeton.

(1926.) Taxonomy of the Amebas. Publ. Carnegie Inst., No. 345.

Washington.

280 The University Scienck Billktin.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIIL

Fig. 1. — Gruber's Amosba granulosa.

Figs. 2 to 4.— Penard's illustrations, "A7n(£ba granulosa."

2. Animal in motion.

3. Details of the protoplasm.

4. Nucleus.

Figs. 5 to 8. — Laboratory specimens.

5. An odd specimen, the anterior half filled with excretion spheres.

the posterior part crowded with crystals.

6. Normal specimen.

7. 8. Paths of locomotion.

Figs. 9 and 10. Crystals contained in the cytoplasm.

9. Truncated bipyramidal crystals, showing polar views and side views.

10. Bipyramidal crystals.

Figs. 11 to 14. Comparative table of nuclei.

11. Chaos diffluens: A, Polar view of the nucleus. B, Equatorial view

of the discoid nucleus. C, Equatorial view of a folded or crushed
nucleus.

12. Metachaos discoides: A, Equatorial view of nucleus. B, Polar view.

13. Polychaos dubia: A, Equatorial view of ovoid nucleus. B, Polar

vief of same.

14. Metachaos granulosa: A, Polar view. B, Optical section.
Dimensions in microns: 11-B, 46x12; 12-A, 40x18; 13-A, 40x32; 14-A,

25x25.

(Figures 11 to 13 after Schaeffer.)

Payne: Metachaos Granulosa.

281

PLATE XXVIII.

412

I

i
i

12 B

^

A 13

14

11

THE UNIYEESITY OP KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XIX] July, 1930 [No. 13

A Skull of Nothocyon from the John Day Oligocene.

E. Raymond Hall and Handel T. Martin. Mus?iim of Vertebrate Paleontology,

University of Kansas.

AMONG verterbrate materials collected in the John Day beds
of Oregon by a party from the University of Kansas in the
summer of 1905 is a skull of one of the smaller species of Nothocyon
which provides the upper and lower teeth associated. Inasmuch as
this specimen seems to correct a misconception of long standing re-
garding the nature of the lower teeth of Nothocyon lemur (Cope),
and because there is no immediate prospect of the collection as a
whole being reported on, although it represents a fauna which just
now claims the active attention of several paleontologists, we deem
it proper to place this specimen on record and call attention to
certain of its structural features.

The specimen (No. 600, Univ. Kan. Mus. Vert. Paleo.) is from
John Day beds, Oligocene, Haystack Valley, below Turtle Cove,
Oregon. Collected in summer of 1905 by Handel T. Martin, original
field No. 113. The nature of the specimen is shown on Plate XXIX.

Without presuming to advance, at this time, any fixed ideas about
the proper constitution of the genus Nothocyon, it is our opinion
that several American species commonly referred to the Old World
genus Cynodictis might better be placed in Nothocyon, and that as-
suredly there is confusion about the differential characters of cer-
tain species of the genus Nothocyon as they are at present recog-
nized in the literature. Some of this confusion has clearly resulted
from the lack of associated upper and lower teeth. Nothocyon ore-
gonensis (Merriam, Univ. Calif. Publ. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 5, p. 11)
although resembling Nothocyon lemur and Nothocyon latidens in
several respects, is said to lack the posteroexternal tubercle at the
base of the protoconid of Mi. Cope, as pointed out by Merriam
{loc. cit., p. 12), has referred disassociated lower jaws bearing teeth

(283)

284 The University Science Bulletin.

of this nature to Galecynus lemur and has regarded the postero-
external cusp at the base of the protoconid of Mi as distinguishing
Galecynus latidens from G. lemur. The associated upper and lower
teeth here described do not bear out this supposed distinction and
seem to verify Merriam's Hoc. cit., pp. 11-16) suspicion, which is,
essentially, that Nothocyon lemur, as well as A^. latidens, possesses
a posteroexternal tubercle at the base of the protoconid and that
the lower jaws referred by Cope to Galecynus lemur really belong
to Merriam's {loc. cit., p. 11) later-described Cynodictis oregonensis.
In any event, the cranium (No. 600, U. K. M. V. P.) , seems to
answer best in size and proportions (see measurements below) to
the description of Nothocyon lemur (Cope) and at the same time
definitely shows the posteroexternal tubercle at the base of the pro-
toconid of Ml to be present.

This immediately raises a question as to the validity of the species
N. latidens. In the absence of the necessary material we do not
attempt to settle this point, but would suggest that several- other
of the differential characters ascribed by Cope to N'. latidens and
N. lemur, if constant, are sufficient to distinguish the two species,
one from the other. Also, it occurs to us that the great variation in
size of individuals of Nothocyon may have a corollary in the struc-
turally similar, recent genus Vulyes. Of this genus two species (one
of the velox or kit-fox group and one of the fulvus or red-fox group)
occur together at certain localities. The variation in size between
skulls of the two sexes, of at least some races of the red fox, is, as
regards actual mass, constantly greater than that between skulls
of the same sex of two distinct species of the genus Vulpes. Indeed,
the skull of the female is scarcely one-half as large as that of the
male in some races of the red fox. It is, to say the least, possible
that a similar state of affairs existed in the genus Nothocyon of the
John Day region in Oligocene time, and this possibility, we suggest,
should be carefully investigated by anyone undertaking a critical,
systematic analysis of the group. In this connection we might point
out, also, that constant, striking differences in proportions of the
skull, in addition to differences in actual size, exist between skulls
of the two sexes of certain species of Fissipedia. Mustela novebora-
censis of the eastern United States furnishes a case in point.

The specimen here described has a relatively short rostrum, well-
developed postorbital processes, and in general size only slightly
exceeds No. 10208, U. C. C. V. P., which Merriam {loc. cit., p. 14,

Hall and INIartin: Skull of Nothocyon. 285

pi. 2) has referred to Nothocyon lemur. Although the brain case is
crushed, the temporal ridges appear to have been curved about as
in No. 10208. P^ has a well-developed posterior accessory cusp.
Ps and P4 each, likewise, has a posterior, accessory cusp and in ad-
dition well-developed anterior and posterior basal tubercles. P2 is
not preserved. ]\Ii has a well-developed cingulum extending along
the entire lateral base of the tooth, except for a short space at the
base of the protoconid. The hypoconid is developed as an antero-
posterior ridge. The entoconid is longer than wide, but has a tend-
ency to be conical. Immediately anterior to the entoconid and just
posterior to the metaconid there is a well-developed conical cusp
on Ml. Although the talonid of this same tooth may be spoken of
as basined, the posterior margin, between the entoconid and hypo-
conid, is lowest and gives it a troughlike, rather than a strictly basin-
like, structure.

Measlremexts of Xothocyoti lemur (Cope).

(Xo. coo, Univ. Kan. Mus. Vert. Paleo.)

Condylobasal length 73±

Width across palate at P-* 24±

Length of upper tooth row, C^— M- 32

P2, length X breadth 3.9 x 1.6

P3, length X breadth 5.2 x 2.5

P4, length X breadth 6.7 x 4.7

Ml, length x breadth 5.3 x 6.3

M2, length x breadth 3.1 x 4.5

Mo, length x breadth 4.3 x 3.0

Ml, length x breadth 6.9 x 3.4

P4. length X breadth 5.4 x 2.6

P.3, length X breadth 4.5 x 2.0

286 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XXIX.

Figs. 1 to 3. — Photographs, retouched, of the skull of Xothocyon lemur
(Cope), No. 600, Univ. Kan. Mus. Yert. Paleo.; John Day beds, Oligocene.
Haj'stack Valley, below Turtle Cove, Oregon. Collected in summer of 1905
bj' Handel T. Martin, original field No. 113. All figures 1.5 x natural size.
Figs. 1. — Dorsal view of skull.

2. — Lateral view of right lower jaw.
3. — Ventral view of skull.

Hall and Martin: Skull of Nothocyon.

287

PLATE XXIX.

r'

'^

«5*

fcoo

w

%

THE UKIYERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

ToL. XIX] July, 1930 [No. 14

An Addition to the Urodele Fauna of Kansas from

the Lower Pliocene.

L. A. Adams and H. T. Martix, Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology,
University of Kansas.

FOR several years expeditions from tlie Museum of Vertebrate
Paleontology have collected in a rich field opened in a sand
quarry in Sherman county, Kansas, where a large number of rare
specimens was obtained. This fine, silty sand layer of Pliocene age
consists of a stratum about twenty feet below the surface of the
surrounding prairie. It is ricli in animals of the period, and to date,
after three years of research, has yielded the following vertebrates:

Perissodactyla : Aphelops, Parnhvppus, Merychippim, PUohippus.
Artiodactyla : Prosthenops (serusf), Procamelus, Pliauchenin ; Prosthe-

nops crnssigenis, Dromomeryx. Blaslomcryx.
Rodentia: Mylogaulus sp., Sciurus sp.
Carnivora:

Canidae: JElurodon, Borophngua cynnoides.

MiLstelidse: Brachypsalis Jtiarshcdli.

Felidae: Pseudcelurus, Machcerodits.
Chelonia: Species not determined.
AvES: Fragments not determined.
Reptilia: Fragments not determined.
Amphibia: Anura not determined; Urodeles: Plioambystoma kansense,

new genus, new species.

This material consists of disarticulated skeletons that have been
■deposited in the Pliocene sands and then covered, to remain until
discovered by the three summer expeditions. Along with the larger
material, smaller bones were discovered, and to secure these fine-
meshed sieves were used, by means of which a mass of material, rep-
resenting more than a hundred skeletons of the urodele amphibian,
was secured, consisting entirely of the one species of urodele, with
some fragments of another amphibian, an anuran, which has not
been described because of the scantiness of the material of this par-

(289)

290 The University Science Bulletin.

ticular form. It is to be hoped that other expeditions will uncover
more of this fauna and that the entire amphibian population can
be determined for this early period of the Pliocene.

From the conditions under which they were found it seems
probable that these adult amphibia were deposited in an eddy of
an early Pliocene river, covered with silt and sand, and then to
have remained undisturbed for some thirty million years, until their
recovery a few years ago. -

Plioamhystoma kansense is quite similar to the modern form,
Ambystoma tigrinum in size and probably resembled it in color,
since all of the Ambystomidse have a somewhat similar type of color-
ation. In life it was about eight inches long, and probably lived
much as do the Ambystomidae of the present day.

The problems presented by this material are numerous: (1) To
what group does it belong? The skeletal parts are clearly those of
an amphibian with biconcave vertebrae and a skull typical of the
urodeles. (2) Does the material represent one or more genera or
species? Since there is ample material, comparison can be made
of a series of 100 or more elements, and it is shown that the animals
w^ere all of the same type, with identical proportions, shape and bone
markings. (3) To what particular group does it belong? This is a
question of comparison with known modern forms, until a decision
can be made. It was found that it could be included in the family
Ambystomidae and was close to the genus Amhystoma. The family,
in so far as it is known at present, is an American product, with one
representative, strangely enough, found in Siam. The total number
of species known at present is about twelve.

While close to the genus Amhystoma in relationship, the new
genus is much older and much more primitive in its palatal region,
and for this reason a new genus was created, Plioamhystoma.

The roof of the mouth in the Ambystomidae is very typical, with
the vomers and palatines united to form a vomero-palatine, while the
pterygoid is retracted and not in contact with these anterior skull
elements at all. However, in the axolotl stage the palate is different,
as the pterygoids then extend anteriorly and are in contact with the
palatines, and perform the function of bracing the quadrate by con-
necting it with the anterior region of the palate through the con-
nection with the palatin2s. This ancestral condition is retain?d in
Plioamhystoma, as it shows the palatines attached to the pterygoid
and extending forward to connect with the vomers, thus forming a
brace. This stabilizes the weak connection of the quadrate, which is

Adams and Martin: Urodele in Kansas. 291

supported only by the thin squamosal and needs the additional at-
tachments to make it solid for the articulation of the mandibles. No
vomers were found in the matsrial, so their condition is unknown,
but it is suggested that their condition was somewhat as in the
axolotl. In a series of fifty-one pterygoids studied but three were
unbroken and joined to the palatine, thirty-one showed clearly where
the palatine had broken off, while the rest were so broken as to
offer no evidence either way. While there is variability in the ptery-
goid, the form is fairly definite and shows a number of differences
separating it from Ambystonia. In perfect specimens teeth were
found in position on the palatines, and from their remaining bases
the number could be determined as being 6 to 8.

The other elements of the skull were compared and a number of
significant differences were found separating the new genus from
Amhystoma. The maxilla? are decidedly different in proportion and
in the number of teeth. Premaxilla?, maxillae, palatines and dentaries
were found with a few tseth still in place. These teeth are different
in the average number on the elements, and also different in shape,
those of Amhystoma being cone-shaped while those of Plioam-
bystoma are knobbed at the end and generally have a small cleft
at the tip-

Among tlie interesting discoveries in the material were a number
of stapes imbedded in the sand-filled otic capsule, loose in the sand,
and anchylosed to the lip of the foramen vestibuli. In all, eight
stapes were recovered. A few skeletal ptirts were found with natural
articulations, among them a ciuadrate with a pterygoid attached, a
few otic capsules with the parietals anchylosed in position ar.i a few
cases of attached otic capsules. In one specimen three vertebrae
were found anchylosed together. These had evidently been crushed
and repaired, possibly showing the results of the bite of some prey-
ing animal.

The relation of this early Pliocene form to the modern Amhystoma
can only be conjectured, but it is highly probable that the former
is an ancestral group in which the palatal relations were still re-
tained in a simple condition.

All of the skeletal elements of the skull were found with the ex-
ception of the nasals and vomers. In the axial skeleton nothing
was missing but the carpal and tarsal bones of the wrist and ankle.
A complete description of the genus and species appeared in the
American Journal of Science, vol. XVII, No. 102, pp. 504-520,
June, 1929.
15—5072

292 The University Science Bi li.etin.

PLATE XXX.

UPPER.

Quarry in Sherman county, Kansas, where the urcdelc material wa.s obtained
X mark.s the location of the deposit.

LOWER.

View showing the process of sifting the .-ands for tli? .small urodele material
Mr. Martin and assistants.

Adams and ]\Iartix: Urodele in Kaxsas.

293

PLATE XXX.

'-J*BW|ga3r£'

1^, ■

^ i^.

'^•.:'4»»i

294 The University Science Billetin.

PLATE XXXI.

)f I lie skeletal elements of Pliorrnbi/^tomn knnsa^^enese, natural size

1. Premaxilla. right, dorsal.

2. Parietal, right, dorsal.

3. Frontal, right, dorsal.

4. Squamosal, right, ventral.

5. Pterygoid, left, dorsal.

6. Maxilla, right, inner face.

7. Orbitosphenoid, right, lateral face.

8. Quadrate, right, inner face.

9. Prefrontal, right, ventral face.

10. Parasphenoid, dorsal face.

11. Axis, anterior face.

12. Body vertebra, ventral.

13. Sacral vertebra, dorsal.

14. Otic capsule, left, ventral.

15. Caudal, lateral.

16. Second basibranchial, dorsal.

17. Ilium, dorsal.

18. Ischuun, right, lateral.

19. Scajiulo-coracoid, left, lateral.

20. Humerus, left.

21. Ulna, left, dorsal.

22. Radius, left.

23. Fenun-. right, mesial.

24. Tiliia, right, dorsal.

25. Fibula, left, ventral

26. Dentary.

27. Rib, left.

28. Rib, left.

29. Rib, left.

30. Rib. right.

31. Rib, right.

32. Rib, right sacral.

Adams and Martin: Urodele in Kansas.

295

PLATE XXXI.

r

I ^ t

')

)
^

1^

1 1

X

1E^

1 I

-J»

I i 1

■*■

296 The University Science Bulletin.

PLATE XXXI I.

Restoration of the skeleton of Plioambystoina ]:aiisa.se)ise from elements
shown on Plato XXXI, (iiil( . 'Sinv inches long.

PLATE XXXII.

13-5072

Publications of the University of Kansas

Hecently adopted postal regulations require mailing of bulletins wreighing over 8 ounces by
parcel post, with additional charge of two cents for each packaRe. In transmittiog postage
for mailing of such overweight Science Bulletins, find proper amount of postage for your sone
by weight indicated and add 2 cents.

KANSAS rNIVERSITY QUARTEBLY
Voltime

I No. 1, postage, 6 cents. Nos. 2, 3, supply exhausted. No. 4, post-
age, 6 cents.

II Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.

in Noe. 1, 2, supply exhausted. No. 3, postage, 8 cents. No. 4, weight

12 ounces; parcel-post rate.

rV No. 1, weight 9 ounces; parcel-post rate. No. 2, postage, 6 cents.

Nos. 3, 4, supply exhausted.

V Nos. 1, 2, supply exhausted. Vol. V consists of only two numbers.

VI, A... Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.

VI, B...No. 1, postage, 8 cents. No. 2, postage, 6 cents. No. 3, postage, 4

cents. No. 4, postage, 6 cents.
VII, A., .Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.

VII, B... Nos. 1-2, postage, 6 cents. No. 3, postage, 4 cents. No. 4, postage,
8 cents.
^ VIII, A.. .No. 1, weight, 9 ounces; parcel-post rate. No. 2, weight 10 ounces;

parcel-post rate. No. 3, postage, 6 cents. No. 4, postage,
6 cents.
VIII, B... No. 1, postage, 4 cents. Publication of Series B was suspended
with this number.

IX No. 1, weight, 10 ounces; parcel-post rate. No. 2, weight 10 ounces;

parcel-post rate. No. 3, weight, 9 ounces; parcel-post
rate. No. 4, postage, 6 cents.
X Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, postage each, 6 cents.

SCIENCE BULLETIN
Volume

I Nos. 1-4, postage, 6 cents. Nos. 5-9, postage, 8 cents. Nos. 10-12,

weight, 10 ounces ; parcel-post rate.

II Nos. 1-3, weight, 20 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 4-9, weight, 9

ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 10-15, weight, 20 ounces;
parcel-post rate.

Ill Nos. 1-6, weight, 33 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 7-10, weight, 25

ounces ; parcel-post rate.

IV Nos. 1-6, weight, 19 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 7-20, weight, 28

ounces; parcel-post rate.

V Nos. 1-11, weight, 33 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 12-21, weight,

27 ounces; parcel-post rate.

VI No. 1, weight, 27 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 2-7, weight, 19

ounces; parcel-post rate.

Vn Nos. 1-17, weight, 50 ounces; parcel-post rate.

VIII Nos. 1-10, weight, 52 ounces; parcel-post rate.

IX Nos. 1-21, weight, 54 ounces; parcel-post rate.

X Nos. 1-15, weight, 17 ounces; parcel-post rate.

XI No. 1, weight, 20 oimces; parcel-post rate.

XII Nos. 1-2, weight, 19 ounces;. parcel-post rate.

XIII Pt. I, Nos. 1-9, postage, 6 cents. Pt. II, Nos. 10-15, weight, 9

oimces; parcel-post rate.

XrV Nos. 1-21, weight, 34 ounces; parcel-post rate.

XV Nos. 1-6, weight, 18 ounces; parcel-post rate.

XVI Nos. 1-6.

XVII Pt. I, No. 1. Pt. II, Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.

XVIII Nos. 1-13, weight, 38 ounces.

The KanscLs University Quarterly and the Sciemce Bulletin ■will be sent in exchange for
other publications of like character, or will be sent on receipt of the amount of postage men-
tioned above, or may be sent by express, charees collect. Separates of all articles in the
Science BnUetin not out of print are available. Applications should be made to Science
Butlettn,, Library of the University of Kansas.

BULLETINS OF DEPAKTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY.

"Two Grain Insects." V. L. Kellogg (with F. H. Snow).

"Common Injurious Insects of Kansas." V. L. Kellogg.

"The Horn Fly of Cattle." V. L. Kellogg (with F. H. Snow).

"The More Destructive Grasshoppers of Kansas." Hunter and Snow.

"Scale Insects Injurious to Orchards." S. J. Hunter.

"Alfalfa, Grasshoppers, Bees; Their Relationships." S. J. Hunter.

"The Honey Bee and Its Food Plants in Kansas." S. J. Hunter.

"The Green Bug and Its Natural Enemies." S. J. Hunter.

"Report of Results of University Research Commission on Horse Plague.

S. J. Hunter, A. L. Skoog, W. K. Trimble, N. P. Sherwood.
"Orchard Problems and How to Solve Them." H. B. Hungerford.
"Studies in Kansas Insects." Bulletin 11.

if

w 1

Grasshoppers; Melanopli of Kansas. P. W. Claassen.
Grasshoppers; (Edipodinse of Kansas. R. H. Beamer.
Dragonflies of Kansas. C. H. Kennedy,

Scale Insects Injurious to Fruit and Shade Trees. P. B. Lawson.
Spring Cankerworm and Its Control. W. H. Wellhouse.

"Insect Pests About the House." H. B. Hungerford.

Applications should be made to the State Entomologist, University of Kansas.

1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

Volume STATE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF KANSAS.

1, 1896 General Stratigraphy of Eastern Kansas; exhausted.

11,1897 General Geology of Western Kansas; exhausted.

111,1898 Special Report on Coal; exhausted.

rV, 1898 Upper Cretaceous Palentology ; exhausted.

V, 1899 Gypsum and Gypsum Cement Plasters; exhausted.

VI, 1900 Carboniferous Invertebrates, Cretaceous Fishes; exhausted.

VII, 1902 Special Report on Mineral Waters; exhausted.

VIII, 1904 Special Report on Lead and Zinc; exhausted.

IX, 1909 Special Report on Well Waters in Kansas; exhausted.

Bulletin 1, 1913. .Special Report on Well Waters in Kansas; exhausted.

Bulletin 2, 1915 . . Crystalline Rocks in Kansas ; exhausted.

Bulletin 3, 1917. .Oil and Gas Resources of Kansas; exhausted.

Bulletin 4, 1918. .Environment of Camp Funston.

Bulletin 5, 1918. .Elk City Gas Field.

Bulletin 6, 1918. .Oil and Gas Resources of Kansas.

Part 1. General Geology of Oil and Gas.
1920.. Part 2. Geology of Kansas.

Part 5. Allen and Neosho Counties.
Part 6. Wilson and Montgomery Counties.
Part 7. Anderson County.
Bulletin 7, 1921 .. Geology of El Dorado Oil and Gas Field.
Bulletin 8, 1921 .. Economic Geology of the Arkansas City District.
Bulletin 9, 1924.. Geology and Invertebrate Paleontology of the Comanchean

and "Dakota" Formation of Kansas.
Bulletin 10, 1925. .Geology of Russell County, Kansas, with Special Reference

to Oil and Gas Resources.
Bulletin 11, 1926. .Geologic Investigation in Western Kansas, with Special Ref-
erence to Oil and Gas Possibilities.
Bulletin 12, 1929 . . Geology of Cowley County.
Bulletin 13, 1927. .Underground Resources of Kansas.
Bulletin 14, 1928. .Volcanic Ash Resources of Kansas.
Bulletin 15, 1930. .Geology of Cloud and Republic Counties.
Bulletin 16, 1930. .Geology of Mitchell and Osborne Counties.

MINERAL RESOURCES OF KANSAS.

Report for 1897, 1898, 1900-'01, 1902; exhausted.

Report for 1899, 1903 ; postage, 4 cents each.

Mineral Resources Circular 1. Oil and Gas Resources of Kansas in 1927.

The reports and bulletins of the State Geological Survey of Kansas and the reports on the
Mineral Resources of Kansas are for free distribution on receipt of the proper postage, or may
be sent by express, charees collect. Where weights are jriven consult your postmaster for
parcel-post rates. Applications should be made to the State Geologist.

-'f\

3 2044 093 361 913

Date Due